E10150REV

Public Disclosure Authorized
PT PERUSAHAAN GAS NEGARA

( PERSERO )
JL. K.H ZAINUL ARIFIN NO. 20 TELP. 021.6334838 JAKARTA
Expansion of West Java Gas Distribution

Domestic Gas Market Development
Project
Environmental and Social Impact Assessment

and
Environmental Management Plan
(EIA-EMP)
Revised, February 11, 2005

Table of Contents
Acronyms and Abbreviations Used ......................................................................................... i
Executive Summary ................................................................................................................ iii

1. Introduction: .................................................................................................................. iii
2. The Project ..................................................................................................................... iii
3. Indonesias Environmental Legal and Institutional System the AMDAL System ... iv
4. Baseline Data ................................................................................................................. v
5. Evaluation of Alternatives ............................................................................................. vii
6. Likely Impacts and Mitigation Measures...................................................................... viii
7. Environmental Management Plan.................................................................................. x
8. Public Consultation and Disclosure ............................................................................... xv
PART I Environmental and Social Assessment
Chapter 1 Policy, Legal and Administrative Framwork: Indonesias AMDAL System.......... 1 - 1

1.1 The AMDAL Process ................................................................................................... 1 - 2
1.2 Regional Autonomy ..................................................................................................... 1 - 4
1.3 Decentralization of AMDAL Review and Approval .................................................... 1 - 5
Chapter 2 Project Description ................................................................................................. 2 - 1
2.1 Existing System ........................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Project Overview ......................................................................................................... 2-3
2.3 Project Routing ............................................................................................................ 2-7
2.4 Project Design .............................................................................................................. 2 - 13
2.5 Land Acquisition and Permits ..................................................................................... 2 - 17
2.6 Construction Practices ................................................................................................. 2 - 19
2.7 Pipeline Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................... 2 - 44
Chapter 3 Baseline Data ......................................................................................................... 3 - 1

3.1 The Project Region ...................................................................................................... 3-1
3.2 Climate, Air Quality and Noise .................................................................................... 3-5
3.3 Geology, Morphology, Topography, and Soils ........................................................... 3 - 17
3.4 Hydrology and Water Quality ..................................................................................... 3 - 29
3.5 Biodiversity ................................................................................................................... 3 - 38
3.6 Land Use ...................................................................................................................... 3 - 43
3.7 SocioEconomy, Governance, Culture ........................................................................ 3 - 47
Chapter 4 Likely Impacts of the Project ................................................................................. 4 - 1
4.1 Background on the Project EIA ................................................................................... 4-1
4.2 Positive Impacts ........................................................................................................... 4-2
4.3 Negative Impacts ......................................................................................................... 4-3
4.4 Operational Safety ....................................................................................................... 4 - 18
Chapter 5 Assessment of Project Alternatives ....................................................................... 5 - 1
5.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 5 - 1
5.2 Bussiness as Usual ................................................................................................... 5 - 1
5.3 Small Diameter Pipeline Scenario ............................................................................... 5 - 2
PART II Environmental Management Plan
Chapter 6 Monitoring and Mitigation of Project Impacts ....................................................... 6 - 1

6.1 EIA and EMP for the Project ....................................................................................... 6-1
6.2 Mitigation of Impact .................................................................................................... 6-1
6.3 Monitoring ................................................................................................................... 6-6
6.6 Reporting ..................................................................................................................... 6-8
Chapter 7 Strengthening Environmental and Social Management Capacity ........................... 7 - 1

7.1 PGNs General Organization and Management .......................................................... 7 - 1
7.2 Current Status of PGN Environmental and Social Management ................................. 7 - 2
7.3 Strengthening PGNs Safeguards Capacity ................................................................. 7 - 3
Annexes
Annex A PGN Understanding of World Bank Safeguards ..................................... Annex - 1

Annex B Public Consultation and Disclosure ......................................................... Annex - 4
Annex C General Policy on Land Acquisition and Compensation ......................... Annex - 20
Annex D Guidance to Construction Contractors ..................................................... Annex - 25
Annex E Review of Safety Aspects of PGNs Banten and West Java Gas
Distribution Expanson ............................................................................. Annex - 31
Annex F References ................................................................................................ Annex - 38
Annex G Compiler s ................................................................................................. Annex - 40
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS USED
AMDAL Analisis Mengenai Dampak Lingkungan Hidup -- Analysis of Impacts on the

Living Environment
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ANDAL Analisis Dampak Lingkungan Environmental Impact Analysis
ANSI American National Standards Institute
BAIC Business Assessment and Information Centre
BAPEDAL Badan Pengendalian Dampak Lingkungan Hidup - Environmental Impact
Management Agency
BAPEDALDA Badan Pengendalian Dampak Lingkungan Hidup Daerah - Regional
Environmental Impact Management Agency
ComDev Community Development
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EMF electromagnetic fields
EMP Environmental Management Plan
EMS Environmental Management System
HAZAN Hazard Analysis
HAZID Hazard Identification
IPB Bogor Agricultural University (Institut Pertanian Bogo)
GIS Geographical Information System
MIGAS Ministry of Mines and Energy, Directorate General Oil and Gas
mmscfd million standard cubic feet per day
MRS Metering and Regulation Station
MSWD Maintenance and Safety Works Division
NPS Nominal Pipe Size
PGN PT Perusahaan Gas Negara (PT PGN Persero)
QRA Quantitative Risk Assessment
SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
SMS Safety Management System
THT Tetrahydrothiophene
IFI international financia l institution
ISO International Standards Organization
i
LH (Menteri) Lingkungan Hidup - Ministry of Environment
MNKLH Menteri Negara Kependudukuan Lingkungan Hidup -- Ministry of State for
Population and Environment
NGOs Non-Governmental Organizations
PCBs polychlorinated biphenyls
PET Project Environmental Team
PIU Project Implementation Unit
PLN PT Perusahaan Listrik Negara
RKL Rencana Pengelolaan Lingkungan Environmental Management Plan
RPL Rencana Pemantauan Lingkungan Environmental Monitoring Plan
SIL Sector Investment Loan
SOP Standard Operating Procedure(s)
UKL Upaya Pengelolaan Lingkungan -- Environmental Management Procedures
UPL Upaya Pemantauan Lingkungan -- Environmental Monitoring Procedures
WHO World Health Organiza tion
ii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1. Introduction
This Environmental & Social Assessment / Environmental Management Plan (EIA/EMP) has been prepared
by PT Perusahaan Gas Negara [ PT PGN (Persero) Tbk ]1as part of its preparations for the proposed
Domestic Gas Market Development Project with the World Bank.
Prior to the regional economic crisis, the Bank considered providing a loan to PGN for a transmission and
distribution project to increase gas utilization in West Java. The original project design involved both
construction of a transmission line from gas fields in South Sumatra to West Java and the extension of the
gas distribution network in West Java. An Environmental Assessment Study for the then considered project
was prepared by PGN. During the crisis, the project was postponed by the Bank and finally dropped.
By the time project discussions resumed in November 2001, the Japanese Bank for International
Cooperation (JBIC) had agreed to finance the Sumatra-Java transmission pipeline. The Government then
requested a World Bank loan to expand the West Java gas distribution system under the proposed Domestic
Gas Market Development Project.
This summary synthesizes the full Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report prepared by PGN based
on detailed Indonesian environmental assessment analyses and studies, completed and approved by the
AMDAL Commission (under the Ministry of Mining and Energy) in 1999 and updated and re-approved by
the Central AMDAL Commission (under the Ministry of Environment) in November 2003. The EIA Report
covers PGNs gas distribution expansion plan in West Java partly financed by the Bank and complies with
the World Banks environmental and social requirements (including operational policies on environmental
and social safeguards).
2. The Project
The proposed project aims at expanding the supply and utilization of natural gas, the cleanest fossil fuel, in
Indonesias domestic market to improve economic efficiency and reduce pollution resulting from the heavy
reliance on fuel oil and diesel.
The project consists of: (i) a gas distribution component to expand gas utilization in Banten/West Java
region, and (ii) a capacity building component to strengthen PGNs (the project owner) financial, planning,
engineering and management capability. The project is linked to a Japan Bank for International Cooperation
(JBIC) financed gas transmission project to bring gas from South Sumatra to Banten/West Java region.
The distribution project comprises: (i) construction of class 300 steel pipelines of 4 to 16 inch diameter
(about 186 km) along with control valves and corrosion control facilities; (ii) construction of class 150
pipelines of 4 to 16 inch diameter (about 71.4 km) along with control valves and corrosion control facilities;
(iii) installation of five off-take and two pressure regulation stations; (iv) installation of around 210 customer
1 Referred to as PGN thereafter.

iii
D OMESTIC GAS M ARKET DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
Environmental & Social Assessment / Environmental Management Plan
metering and regulating stations; (v) installation of SCADA system; (vi) provision of
radio/telecommunication equipment, IT support and emergency response equipment.
The proposed Bank-financed project is linked to a JBIC financed transmission project. Project
preparations are well underway with construction planned to commence in the second quarter of 2005. The
EIA Report for the transmission project was prepared and approved by the AMDAL Commission in 1999. It
has been discussed and approved by JBIC, and disclosed to the public following JBICs disclosure
procedures. A social assessment report and a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) was prepared in 1998 to
comply with AMDAL procedures and JBICs requirements. The RAP was recently updated by PGN at
JBICs request. And its implementation is underway.
3. Indonesias Environmental Legal and Institutional System - the AMDAL System
Indonesian EIA is widely known by its acronym, AMDAL - Analisis Mengenai Dampak Lingkungan Hidup
(literally, Analysis of Impacts on the Living Environment). The Ministry of Environment (Kementrian
Lingkungan Hidup, KLH or LH) is responsible for national- level functions for env ironmental enforcement,
including oversight of the AMDAL process. Regional Environmental Impact Management Agency
(BAPEDAL - Badan Pengendalian Dampak Lingkungan Hidup) offices, directly as offices of local
governments, have recently been given the princip al role in AMDAL review and environmental
management at the regional level.
The AMDAL Process
AMDAL requirements apply to most government and private sector projects. Carrying out an AMDAL
study is the responsibility of the project developer or proponent, as are the mitigation and monitoring of the
projects impacts. The types of activities subject to AMDAL are specified most recently in the Ministry of
Environment Decree Number 17/2001, Types of Business and/or Activity Plans that are Required to be
Completed with the Environmental Impact Assessment.
A full AMDAL assessment involves a three-step process of studies and reports:
ANDAL (Analisis Dampak Lingkungan Analysis of Environmental Impacts);

RKL (Rencana Pengelolaan Lingkungan Environmental Manag ement Plan), and
RPL (Rencana Pemantauan Lingkungan Environmental Monitoring Plan).
From the perspective of a project developer, the AMDAL process involves up to seven steps:
project Identification
screening
scoping, with Public Consultation
approval of the KA (TOR) -ANDAL
assessment, and preparation of the mitigation and monitoring plans
approval of the assessment, management, and monitoring plans
implementation, monitoring, and reporting.
2
Development activities that are unlikely to have significant or widespread environmental impacts are
3
subject to a less rigorous and specific set of AMDAL studies :
2Kepmen 481/PU/1996 defines those activities requiring UKL/UPL in the public works sector, for example,
and there are similar decrees in other sectors.
iv
UKL (Upaya Pengelolaan Lingkungan -- Environmental Management Procedures), and

UPL (Upaya Pemantauan Lingkungan -- Environmental Monitoring Procedures).
These procedures are not subject to evaluation by an AMDAL commission. The less significant
environmental aspects of these projects are to be covered within the Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs)
of the implementing agency. 4
Decentralization of AMDAL Review and Approval
Law Number 22/1999 gave wide authority and responsibility to the Regions; they now must function on
their own initiative to meet the interests of the local public and fulfill the potential of their region. The role
of central government -- the Ministry of Environment -- is now only to give technical supervision, facilitate
and promote, and set national standards related to environmental affairs. For AMDAL, the only projects
subject to review at the national level are thos e involving defense and security, cut across more than one
province, are in areas of dispute or borders with other countries, or that concern marine regions more than 12
miles from shore.
For full-fledged AMDAL studies ANDAL-RPL-RKL evaluation and ap proval are undertaken and
provided by an Evaluator Committee or AMDAL Commission chaired by the Deputy Minister of
Environment. Their work is guided by the Guidelines for AMDAL Document Evaluation, BAPEDAL Decree
Number 2/2000. The AMDAL Commission draws upon the expertise of all concerned government agencies,
public sector organizations, universities, NGOs and the private sector. Each BAPEDALDA has its own
local AMDAL Commission, to review ANDAL/RKL/RPL studies under their jurisdiction (and not subject
to review by the national AMDAL Commission) and supervise the implementation of the AMDAL during
construction and operation of the projects.
According to BAPEDAL Decree Number 17/2001 (Types of Business and/or Activity Plans that are
5
Required to be Completed with the Environmental Impact Assessment ), construction of onshore gas
transmission pipelines of 50 km or more in length and having a diameter of 20 inches or greater, and all
offshore gas transmission pipelines, require an EIA. Therefore, the proposed project required a full AMDAL
assessment (equivalent to full EA in line with Bank requirements and procedures of category A projects).
4. Baseline Data
The project region: The proposed distribution project would support construction of new pipelines and
branch lines to extend PGNs gas distribution system in West Java (Greater Jakarta, and Provinces of West
Java and Banten). PGNs existing distribution system in this region is readily divided into three Zones:
Greater Jakarta (1), Banten (2) and West Java (3). The proposed project will be implemented in these three
zones which are in general heavily urbanized or industrialized. There are no protected areas, or critical
natural habitat sites in the vicinity. The proposed distribution pipelines will follow existing national,
provincial and district roads and will not cross any culturally or socially sensitive areas.
The climate, air quality and noise emission: West Java has a tropical climate. Temperature and relative
humidity are fairly uniform throughout the year. The rainy season is from October to the end of April and
the dry season is from May to September. In zone 1, the annual mean rainfall is about 1850 mm with the
highest monthly value at 425 mm in January and the lowest at 47 mm in July. In zone 2, the annual mean
rainfall is about 1725 mm with highest monthly value at around 300 in February and the lowest value at 56
3 As set out in KEP-12/MENLH/3/1994 .

4 Ibid
5
Kep. BAPEDAL, No. 09, Tahun 2000, Pedoman Penyusunan Analisis Mengenai Dampak Lingkungan Hidup
v
mm in August. In zone 3, the annual mean rainfall is 1809 mm with the highest monthly value at 371 mm in
January and the lowest value at only 26.5 mm in August.
The air quality (SO2, NO2, CO, HC and dust) and noise level were measured in 1999 and re-measured in
2003. The results show that all the values of ambient air quality parameters measured meet the national
standards in the project region. Noise emission levels were sometimes higher than the national standards
during the busy traffic hours.
Geology, morphology, topography, soils and hydrology: Principal geological features in the project areas
include:
Volcanic sediment (zone 1): consisting of andesine, lava, breccias, volcanic breccias and tuffs;
Alluvial sediments (in zone 2 and 3): consisting of swamp and river alluvial sediments, in the forms
of hunks, pebbles, sand, clay, and organic materials;
Banten tuffs (in zone 2): consisting of tuffs, pumices and tuffs sandstones;
Bunning pinang basals (in zone 2): in the form of a basal diabasic texture;
Flood plain sediments (zone 3): consisting of sandy clay and humic clay;
Tuffs sandstone and conglomerates units (in zone 3): consisting of tuffs sandstones, conglomerates
and breccias;
Citalang formation (in zone 3): consisting of conglomerates, sandstone and breccia.
In zone 1, the sloping is between 0-5% with land elevation of 0 to 1 meter above see level. Morphology units
in zone 2 are river and coastal alluvial plains, sloping between 0-5% with land elevation of 0 to 15 m above
sea level. Land in zone 3 crossed by the proposed pipeline routes is relatively flat and in the type of flood
sediment, with elevation ranging between 0 to 5 meters.
Typical soil types in the project areas include alluvial, latosol, podzolic and regosol soils, clay and other
materials from volcanic eruption. Along road shoulders that will be used as the pipeline routes, the
uppermost soil layer from 10 to 20 cm thickness typically consists of small stones. The second deeper layer
from 40 to 50 cm thickness consists of soils, followed by a layer of ordered-stones of 20-30 cm thickness,
and finally reaching the original soils in the deepest layer. Analysis of soil samples in the project region
shows that soil erosion rates are all in the tolerate range.
Total numbers of water crossings on the proposed gas pipeline route are 10 in zone 1, 151 in zone 2 and 102
in zone 3. Most of the waterways to be crossed by the pipeline are streams with width below 3 meters (3 in
zone 1, 82 in zone 2 and 55 in zone 3). Only 18 rivers are classified as big rivers (width above 10 meters).
7 of the big rivers are in zone 1, 6 in zone 2 and 5 in zone 3. The rest are small rivers (with width between 3
and 10 meters) and irrigation canals. The discharges of those big rivers range from 2.5 to 9 cubic
meters/second and their mean depth ranges from 0.7 to 2 meters.
Analysis of water samples in the project areas indicates that most of the parameters do not meet the highest
water quality standards (class 1). Some, such as Total Suspended Solid (TSS) and Total Dissolved Solid
(TDS) do not meet even lower quality standards (The Class II and III). Analysis also showed that there is no
significant level of mercury in the study area and the highest values of lead were lower than the safe limit
under class II and III standards. Analysis of water samples from zone 1 also indicated that surface water in
the region contains higher level of Chloride (C1), detergent, and BOD than national water standards.
Chloride comes from natural abrasion along the body water, whereas high BOD level is caused by pollution
from industrial wastes. Peoples daily activities alongside the river using detergent are responsible for higher
detergent level.
Biodiversity : A floristic survey along the proposed gas pipeline was conducted and 11 species were found.
Most of them were shade or canopy-trees, planted in the sidewalks or on the shoulder of the roads. In the
vi
project area, roadside vegetation along the proposed gas pipeline route provides the only available habitat for
wildlife. Accordingly, wildlife found in the area is limited and no protected species were found.
Benthic communities in the river crossings are potentially vulnerable to temporary disturbance during
construction of the pipelines. Other aquatic biota like plankton, nekton, and fishes are unlikely to be affected
by the construction or any wastewater flows from the project. In general, the habitat qu ality for benthos
organisms in the project areas is poor. The water bodies in the area are characterized by strong currents, and
hard substance.
Land use: Since the proposed distribution pipeline will be located along the shoulders of the existing roads,
land use analysis focused on the land alongside the proposed pipeline routes. According to the updated
survey carried out in 2003, major land uses in the project areas are 48% for settlements (27% for villages
and 21% for towns), 36% for industry, 14% for agriculture (including trees and crops) and 2% for tourism.
Social-economy, governance, culture: In zone 1, the proposed pipeline will pass through the districts of
Kedep, Bekasi, Tegal Gede (south Jakarta), and Cakung, Cilincing (north Jakarta). The pipeline route in
zone 2 will pass through the districts of Tangerang, Serang and Cilegon city, all of which are within the
recently created Banten Province. For zone 3, the project passes through the districts of Karawang,
Cikampek, and Purwakarta, which are part of West Java Province. The population density of villages in the
project areas is usually over 400 people/km2. The dominant occupations of local people living near the
project route are industrial workers, traders, private employees and civil servants in the town areas, and
farmers in the countryside. Along the road side, a lot of people also work as owners and/or employees of
stores, shops and semi-permanent kiosks.
The roads that the pipeline route follows include national-class roads (93.1 km), provincial class roads
(106.3 km) and district class roads (49.2 km). At some points of the roads mostly along industrial estates,
offices and trade centers, traffics are heavy, especially during the morning and evening rush hours.
5. Evaluation of Alternatives
The following alternatives were sequentially considered during the project design and preparation:
Expansion of gas business versus business as usual: Prior to engaging in this important investment
program, PGN considered to continue a business as usual approach entailing a less aggressive strategy of
conversion to gas of small industries and businesses and therefore a low growth of the Banten-West Java gas
market. The business as usual approach has been rejected for four reasons: (a) the expansion of the gas
market was in line with the government energy strategy to develop the domestic gas market because of its
economic and environmental advantages over oil products and coal; (b) a market scoping study showed a
strong preference of small indus tries and businesses for gas; (c) expansion of the gas market would
strengthen the financial situation of the company; and (d) without of the expansion of gas market, some
energy consumers will continue to use oil and other dirty fossil fuels which will have more negative
environmental impacts.
vii
Expansion of the distribution system : PGN considered alternatives for the expansion of its distribution
system taking into accounts: (a) the capability of the existing system; (b) the locations and demand of the
potential consumers (demand nodes); (c) the quantities and input locations of gas supply to the system
(supply nodes); and (d) severe constraints on the right of way in highly urbanized areas. The latter reduced
the number of alternatives for expansion to two, mainly differentiated by the pipeline diameters along the
same routes to satisfy a demand of 500 mmcfd in the first case and a demand of 800 mmcfd in the second
case. The first option would have required further reinforcement of the system after 5-7 years to meet the
full potential demand of 800 mmcfd by 2016. It was rejected because it was less cost effective and would
have entailed more temporary negative environmental and social impacts .
6. Likely Impacts and mitigation measures
Positive impacts: the project will provide important positive environmental benefits as shown in following
table. In addition, Indonesias contributions to the global greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced.
Table 6.1 Likely Positive Impacts of the West Java Gas Distribution Expansion
Reductions in traffic of lorries and other vehicles delivering fuels to industries and other
Traffic
customers throughout the region.
Soil Erosion Construction is likely to help to stabilize drainages in some locations.
Reductions in regional air emissions for all pollutants and greenhouse gases.
Improved air quality within factories that convert to natural gas.
Reduced dust and emissions from fuel delivery vehicles.
Air and Noise
Pollution Reductions in noise from traffic of lorries and other vehicles delivering fuels to industries and
other customers throughout the region.
There will be modest reductions in water use by fuel delivery vehicles and in maintenance of
Water Pollution
industrial combustion equipment.
Creation of short-term employment for local unskilled laborers during the construction and
temporary Increase in cash flow to the local economy, particularly the informal sector, due to
expenditures from construction workers.
Socioeconomic
Some modest long-term employment opportunities.
General reductions in fuel prices, improved industrial efficiency, and improved competitiveness
of industry in the region, with on-going stimulation of business opportunity and development.
Negative impacts : there will also be some negative impacts from activities funded under the project as
shown in following table. But none of the impacts identified and addressed in this assessment are likely
to be major, sustained, or irreversible. Most of these impacts will occur during the constructio n phase
only. All can be mitigated to some extent through good environmental planning and practices. All of the
negative impacts can be mitigated satisfactorily by applying PGNs established standard operating
procedures (SOPs) for design, construction and operation as presented below.
viii
Table 6.2 Likely Negative Impacts and Mitigation Measures of the West Java Gas Distribution
Expansion during Construction Phase
Likely Negative Impacts Mitigation Measures

The working width of pipeline in urban areas is No more than 100- meter section of trenching will be
10 meters, but temporary disruption of open at one time. This section must be backfilled
access from street to markets, businesses, within 24 hours, and backfilling must occur before
Traffic the next section is opened.
factories, restaurants, residences will occur.
Also, temporary increases in traffic for delivery Contractors are required to maintain public safety
of materials, and slow down of traffic in work and smooth traffic flow at project sites. Local traffic
areas will occur. At crossing points, there may control authorities will be informed in advance.
also be some temporary interference with Temporary bridge will be in place when necessary.
roads and railways. The public will be informed about the work
schedule and
The project will be mainly implemented in the dry
season.
Other There is some risk during construction to every effort will be made in advance to check with local
Underground existing underground utility infrastructure, authorities and utilities, and virtually all digging for the
Infrastructure such as water supply and cables. pipeline construction will be by hand.
Soil Erosion There is likely to be some storage, spillage, The construction will be mainly conducted in dry
and erosion of excavated soil on private land season. If heavy rains occur during excavation, the
adjacent t o the route. trench and piled soil from it is to be covered with
Potential release of hydrostatic testing water plastic tarps.
and waste solids generated during During excavation along public roadways, removed soils
construction on private land adjacent to the will be placed into patch boxes.
route. Proper compaction of the restored soil is monitored by
PGNs work site inspectors.
Release of hydrostatic testing will be well managed
according to PGNs procedures.
Construction will produce fugitive dust from Excavation will be done by hand shoveling;
topsoil removal, trench excavation and The use of patch boxes for holding the excavated
backfilling, and from storage of excavated soil soil.
Air and Noise
adjacent to the excavated pipeline trench.
Pollution Spray water on dry soil if necessary.
Noise from construction vehicles and
The pipeline excavation and installation will not use
equipment, materials loading and offloading,
pipe cutting and welding, pipe stringing, etc. -- motorized equipment, which could generate high levels
may cause nuisance wherever the pipeline of noise.
passes near to homes and businesses. The delivery by lorries of piping and con struction
materials will be twice each hour or less at any one
location.
Water Pollution Rain and other of water from trenches may The project will be mainly implemented in dry
become contaminated with lubricants from season;
vehicles and equipment that eventually flows All the hydrostatic testing will be conducted under
into public drainage ways or directly to PGNs supervision. The point of water release will
waterways. be controlled by temporary plastic draining pipes
Water from pigging and hydrostatic testing is and the rate of water release will be controlled to
likely to be released to storm water drains in minimize the impacts on receiving rivers;
urban areas, or directly into waterways. During the construction stage (i) for small rivers
(width of <10 m), an overhead crossing with an I-
beam design will be used; (ii) for big rivers (width
>10m) , a steel bridge will be installed for holding
and supporting the pipes. In addition, pipe bridges
will be installed alongside with existing roads.
ix
(continued) Likely Negative Impacts Mitigation Measures

Solid Waste Vegetation removal during site leveling and Most of the excavated soil and other solid wastes
preparation will be back-filled on site. Excess soil and other
Removal of concrete surfaces in urban and solid wastes will be removed from the site in
industrial areas standard woody boxes. Permission will be obtained
from local authorities or private landowners for
Release of hydrostatic testing water may disposal as landfill. Pigging process will be carefully
contain spent welding rods, mill cuttings, managed to produce least amount of solid wastes.
stones, and rubble.
Socioeconomic Businesses are likely to suffer temporarily due Construction will be carefully planned to minimize
to physical obstruction caused by construction disturbance to the local businesses;
activities. Measurable losses and damages of local
Increased risk of pedestrian injury from traffic businesses caused by the project will be
accidents during construction due to physical compensated;
obstruction or removal of walkways. The contractors will be required to maintain public
safety and smooth traffic by preparing and installing
required signs;
The contractors will also be required to coordinate
with local authorities to maintain public safety.
Table 6.3 Likely Negative Impacts and Mitigation Measures of the West Java Gas Distribution
Expansion During Operation
Likely Negative Impacts Mitigation Measures
During Operation, emissions from generators The five off-take stations are isolated away from
and release of natural gas (predominantly human habitation.
methane [CH4 ]) from offtake stations are very Pipeline and offtake stations will be designed
Air and Noise unlikely, but might happen (very low
Pollution according to standards consistent with international
probability). practices to avoid leak. There will be systems to
The odorizing plants will be in isolated detect and react to leaking rapidly.
locations, so Injection of THT
(tetrahydrothiophene) to the gas is unlikely to
cause any nuisance.
Natural gas is flammable and explosive, so During the course of project preparation, and
the operation of any natural gas pipeline distinct from the EA and EMP preparation, safety
poses risks. Safety risks can arise from: aspects of PGNs overall operations and
Safety and pipeline damage, with resulting release of specifically for the project have been jointly
Risks of natural gas; leakage through valves and reviewed by Bank experts and PGN staff.
Accident
flanges; leakage through fittings and The pipeline will be designed to ASME B31.8 Class
regulators; and release of THT at the 4 standard consistent with densely populated urban
odorizing plant, including leakage from THT areas. The entire West Java gas distribution
storage drums system is designed for compliance with the
Indonesian Pipeline Standards, which is the
equivalent of the American Society of Mechanical
Engineers (ASME) Code B31.8 Gas Transmission
and Distribution Systems (1989 edition). PGN also
uses the latest edition of the ASME code,
supplemented by specifications and standards from
the Institute of Gas Engineers and British Gas. In
addition, PGN has established procedures and
specifications covering construction,
commissioning, operation and maintenance.
x
7. Environmental Management Plan
EMP Purpose and Objectives
In accordance with the requirements of the World Banks OP4.01 on Environmental Assessment, this
Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared for the project. The purpose of the EMP is as
follows:
Provide direction to owners, contractors, operators and environmental regulatory agencies on
environmental protection measures that need to be implemented to eliminate or reduce environmental
effects of construction and operation activities of the proposed project;
Delineate the requirements for environmental monitoring and inspection activities of the project sites,
including identification of the group or agency responsible for monitoring or inspection, type of
monitoring or inspection to be undertaken, parameters to be tested, monitoring and inspection schedule,
and reporting requirements;
Identify organizations or institutions responsible for managing the environmental program, who will
ensure environmental protection measures are properly designed and implemented, undertake
environmental monitoring, and prepare environmental reports for the project;
Institutional Roles and Responsibilities
PGN currently incorporates Indonesian EA procedures (AMDAL) into project planning and implementation
wherever required. For the proposed project, PGN will establish a Project Implementation Unit (PIU) with
overall responsibility for coordinating and managing the project, including environmental issues, and an
environmental coordinating office (ECO) to oversee and support the monitoring and mitigation activities is
being developed at PGNs central office in Jakarta. The ECO will serve as the core unit to be strengthened
under the environmental management capacity building program proposed in the EMP.
During the project preparation stage, as the proposed project will pass through more than one provinces, its
AMDAL process is overseen by the national level AMDAL committee chaired by the deputy minister of the
Ministry of Environment and the Director of Environment of the Ministry of Environment is the secretary of
the AMDAL committee.
During the construction stage, any issues of environmental and social compliance, monitoring, and reporting
would continue to be under the authority of the PIU. The implementation of AMDAL will be contracted out
to contractors. All contractors will be monitored to ensure full compliance with Indonesian legislation and
the approved EIA (including EMP). PIU will report to provincial (level 1) and regional (level 2) BAPEDAL
quarterly for the implementation of AMDAL of the subprojects carried out by contractors in the regions and
the provinces.
Once construction is completed, responsibility for any continuing monitoring and reporting work is under
the authority of the General Manager of the Strategic Business Unit 1 (SBU1) of PGN. Again, the General
Manager of SBU1 will report quarterly to the regional and provincial BAPEDAL for the implementation of
AMDAL of the gas distribution system in the region and province.
Monitoring
During the construction phase, impact monitoring and mitigation activities will be one of the primary
responsibilities of Site Manager. He is based in the field, directly overseeing the contractors who are
carrying out the excavation and pipe-laying work. He will also frequently meet with local government
officials, and will be recognized as the primary contact should any complaints or issues arise. On a monthly
basis, the Evaluation and Reporting Manager, under the Project Administration Manager, will visit each
xi
construction site to observe progress and assess any problems from a more central perspective. Possible
environmental and social impacts to be monitored are listed in following table.
Table 7.1 Possible Environmental and Social Impacts To Be Monitored During Construction
Traffic Congestion and Disruption:

- excavation procedures
- traffic flow and public safety
- disruption of access to residents & businesses
Soil Erosion:
- use of patch boxes for soil storage
- proper back filling and compaction
- proper disposal of excess soil
- restoration to original conditions
Air Pollution:
- incidence of fugitive dust problems
Noise:
- noise levels to be measured in response to any public complaints
Disturbance to Other Underground Infrastructure:

Water Pollution and Run-off:

- controlled drainage of testing waters
Solid Wastes:
- proper disposal of other inorganic solid wastes
- proper disposal of organic solid wastes
Socioeconomic Issues:
- timely excavation to minimize losses of access to businesses
- prompt and transparent resolution of claims for losses
- prompt resolution of any incidents among personnel or between workers and the community
After construction is completed, the pipeline will be operated by the West Java Strategic Business Unit
primary on-going environmental concern is the risk of leakage, fire and/or explosion. PGN has well
established sound design and safety monitoring systems based on inspections, preventive maintenance and
emergency response preparedness. These will benefit from Bank support under the project.
Reporting
Reports based on the monitoring of construction under the project will also be the responsibility of the PIU.
The Site Managers will report through the Construction Manager. Construstion Manager will then evaluate
the report and convey it to the Project Manager. The Project Manager will be responsible for submitting
quarterly and special reports on general construction progress and any construction problems that may affect
the local environment or community. These are required under the RPL, the Rencana Pemantauan
Lingkungan the Environmental Monitoring Plan. They are submitted to the Central AMDAL Committee,
from where they are then circulated to local environmental officials. The Project Manager will share these
reports with all members of the ECO, as well as with the World Bank. Actual preparation of the Project
Managers reports will generally be done by the Evaluation and Reporting Manager.
xii
In addition to the quarter ly reports, prepared in Bahasa Indonesia in fulfillment of AMDAL reporting
requirements, the PIU, with the support of the ECO will, prepare bi-annual environmental summary reports,
to be submitted in English to the World Bank. This report would include:
a summary of significant mitigation measures, if any, undertaken during the previous six months;
a description of any significant problems or successes in environmental mitigation during the period;
and
anticipated notable environmental or social events anticipated during the coming six months.
In addition to these environmental management reports, it should be noted that PGN has standard procedures
for reporting on safety and emergency response incidents. These include:
incident/accident reporting;
response in the event of incidents/accidents: and
gas escapes.
PGN compiles accident/incident statistics on a monthly and annual basis. This information is submitted to
Directorate General for Oil and Gas (Bahasa: Direktorat Jenderal Minyak dan Gas or Dirjen MIGAS). For
the duration of the World Bank loan, these reports will be summarized and included in the bi-annual
environmental reports submitted to the World Bank. Thus the basic outline of the bi-annual reports on
environmental monitoring for the project w ill include:
summary of any significant mitigation measures

mitigation problems and successes
accident/leakage incidents summary
anticipated work and impacts to be monitored during the next reporting period
Technical support to establish Environmental Coordinating Office (ECO)
In order to establish firmly the ECOs capacity to support environmental efforts company-wide, a 5-year
program of technical and capacity building support has been prepared by PGN as shown in following tables.
xiii
Table 7.2 Training Programme for ECO

Participation Budget
No. Title Notes
(Person) US$/person
1. Dasar-Dasar AMDAL (AMDAL A) 25 Head Office/SBU* 950
Basic and Introduction EIA (Level A Sertification)
2. Penyusun AMDAL (AMDAL B) 20 Head Office/SBU 1200
Compiler EIA (Level B Certification)
3. Penilai AMDAL (AMDAL C) 10 Head Office/SBU 950
Appraiser EIA (Level C Certification)
4. Audit Lingkungan 10 Head Office/SBU 1100
Environment Audit
5. Pengelolaan Limbah Domestik/Industri 25 Head Office 850
Domestic/Industrial Waste Management
6. Pemantauan Lingkungan Industri 20 Head Office 1500
Industrial Environmental Monitoring
7. Mediasi Lingkungan 15 Head Office 850
Environment Mediation
8. Manajemen Konflik 20 Head Office/SBU 1500
Conflict Management
9. Pengelolaan Lingkungan Dalam Era Otonomi Daerah 20 Head Office/SBU 750
Environmental Management in Local Authonomy Era
10. Pengendalian Pencemaran Udara dari Emisi Industri 15 Head Office 950
Air pollution Handling from Industrial Emission
11. Pengenalan Lingkungan Bagi Eksekutif & Legislatif 25 Head Office/SBU 1100
Environmental Introduction for Executive and Legislative
12. Strategi Terpadu Pengurangan Emisi Kendaraan 25 Head Office 850
Integrated Strategy of Vehicles Emission Redu ction
13. ISO 14000: Sistem Manajemen Lingkungan 20 Head Office/SBU 950
ISO 14000: Environmental Management Systems (EMS)
14. Pengembangan Sistem Informasi EMS 20 Head Office/SBU 850
Building EMS Information System
15. Mekanisme T eknologi Bersih 20 Head Office 900
Clean Development Mechanism
16 Persiapan dan Tanggap Darurat 25 Head Office/SBU 850
Emergency Preparedness & Response
17. Kesehatan dan Keselamatan Lingkungan Kerja 20 Head Office/SBU 950
(OHSAS 18001)
Occupational Health and Safety 18001
18. Manajemen Resiko terhadap Lingkungan 15 Head Office 1100
Environmental Risk Management
Total** 350 351,000
SBU* = Strategic Business Unit

Level B EIA certification is required for an EIA compiler and higher than level A. Level B certification is
prerequisite for higher level training.
The remain budget for Environmental Coordinating Office is expended for consultant (international and
domestic), document procurement, and equipment (computer, etc)
xiv
Table 7.3 Training Schedulle

Year
No. Title
1 2 3 4 5
1. Basic and Introduction EIA (Level A Sertification)
2. Compiler EIA (Level B Certification)
3. Appraiser EIA (Level C Certification)
4. Environment Audit
5. Domestic/Industrial Waste Management
6. Industrial Environmental Monitoring
7. Environment Mediation
8. Conflict Management
9. Environmental Management in Local Authonomy Era
10. Air pollution Handling from Industrial Emission
11. Environmental Introduction for Executive and Legislative
12. Integrated Strategy of Vehicles Emission Reduction
13. ISO 14000: Environmental Management Systems (EMS)
14. Building EMS Information System
15. Clean Development Mechanism
16 Emergency Preparedness & Response
17. Occupational Health and Safety 18001
18. Environmental Risk Management
8. Public Consultation and Disclosure

Three public consultations were undertaken by PGN in July, September 2002 and April 2003. Participants
included the heads of both provincial and regency-level environmental planning boards (Bapedal Tingkat I
and II) as well as a cross section of regional and local representatives of stakeholder groups: government
agencies, local people , local businesses, NGOs, and academics. Major issues discussed include the
implementation of EIA, the coordination with relevant authorities, impacts of the project on local
communities, interests of local communities, gas market development, customer service, safety issues during
the project operation stage, etc. The scope of the proposed project (including pipeline routing and proposed
location for offtake) has never been revised since April 2003.
In addition, PGN also conducted the socialization with the local affected people in (a) Zone 1 (Greater
Jakarta), which was held on September 28, 2004 at the Head of Bekasi District office; (b) Zone 2, on 13, 19,
and 20 of August 2004 in Balaraja, Cikande, and Kramat Watu respectively; and (c) Zone 3, on September
29, 2004 at Wisma PGRI of Karawang.
Informal interviews of local people on the roadside in various sites along the project route were conducted in
2003. Some 21% of the respondents were supportive of the project and thought it will be good for local
development. About 12% felt that such a project would create too many negative impacts (mainly traffic
problems). About two thirds (67%) were neutral. Respondents strongly suggested that construction work
should be performed as fast as possible, so as to minimize disturbance on traffic. The project also was
announced and publicated in the local and national newspapers.
The next stage of consultation will occur during the final detailed design and planning that will follow
confirmation of financing for the project through the loan agreement with the World Bank. As indicated in
the informal public surveys carried out during the preparation of this EIA, the general impacts and
disturbances of public works projects are well known. In the next stage, once the project is confirmed and
xv
specific customers and routes are confirmed, public consultations will be scheduled in the individual
kecematan (sub-districts) where the route would pass.
xvi
PART I
ENVIRONMENTAL AND
SOCIAL ASSESSMENT
The Expansion of West Java Gas Distribution component of what is now the Domestic Gas Market
Development Project was originally categorized as a Category A project 1996, when it was part of a planned
larger project that would have included construction of a transmission pipeline from South Sumatra to West
Java. So, a full Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) was prepared by an international consultant team
funded by the World Bank in 1997. 1
The original project plans were interrupted by economic and political crises. Subsequently, the Japanese
Bank for International Construction (JBIC) offered to finance the transmission component. The financing
arrangements were formally agreed to in early 2003, and construction of the Sumatra-Java transmission line
is currently (May 2004) getting underway.
Separately from the World Banks 1997 EIA, PGN undertook Indonesian Environmental Impact Assessment
(AMDAL) studies, also for both the Sumatra-Java Transmission and the Expansion of West Java Gas
Distribution projects. These studies were conducted by the Center for Coastal and Marine Resources Studies
(CCMRS) of Bogor Agricultural University2. These were completed, reviewed, and approved in mid -1999.
Since Indonesian AMDAL approval is valid for only three years, and the distribution component had been
postponed until 2004, PGN had CCMRS completely update the AMDAL assessments for the project in
2003, and the Ministry of Environment has reviewed and approved these updated reports. Under separate
World Bank and PGN funding, a public consultation for the project was conducted in July 2002, as part of
another international teams review of evolving project.
This current document serves as a synthesis and update of all of these previous assessments. This
Environment Assessment Report can be accesed for public and available in PGN head offices and each
included offtakes station at proposed distribution pipeline.
1
PGN, 1997. Det Norske Veritas. Technical Report, Environmental Assessment Study for the West Java Gas
Distribution Project.
2
Pusat Kajian Sumberdaya Pesisir dan Lautan Institut Pertanian Bogor
E XPANSION OF W EST JAVA G AS DISTRIBUTION - D OMESTIC GAS M ARKET DEVELOPMENT PROJECT
CHAPTER 1
POLICY, LEGAL AND AD MINISTRATIVE
FRAMEWORK: INDONESIAS AMDAL SYSTEM
1.1 The AMDAL Process

1.2 Regional Autonomy
1.3 Decentralization of AMDAL Review and Approval
Indonesian EIA is widely known by its acronym, AMDAL - Analisis Mengenai Dampak Lingkungan Hidup
(literally, Analysis of Impacts on the Living En vironment). Throughout this report, AMDAL refers to
the system and procedures of Indonesian EIA.
The framework for Indonesias environmental assessment system management began to take shape with the
establishment of the Ministry of State for Population and Environment (MNKLH Menteri Negara
Kependudukuan dan Lingkungan Hidup) in 1978. As a Ministry of State, or coordinating ministry, KLHs
primary roles were to develop policy and to mediate in disputes between sectoral agencies, such as between
Transmigration and Forestry. The new ministry also worked to build awareness of environmental issues both
within the government and among the public. In 1982, a basic Environmental Management Act (No. 4) set
out provisions for an environmental regulatory framework. A legislative base for environmental impact
assessment (EIA) was established under the Government Regulation for Environmental Impact Assessment
in 1986. 3
The Environmental Impact Management Agency (BAPEDAL - Badan Pengendalian Dampak Lingkungan
Hidup) was established in 1990 to implement environmental regulations and policy, including EIAs. Rather
than conduct or approve EIAs itself, BAPEDAL developed guidelines and protocols for design,
implementation, review, and monitoring of assessments and mitigation measures. Just this year, in 2002,
BAPEDAL was terminated as a distinct agency; it was merged into the Ministry of Environment
(Kementrian Lingkungan Hidup, KLH or LH). The Ministry has now taken on national-level functions for
environmental enforcement, including oversight of the AMDAL process. As discussed below, Regional
BAPEDAL (BAPEDAL -Daerah -- BAPEDALDA) offices, initially under the Ministry of Home Affairs,
and now directly as offices of local governments, have recently been given the principal role in AMDAL
review and environmental management.
With the passage in 1999 of Law Number 22 regarding Regional Governance (Autonomy), Indonesias
entire system of government has undergone a shift from centralized to decentralized authority. The
3
Government Regulation No. 29 of 1986 Regarding Environmental Impact Assessment; superceded by Government
Regulation No. 51 of 1993, which in turn has been superceded by Government Regulation No. 27 of 1999.
1 - 1
institutions involved in AMDAL evaluation are at the forefront of these changes. This chapter summarizes
how the AMDAL system works, focusing on its current status and application in the context of the new
regional autonomy laws.
1.1 The AMDAL Process

Like other national EIA systems worldwide, AMDAL requirements apply to most government and private
sector projects. Carrying out an AMDAL study is the responsibility of the project developer or proponent, as
are the mitigation and monitoring of the projects impacts. The types of activities subject to AMDAL are
specified most recently in Ministry of Environment Decree Number 17 of 2001,Types of Business and/or
Activity Plans that are Required to be Completed with the Environmental Impact Assessment. The list
identifies the types of projects that are likely to have negative impacts that are significant, and that therefore
need to undergo environmental assessment.
A full AMDAL assessment involves a three-part series of studies and reports:
ANDAL (Analisis Dampak Lingkungan Analysis of Environmental Impacts);

RKL (Rencana Pengelolaan Lingkungan Environmental Management Plan), and
RPL (Rencana Pemantauan Lingkungan Environmental Monitoring Plan).
The ANDAL provides baseline environmental information, and assessment of the likely impacts. The RKL
explains the plans and procedures to be followed during the project to prevent or mitigate the anticipated
impacts. The RPL identifies the reports and procedures for informing concerned agencies of progress and
problems in implementing the RKL. In order for the project to proceed, these reports must be approved by
the relevant AMDAL Commission.
Figure 1.A Initial Steps in the AMDAL Process
1 - 2
From the perspective of a project developer, the AMDAL process involves up to seven steps:
1) Project Identification -- by the project developer
2) Screening the developer can refer to the published list of types of projects requiring environmental
impact assessment, but a conversation or consultation with the relevant BAPEDADA office is
advisable to confirm the determination, and to establish a date for a public scoping session; if it is
agreed that the project does not require full assessment, it is probably subject to less rigorous
UPL/UKL studies (discussed below)
3) Scoping, with Public Consultation -- scoping is the process of identifying the range of likely
impacts and issues that need to be assessed; a key part of this process is a public consultation, in
which experts and others, including representatives of the communities in the project area, are
invited; the project developer will provide details on the proposed project, and encourage discussion;
the results of the meeting should be recorded, and taken into consideration in drafting the Terms of
Reference (Kerangka Acuan KA) of the ANDAL study
4) Approval of the KA-ANDAL -- the TOR for the proposed ANDAL studies is submitted to the
AMDAL Commission for approval
5) Assessment, and Preparation of the Mitigation and Monitoring Plans -- based on the approved
TOR, the project developer will prepare the study, usually by contracting for the services of qualified
experts; during the assessment, people in the affected communities would be interviewed, and their
interests and concerns taken into consideration
Figure 1B Scoping, TOR, and ANDAL Studies
6) Approval of the Assessment, Management, and Monitoring Plans the completed assessment,
management and monitoring plans are submitted to the AMDAL Commission for review; the project
developer may be requested to provide additional information or address any perceived deficiencies;
the ANDAL/RKL/RPL are then approved, and signed by the head of BAPEDALDA or the relevant
head of local government administration.
1 - 3
7) Implementation, Monitoring, and Reporting -- costs of mitigation measures are generally borne
by the project developer; monitoring of the project during construction and operations phases, as set
out in the RPL, is a shared responsibility; if it is a national project, a supervisory team may be
established under the responsible minister; if a provincial project, by the provincial governor; costs
of supervision are borne by the institutions comprising this team.
Development activities that are unlikely to have significant or widespread environmental impacts 4 are
subject to a less rigorous and somewhat vaguely defined set of AMDAL studies 5:
UKL (Upaya Pengelolaan Lingkungan -- Environmental Management Procedures), and

UPL (Upaya Pemantauan Lingkungan -- Environmental Monitoring Procedures).
These procedures are not subject to evaluation by an AMDAL commission. The less significant
environmental aspects of these projects are to be covered within the Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs)
of the implementing agency. 6
Figure 1C Review, Implementation and Monitoring of AMDAL Studies
1.2 Regional Autonomy

The Law of the Republic of Indonesia Number 22 of 1999 regarding Regional Governance (Autonomy)
transferred most governmental functions from the central government to local governments-- provinces
(propinsi), districts (kabupaten), and cities (kota). Key provisions include:
4
Kepmen 481/PU/1996 defines those activities requiring UKL/UPL in the public works sector, for example, and there
are similar decrees in other sectors.
5
As set out in KEP-12/MENLH/3/1994.
6
Ibid
1 - 4
Article 7 (1): Regional Authority covers all fields of government, except foreign affairs, defense
and security, judiciary, monetary and fiscal matters, religion, etc.;
Article 9 (2): Provincial Authority as an Autonomous Region (Daerah Otonom) covers fields of
governance that involve or cut across Districts (Kabupatens) and Cities (Kota);
Article 10 (1): The Regions (Daerah) have authority to manage their own natural resources and
are responsible for environmental preservation in accordance with national laws and regulations.
Article 11 (2): Fields of governance that must be carried out by the District and the City include
public works, health, education and culture, agriculture, communications, industry and trade,
capital investment, environment, agricultural affairs, cooperatives, and manpower affairs.
The authorities of Provincial Governments in environmental fields were given a little more specifically in
Article 3 of Government Regulation 25 of 2000:
management of the environment across districts (kabupaten) and cities;
regulating the utilization of marine resources between 4 miles and 12 miles from shore;
control of the security and conservation of water resources across districts and cities;
evaluation of AMDAL studies for activities that have a potential negative impact on the public
whose location covers more than one district or city;
supervision of environmental conservation across districts and cities; and
determination of environmental standards based on national environmental standards.
Although authority for the environment has been largely decentralized to the regional governments,
questions remain as to the relative authority for environmental management among the various local
government administrations, i.e. what are the distinctive roles of provinces, districts, and cities?
Government Regulation Number 25 of 2000 also defines several specific roles for central government:7
determination of guidelines for managing natural resources and conserving the environment;
control of the utilization of marine resources beyond twelve miles;
evaluation of AMDAL for activities that have potential negative impacts rela ted to defense and
security, that are located in more than one province, in regions with disagreement with other
countries, in marine regions of more than 12 miles, or in a border area with another country.
determination of environmental standards and the determination of guidelines on environmental
pollution;
determination of guidelines for conservation of natural resources.
1.3 Decentralization of AMDAL Review and Approval

Law Number 22 of 1999 gave wide authority and responsibility to the Regions; they now must function on
their own initiative to meet the interests of the local public and fulfill the potential of their region. Prior to
Law Number 22, environmental management at the local level was defined under instructions of the
Minister of Home Affairs. A Central Evaluator Committee, under the national BAPEDAL, reviewed and
approved AMDAL assessments.
In 1996, regional environmental management agencies began to be established at the provincial and district
levels. These are known as BAPEDALDA (BAPEDAL-Daerah). The BAPEDALDA were not directly
linked to the national BAPEDAL agency, but rather to the Ministry of Home Affairs. Under Law Number
22, however, the governments of provinces, districts, and cities have their own authority to establish local
environmental agencies. Currently, there are some 168 BAPEDALDA, established at the various levels of
regional and local government.
7
Article 2 (item 18)
1 - 5
The role of central government -- the Ministry of Environment -- is now only to give technical supervision,
facilitate and promote, and set national standards related to environmental affairs. For AMDAL, the only
projects subject to review at the national level are those involving defense and security, cut across more than
one province, are in areas of dispute or borders with other countries, or that concern marine regions more
than 12 miles from shore.
For full-fledged AMDAL studies ANDAL-RPL-RKL evaluation and approval is by an Evaluator

Committee or AMDAL Commission. Their work is guided under Guidelines for AMDAL Document
Evaluation, BAPEDAL Decree Number 2 of 2000. The AMDAL Commission draws upon the expertise of
representative government agencies, public sector organizations, and the private sector. It appears that each
BAPEDALDA has its own AMDAL Commission, to review ANDAL/RKL/RPL studies under their
jurisdiction.
BAPEDAL Decree Number 17 of 2001 (Types of Business and/or Activity Plans that are Required to be
Completed with the Environmental Impact Assessment 8) defines major development activities that requ ire an
AMDAL assessment. Construction of onshore gas transmission pipelines of 50 km or more in length and
having a diameter of 20 inches or greater, and all offshore gas transmission pipelines, require an EIA.
8
Kep. BAPEDAL, No. 09, Tahun 2000, Pedoman Penyusunan Analisis Mengenai Dampak Lingkungan Hidup
1 - 6
Table 1.1 Regulations on Environmental Management and Related Issues for Petroleum and
Gas Sector
NATIONAL LAWS :
Law No. 5/1990: The Conservation of Biological Natural Resources and the Ecosystem.
Law No.24/1992: The Space Zoning.
Law No.23/1997: The Management of the Living Environments, to replace Law No.
4/1982, Indonesias first law on the subject.
GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS:
Government Regulation No.27/1999 on the Environmental Management Plans (AMDAL).
Government Regulation No.41/1999 on Forestry.
PRESIDENTIAL DECREE :
Presidential Decree No.23/1990 on the Management of National Reserves.
MINISTERIAL DECREES :
Joint Decree of the Minister of Mines and Energy No. Kep. 969.K /05/ MPE/1989, and the
Minister of Forestry No.429/KPTS -II/1989 on The Guidelines for Mining and Energy
Business Enterprises within National Forest Reserves.
Joint Decree of the Minister of Mines and Energy No. Kep. 1101.K /702/ M/91, and the
Minister of Forestry No.436/KPTS -II/91 on the Joint Coordination Committee of the
Permit Application Procedure for Mining Business E nterprises within National Forest
Reserves.
Decree of the State Minister of Demography and Living Environments No.
02/MENKLH/1988 on the Guidelines of Environmental Quality Standards.
Decree of State Minister of Living Environments No.17/2001 on the Types of Business
Enterprises or Plans and Activities requiring Environmental Management Plans.
Decree of the Minister of Mines and Energy No.103.K/MPE/1994 on the Supervision of the
Implementation of the Environmental Management and Monitoring Plans (RKL and
RP L) in the Mining and Energy Sector.
Decree of the Minister of Mines and Energy No.1899.K/MPE/1994 on the Environmental
Monitoring of Electrical Power Installations.
Decree of Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources No.1457.K/28/ MEM/2000 on
Technical Guid elines for Environmental Management in the Mining and Energy
Sector.
Circular of the Minister of Demography and Living Environments No.31/
SE/MENKLH/6/1987 on the Procedure for the Abatement of Pollution and Damage
of the Living Environments.
DECREES FROM INSTITUTIONS BELOW THE MINISTERIAL LEVEL .

Decree of the Chairman of BAPEDAL (the Institution for the Control of Environmental
Impact) No.KEP-056/1994 on the Guidelines for the Classification of Significant
Environmental Impacts.
Decree of the Chairman of BAPEDAL No.299/BAPEDAL/ 11/1996 on the Technical
Guidelines for Social Aspect Analysis in the Preparation of Environmental
Management Plans.
Decree of the Chairman of BAPEDAL No 08/2000 on the Community Involvement and
Transparency of Information in the En vironmental Management Plans.
BAPEDAL Decree Number 17 of 2001, Types of Business and/or Activity Plans that are
Required to be Completed with the Environmental Impact Assessment.
1 - 7
CHAPTER 2
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 Existing System

2.2 Project Overview
2.3 Project Routing
2.4 Project Design
2.5 Land Acquisition and Permits
2.6 Construction Practices
2.7 Pipeline Operations and Maintenance
2.1 EXISTING SYSTEM

Currently, PGN manages a total length of 2,615 km of distribution networks in different regions of
Indonesia. Total gas throughput for the system in 2002 was 238 mmscfd.
The West Java distribution network spans the industrial corridor from Cilegon in the west to Purwarkarta in
the east of West Java. Its main elements are comprised of 11 off-take (city gate) stations; supply mains,
feeder mains and distribution mains of various diameters with a cumulative length of 1575 km (840 km steel
pipe and 735 km polyethylene [PE] pipe); 97 pressure regulation stations; and 473 industrial meter stations,
and 691 commercial and 51,080 household meters installed at customers premises.
PGN currently serves industrial and commercial customers in the Jakarta-Bogor area of West Java using gas
supplies from local offshore and onshore gas fields. On an average day basis, PGNs distribution system is
receiving 104 mmscfd of natural gas from Pertaminas onshore fields in West Java and 50 mmscfd from
British Petroleums (BPs) fields offshore north of West Java. The gas from the Pertamina fields is supplied
through a Pertamina owned and operated 24 inch diameter transmission pipeline from Cilamaya to Cilegon.
The gas from BPs offshore fields is brought to shore by sub-sea gathering lines, owned and operated by BP,
beaching at Muara Karang. From there the BP gas is carried to PGNs West Java distribution system through
a 16 inch diameter high pressure supply main owned and operated by PGN. These supplies are being fully
utilized and further supplies have, so far, not been available.
The system is designed for a pressure regime of 16 bar/4 bar/0.1 bar. The 0.1 bar pipelines serve household
consumers in congested areas. Given adequate gas supply with inlet pressure of 16 bar, the system is capable
of distributing about 240 mmscfd of natural gas.
Gas control and dispatch is handled manually. All steel pipelines are protected from corrosion through
impressed current and sacrificial anodes, except for a 3 km section near Bitung, which has been prone to
2-1
damage due to congestion of underground services and requires frequent repairs. Inspection for corrosion is
undertaken on a monthly basis. All meters of industrial customers are annually checked and calibrated by the
Governments metrological laboratories in Bandung. The commercial and household meters are calibrated
by PGN under the supervision of the Governments metrological laboratories. Surveys for gas leaks on
mains and stations are conducted continuously. The line checker will check the pipeline conditions from
starting point until the end point and back to the initial point continuously. In particular segment, which have
higher risk of leakage than the other segments, line checker will carefully check the pipeline conditions.
PGNs reconciliation of gas purchased and gas sold shows negative unaccounted for. (Since PGNs meters
are regularly checked and calibrated, negative accounted for is attributed to inaccuracy of Pertaminas
meters, which are not as rigorously checked.) Except for some selec ted activities that are outsourced, all
operational and maintenance activities are conducted by PGN staff. The following tables summarize the
status of inspections and results with regards corrosion control, instrument calibration and leakage survey
activ ities.
PGN carries out regular pipeline patrols. Visual inspection frequency is weekly to monthly. An odorant,
THT (tetrahydrothiophene) is injected into the distribution system at all off-take stations, which allows
physical detection of leaking gas. If a leak is reported by the public, a survey is immediately carried out
using surface gas detection and bubble leakage tests.
Table 2A Corrosion Control

% of Protection Frequency of Inspection
Supply Mains 100 % 1/month
Distribution Mains *99.64 % 1/mon th
Reticulation Main **N/A -

* 99.64%: 3 kilometer from total 840.91 kilometer requires frequent repairs due
to congestion of other services.
** PE pipe.
Table 2B Instrument Calibration

Frequency of Calibration
(time/year)
City Gate Stati ons 1
District Regulator Stations 1
Customer Meter Stations
Industrial 1
Commercial 1
Household once in 5 years
Table 2C Gas Leak Surveys

Leakage Incidence
Frequency of Survey
Supply Mains - none
Feeder Mains 12 times/year none
Distribution Main 12 times/year 0.03%*
City Gate Stations Every week none
District Regulator Stations Every week none
Customer Meter Stations Twice/month none
*Of 7998 points checked in 2002, leakage was indicated at 2 points
2-2
2.2 Project Overview

PGN is to start the construction of a transmission pipeline that will bring gas supply from gas fields in South
Sumatra to Cilegon of Java. The West Java Gas Distribution Pipeline system would deliver this new supply
to areas of major industrial growth in the provinces of Banten, Jakarta and West Java. Total demands for gas
in these three provinces are expected to grow from 168 mmscfd (2004) to 543 mmscfd in 2007 and 825
mmscfd by 2012.
Table 2 D
Gas Supply Projections for PGNs Distribution Operations for Banten West Java
Year 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014
Pertamina WJ 98 98 98 98 98 98 98
BP Muara Karang 60 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65
Pertamina SSWJ 150 200 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
Ellips 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Conoco Philips 170 230 300 350 375 400 400 400
Expan 100 100 100
Total 168 323 543 653 723 773 798 825 825 825
PGNs West Java Distribution Network comprises of three market areas or zones. The Expansion of West
Java Gas Distribution Project would draw upon World Bank financing to construct new lines to service
industrial customers in all of these three market zones as shown in map 2.A.
Zone 1 covers industrial development areas at north and south Jakarta with 54.5 km total length. The
industrial area at north Jakarta is stretch from Cilincing and Cakung with 10.5 km pipeline length and 12
inch diameter. While the distribution pipeline at south Jakarta is covering industrial areas at Kedep and
Bekasi with 16 inch diameter and 44 km length of pipeline.
Zone 2, Serang-Tangerang, covers expansion along industrial development corridors between west Jakarta
and the Cilegon / Merak Zone, including Anyer, Serang, Cikande, Balaraja, Jatiuwung and Tangerang. A
new NPS 16 main distribution pipeline extending from Balaraja, whic h ties into the end of the existing
distribution system, is planned, extending to Serang and on to Bojanegara in Cilegon, with a 10 inch branch
pipeline to Anyer from Cilegon and an 8 inch branch pipeline to Kopo from Cikande. Additional spur lines
of NPS 6 and NPS 8 join the main and branch distribution line at several points. Total pipeline length in this
Zone is expected to be 127 km. Three metering and pressure regulating offtake stations at Cikande, Bitung
and Serpong are planned to be upgraded. These lines can serve approximately 60 new industrial customers.
The third Zone is east of Jakarta, expanding service in the industrial development zones of Bekasi,
Karawang, Cikampek and Purwakarta. Expansion of the existing, gas distribution system will involve: a
NPS 16 main distribution pipeline extending from the end of an existing distribution pipeline at Kerawang to
Purwarkartia and on to Jatihulur. A number of other branch and spur lines of NPS 12, 10, 8, 6 and 4 will also
tie into this main distribution line. Total pipeline length in this Zone is expected to be 75.9 km. Two
metering and pressure regulating offtake station are planned to be upgraded, at Tegalgede and at Walahar.
The pipelines will serve an estimated 56 new industrial customers in the area.
The proposed Bank financed project also comprises of: (i) installation of SCADA system; (ii) provision of
radio/telecommunication equipment, IT support and emergency response equipment, and (iii) a capacity
building component to strengthen PGNs (the project owner) financial, planning, engineering and
management capability.
2-3
INDONESIA
INDONESIA

Labuhan
Labuhan Maringgai
Maringgai
S
U
M
A
T
E
R
A
IS
L
A
N
D
BANTEN GREATER JAKARTA KARAWANG

( ZONE 2 ) ( ZONE 1 ) ( ZONE 3 )
Bojonegara
Bojonegara
Muara
Muara Bekasi
Bekasi
.Serang
.Tangerang
Serpong
Serpong Bekasi
.
Jakarta
Jakarta Special
Special Region
Region .Karawang
Pandeglang
.
Rangkasbitung
.
Walahar
Walahar
JAVA ISLAND
Purwakarta
.
.Subang
.Bogor
Banten
Banten Province
Province West
West Java
Java Province
Province
LEGEND :
DIVISI PERENCANAAN & ENJINERING PGN'S INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT PLANS FOR
SSWJ PHASE - 1
SSWJ PHASE - 2 SSWJ Bojonegara - Serpong 24" SSWJ and WJD PROJECT
Drawn by : Dts Date Initial A. Grissik - Pagardewa (36" - 185 Km) SSWJ Distribution Cilegon 16
A. Pagardewa - Lb. maringgai (32" - 275 Km)
B. Pagardewa - Lb. Maringgai (32" - 275 Km) WJD Plan (WB)
Cheked by : Afl B. Lb.Maringgai - Cilegon (32" - 100 Km)
C. Lb. Maringgai - M. Bekasi (32" - 159 Km)
PT. PERUSAHAAN GAS NEGARA (PERSERO), Tbk
Existing Pipeline
Approved by : R.A.W D. M. Bekasi - Cikarangjati (32" - 30 Km) Pertamina Pipeline KANTOR PUSAT
E. Cikarangjati - Walahar (24" - 40 Km)
Cianjur Jl. KH. Zainul Arifin No. 20 Jakarta Barat 11140
File : SSWJ_WJD_2 Revision : 25 jan 05 .
EXPANSION OF WEST JAVA GAS DISTRIBUTION - DOMESTIC GAS M ARKET D EVELOPMENT PROJECT
MAP 2.A 1
2- 4
MAP 2.A.2
2- 5
MAP 2.A.3
2- 6
The proposed Bank-financed project is linked to a Japan Bank of International Cooperation (JBIC) financed
transmission project, which as mentioned above is to transport natural gas from South Sumatra to the West
Java distribution network. Project preparations for the transmission line are well underway with construction
planned to commence in the second quarter of 2005. The EIA Report for the transmission project was
prepared and approved by the AMDAL Commission in 1999. It has been discussed and approved by JBIC,
and disclosed to the public following JBICs disclosure procedures. A social assessment report and a
Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) were prepared in 1998 to comply with AMDAL procedures and JBICs
requirements. The RAP was recently updated by PGN at JBICs request. And its implementation is
underway.
2.3 Project Routing

In contrast to transmission pipelines, distribution pipeline do not have a right of way (ROW). In order to
minimize the operational risks due to lack of ROW, the distribution pipeline has a higher standard of safety.
Those standards meet criteria of pipeline safety in densely settled areas with multistory buildings, heavy
traffic, other underground utilities (water, and sometimes power lines), in a region that is prone to
earthquakes. The distribution system will need to cross a number of rivers, streams, canals, and drains. In a
few areas, road and railroad crossings will be required. Individual crossings are not expected to exceed a
span of l00 m, and so should not present significant problems. PGN is well experienced with these
conditions throughout its existing distribution system.
Several alternatives for network layout and capacity requirements have been evaluated for the Expansion of
West Java Gas Distribution component of the Domestic Gas Market Development Project, drawing
primarily on experience with the existing West Java and East Java distribution systems. In West Java, the
system is located in somewhat more densely urbanized areas than in East Java; much of the system operates
in close proximity to population centers.
The pipeline route is based on the location of consumers. Initially, these consumers will be industries, but
eventually restaurants, hotels, hospital and households will be added. So the pipelines will be installed
alongside of roads. Future road development plans will be taken into consideration as well. Where future
road expansion is anticipated, the adjacent or underground crossing pipe will be sized and buried
accordingly.
2.3.1 Zone 1 Details of Routing
Zone 1 is described as two separate segments in north and south Jakarta. The north distribution pipeline will
be installed to supply PT. Bogasari, PT Malindo Feed Mill, Kawasan Berikat, PT. Justus, PT.Budi Dharma
and PT. Eastern Polymer along Cakung Cilincing segmen with 10.5 km length. The pipeline will start at
connection point with exisiting pipe dia.16 at west side of Bekasi road, over 2 crossing with 2 big rivers
Cakung Drainage and Bekasi Irrigation-- and end up at PT. Bogasari as ending point.
The other segment in Zone 1 is Kedep Bekasi segment at south Jakarta for 44.0 km. The distribution
pipeline will start at Ked ep Receiver Station, crossing with 4 big rivers Cikungsit 1, Cikungsit 2, Cikungsit
3, and Tarum Barat Irrigation--, crossing with one highway, Jakarta Cikampek and also crossing with
Pertaminas Gas Pipeline diameter 24. The pipe will be installed at west side of the road, then after
Kalimalang the installation of pipeline will be removed to north side and end up in PT. Samwood Indonesia.
The Kedep Bekasi segment will be installed to provide gas demand from 23 industries, such as: PT.Semen
Kujang Cibinong, PT.KIA, PT.Bukaka, PT.Aspex Kumbong, PT.Gunung Garuda, PT.Unilever,
PT.Samwood Indonesia.
2-7
The 127 km of piping in Zone 2 will start at PT. Doulton at Balaraja, and then run westward to Cikande
along the south side of the road. After crossing the Cidurian River, the route will move to the north side of
the road. The route will branch at Simpang Asem -Cikande junction. One line goes southward to Kopo and
another westward to Langgeng Sahabat Industrial Zone. From there, the line will go westward to Gorda
market. West part of Gorda market, the pipeline will cross under the highway to the south side of the road,
then proceed to Kragilan, Serang, Kramat Watu and Cilegon. From there it will branch again to Bojonegara
and Anyer. The gas receiver stations that will be installed in Zone 2 are at:
Cikande, at Langgeng Sahabat Industrial Zone and alongside of the Pertamina Gas Transmission
Pipeline
Cilegon, at Krakatau Steel Industrial Zone, close to the existing Pertamina Gas Station.
Gas in this Zone will also be supplied from Zone 1, delivered by Bitung Receiver Station through the
Bitung-Cikupa-Balaraja distribution pipeline.
A preliminary survey of potential industrial and commercial customers along the routes was conduc ted as
part of the AMDAL up-dating at the end of 2002. These potential customers are listed in Table 2D.
Table 2E Industries along the Proposed Route in Zone 2

Length
South Km Notes
East Latitude *
longitude No.
16 inches
BALARAJA SIMPANG ASEM 1. 06o 13 27.1 106 o 25 21.1 0.0 PT. Doulton Multi Fortuna 13
o
2. 06 13 21.2 106 o 25 15.3 0.1 PT. Mitro Jaya 12
SIMPANG ASEM KOPO 8 inches

1 06 o 12 52.0 106 o 23 57.2 3.9 PT. Sumber Batu Redimix 6
2 06 o 12 31.5 106 o 23 13.3 4.5 PT. Tetsu Inti Baja 12
3 06 o 12 28.2 106 o 21 56.7 8.2 PT. Aneka Chlorindo 20
Chemical
4 06 o 12 42.4 106 o 21 43.5 8.4 Fibertech Internusa 18
o o
5 06 12 45.9 106 21 42.7 8.9 Cikande Farm 18
6 06 o 13 05.3 106 o 21 41.3 9.0 PT Plasi Sarana Indonesia 20
7 06 o 13 16.3 106 o 21 34.0 9.1 PT. Wonokoyo 15
8 06 o 13 24.3 106 o 21 33.5 9.2 PT. Fibertec Inter Nusantara 20
o o
9 06 12 48.7 106 21 47.8 9.4 PT. Colorindo Aneka Chem 18
10 06 o 13 45.6 106 o 21 24.6 9.6 PT. Surya Besindo Sakti 17
11 06 o 13 46.4 106 o 21 21.5 9.8 PT. Dystar Polkirk 16
12 06 o 13 50.2 106 o 21 22.6 9.9 PT.Bintang Terang 16
13 06 o 14 26.2 106 o 21 18.5 10.2 PT. Budi Texindo Perkasa 18
14 06 o 14 27.2 106 o 21 17.3 10.0 PT. Duta Eratama 17
15 06 o 15 28.7 106 o 21 15.8 10.1. PT. Osaka 18
16 06 o 15 09.2 106 o 21 16.1 10.3 PT. Sica Internasional 20
17 06 o 15 14.2 106 o 21 17.3 10.5 PT. Global Trasindo 21
18 06 o 15 23.5 106 o 21 16.8 10.6 PT. Darmawan Intersarana 20
19 06 o 15 23.6 106 o 21 16.9 10.7 PT. Habo Metalindo 16
20 06 o 15 28.7 106 o 21 15.8 10.9 PT. RWA 18
21 06 o 15 35.7 106 o 21 06.5 11.0 PT. Citra Maha Surya Indus 20
2-8
22 06 o 15 44.3 106 o 21 04.0 11.1 PT. Platinum Resis Industry 22

23 06 o 16 11.7 106 o 20 48.0 13.5 PT. CPB 18
24 06 o 16 15.7 106 o 20 42.5 13. PT. Mariza 20

25 06 o 16 24.4 106 o 20 39.5 15.5 PT. Bingo 18
26 06 o 18 52.4 106 o 20 54.1 19.9 PT. Citra Indo Kasava 16
27 06 o 19 37.1 106 o 20 28.8 25.9 PT Indo Karbon Prima Jaya 16
No South East Latitude Km - Notes Length
SIMPANG ASEM longitude
16 inches
CILEGON ANYER 1. 06 o 12 27.4 106 o 21 31.9 1.1 SBPU 20
o
2. 06 12 06.8 106 o 20 56.1 2.6 PT. Langgeng Sahabat 12
3. 06 o 11 47.3 106 o 20 49.3 4.6 Ind estate - Langgeng Shabt 15
4. 06 o 11 47.3 106 o 20 49.3 4.7 PT. Sugih Brother 14
5. 06 o 11 47.3 106 o 20 49.3 6.1 PT. Asia Sinar Logam Abadi 16
6. 06 o 10 20.7 106 o 20 08.3 5.2 Residential area 16
o
7. 06 09 43.9 106 o 19 35.2 6.0 Residential area 16
8. 06 o 10 49.1 106 o 20 22.9 6.5 PT. United Waru Biscuit 18
9. 06 o 10 06.8 106 o 19 59.3 6.9 PT. Arwana Kramik 17
10. 06 o 10 49.1 106 o 20 22.9 7.3 PT. Sinar Luwes 20
11. 06 o 09 53.1 106 o 19 44.0 7.9 PT. Japindo Kencana 22
12. 06 o 09 51.2 106 o 19 43.0 8.5 PT. Timah Suplinder 21
SIMPANG ASEM 13. 06 o 09 41.2 106 o 19 31.5 8.8 PT. Rama Sinta Kreasi 18
CILEGON - ANYER 14. 06 o 09 42.1 106 o 19 26.3 9.2 PT. Triprima Inti Baja Indo 20
15. 06 o 09 32.2 106 o 19 12.5 9.8 PT. Nicomas Gemilang 18
(Continued) 16. 06 o 09 40.3 106 o 19 22.9 10.3 PT. Spindo Mas 18
17. 06 o 09 34.3 106 o 19 14.3 11.7 PT. Grand Pataran 17
18. 06 o 09 32.2 106 o 19 12.5 12.6 PT. Nicomas Gemilang 16
19. 06 o 08 24.3 106 o 17 19.7 13.4 PT. Sinar Mas Group 16
20. 06 o 08 21.6 106 o 16 42.7 14.6 Gudang Container 22
21. 06 o 07 58.4 106 o 16 02.6 15.2 PT. Cablex Sentausa 22
22. 06 o 07 87.7 106 o 16 31.2 15.8 Residential area Cisait 18
23. 06 o 09 51.2 106 o 19 43.0 16.1 PT. Lung Ceong Brothers 20
24. 06 o 07 51.8 106 o 15 52.8 16.4 PT. Colon Ina 21
25. 06 o 09 51.2 106 o 19 43.0 16.8 PT. Stailafom 17
o o
26. 06 09 51.2 106 19 43.0 17.4 PT. Colon 20
27. 06 o 09 51.2 106 o 19 43.0 17.9 PT. Pensil 20
28. 06 o 09 51.2 106 o 19 43.0 18.6 PT. Murni Papan Mandiri 18
29. 06 o 07 36.3 106 o 14 34.3 18.9 Telkom Ciruas 18
30. 06 o 07 12.1 106 o 11 23.5 25.0 Crossing road tol 0
31. 06 o 07 13.1 106 o 10 46.1 26.1 Crossing rail way KA 0
32. 06 o 07 10.1 106 o 09 55.0 27.7 Crossing intersection road 0
33. 06 o 07 04.7 106 o 09 26.9 28.0 Entrance to Serang City 5
34. 06 o 06 57.9 106 o 09 04.9 29.0 Serang City 6
35. 06 o 06 46.0 106 o 09 07.5 30.0 Serang City 6
36. 06 o 06 45.1 106 o 09 02.2 31.0 Serang City 6
37. 06 o 04 44.3 106 o 07 33.1 34.7 Crossing irrigation 0
2-9

o
44. 06 02 04.2 106 o 04 59.6 42.0 Tol Cilegon Timur 0
45. 06 o 01 31.9 106 o 04 13.0 43.5 Crossing Rail way 0
46. 06 o 01 07.5 106 o 03 23.0 45.5 Crossing Cilegon market 0
47. 06 o 00 43.6 106 o 02 39.4 46.9 Bifurcation 0
48. TOTAL 46.9
South East latitude Km- Notes Length
longitude
16 inches
1. 06 o 02 33.0 105 o 55 32.8 1.4 University Tirtayasa 21
2. 06 o 58 59.1 106 o 00 50.5 2.7 PT. Maros 18
o o
3. 06 02 33.0 105 55 32.8 3.9 SPBU 22
o o
4. 05 57 51.3 106 00 08.7 4.2 PT. Sudikar 20
5. o
05 57 21.5 o
106 59 58.4 4.3 PT. Pronhal 18
6. 05 o 57 23.5 106 o 59 61.4 4.5 PT. Statomer 20
o o
7. 05 54 53.5 106 00 24.0 4.6 PT. Santa 18
8. 05 o 53 11.4 106 o 03 26.9 4.7 PT. SWI 18
CILEGON BOJONEGARA
o o
9. 05 53 10.0 106 03 53.4 4.8 PT. Lobunta Kencana 22
o o
10. 05 53 13.9 106 03 55.5 4.9 PT. Inti 21
11. 05 o 53 14.6 106 o 04 02.2 5.4 PT. Sulfindo Utama 20
o o
12. 05 53 18.2 106 04 16.6 4.0 PT. Satomo Indol Polymer 18
o o
13. 05 53 18.2 106 04 16.8 5.1 PT. Stryndo Mono indo 20
14. 05 o 53 19.1 106 o 04 17.9 5.3 PT. Nufarm 21
o o
15. 05 53 19.9 106 04 13.5 5.4 PT Petrolin Utama Redeka 23
o o
16. 05 53 21.8 106 04 24.2 5.5 PT. Polychein Lindo 18
17. 05 o 53 21.6 106 o 04 25.6 5.6 PT. Sowa Esterindo Indon 24
18. 05 o 53 28.2 106 o 04 32.0 5.8 PT. Sentra Sintetik 27
CILEGON BOJONEGARA 19. o
05 54 47.5 o
106 04 44.7 5.9 PT. Petrochen 20
(Continued) 20. 06 o 02 33.0 105 o 55 32.8 6.0 PT. PLN 21
21. 05 o 54 54.3 106 o 04 48.8 6.2 PT. Rabot Mandiri 20
22. 06 o 02 33.0 105 o 55 32.8 6.3 Bakrie Group 35
o o
23. 05 54 53.5 106 00 24.0 16.4 PT. Power Jabar 18
24. 06 o 02 33.0 105 o 55 32.8 30.7 PT. Gunanusa Utama 42
25. 06 o 02 33.0 105 o 55 32.8 30.8 PT. Daya ListrikPratama 33
26. 05 o 55 56.4 106 o 06 10.2 31.7 PT. Cilegon Pabrik 18
o o
27. 05 56 05.1 106 06 08.3 32.9 PT. Banten Putra Persada 20
28. 05 o 58 15.4 106 o 05 42.8 37.2 PT. Yanya Danumerta 22
29. 05 o 54 53.5 106 o 00 24.0 38.4 PT. Petrolium T ri Tunggal 18
South East Latitude Km - Notes Length*)
SIMPANG ASEM longitude
10 inches
CILEGON - ANYER 48. 06 o 00 43.6 106 o 02 39.4 46.9 Junction - bifurcation to 0
Anyer and to Merak
Bojonegara.
49. 06 o 00 32.3 106 o 01 39.7 48.0 Irrigation 0
o
50. 06 00 35.3 106 o 01 19.5 49.5 Gate of Industry area 0
o o
51. 06 00 39.4 106 01 00.8 49.7 Crossing Rail way 0
52. 06 o 00 41.4 106 o 00 45.6 51.0 Irrigation 0
2 - 10
53. 06 o 00 37.6 105 o 59 30.4 51.2 Resident area 20

o o
54. 06 00 51.8 105 58 45.7 51.7 Irrigation 0
55. 06 o 00 59.0 105 o 58 26.3 52.1 Rice Fields 16
56. 06 o 01 25.1 105 o 57 49.3 52.9 Rice Fields 14
o o
57. 06 01 26.5 105 57 43.5 53.4 Rice Fields 14
58. 06 o 01 21.0 105 o 57 23.7 57.5 Gate of Pelindo Port 22
o o
59. 06 01 53.9 105 56 33.6 59.2 Crossing Junction road 0
60. 06 o 02 33.0 105 o 55 32.8 61.9 PT. Satya Raya Indah 26
TOTAL 61.9
In Zone 3, the distribution pipeline is proposed to start at Pasir Jadi Pertamina Collector Station (Subang).
The pipeline will run southward, crossing under the main road of SubangSadang, then westward to Sadang
junction. From there, the pipeline will branch into 2 directions: northward to Cikampek and southward to
Purwakarta.
The Sadang-Cikampek pipeline will run along the west side of the road. Under the Cikampek flyover, the
pipeline will turn westward to Dawuan. In this section, the pipeline will lie along the south side of the main
road. The pipeline will cross beneath the main road again at Dawuan (in front of Pupuk Kujang Industrial
Area) and then proceed westward parallel to the main road to Tamelang (PT. Titan). From this point, the
pipeline will continue to Kosambi market, where it will cross the main road. The pipeline then will go
westward from Kosambi market to Warungbambu, entering Karawang along side of Tuparev Street up to
Tanjungpura. In this section the pipeline will end up at Citarum Bridge which is located in the west side of
Tanjungpura.
The pipeline from Sadang will go southward, entering Purwakarta, then will turn to Jatiluhur right after
Cikao Bridge. At the road, the pipeline will turn to and end up at Ubrug, in front of PT. Indo Rama.
The development of gas receiver stations will be in accord with market locations, access and land
availability for pipelines. The Zone 3 line will be integrated with the Zone 1 pipeline. Zone 1 gas is from
Tegalgede gas receiver station, delivered through the gas distribution pipeline of Tegalgede-Cikarang-
Lemahabang-Kedunggedeh (in front of PT. Multistrada Inti Sarana), near the Citarum River Bridge. The
gas receiver stations that will be installed in Zone 3 are at:
Pasirjadi, which is located at Pertamina gas collector station
Cikampek, which is situated at Pertamina ROW (in front of Pupuk Kujang Industrial Zone).
Table 2F Industries along the proposed pipeline route in Zone 3

PASIR JADI- SADANG longitude
16 inches
1. 06o 29 17.5 107 o 35 32.9 0.0 MCS Pasir Jadi Subang 26
o o
2. 06 29 45.3 107 30 33.3 9.7 PT. Nipsea Paint 32
3. 06 o 30 06.9 107 o 29 41.7 11.9 Restaurant 22
4. o
06 30 18.3 o
107 29 14.1 12.4 PT. Sanwa Ina 26
o o
5. 06 30 28.6 107 29 03.6 13.0 PT. Great River 23
6. 06 o 30 42.1 107 o 27 48.9 15.1 Military Complex 33
2 - 11
7. 06 o 30 31.3 107 o 27 36.1 15.6 Sadang junction; join with 0

the Cikampek - Purwakarta
pipeline.
TOTAL 15.6

longitude
16 inches
SADANG JATILUHUR 1. 06 o 30 31.3 107 o 27 36.1 0.0 Sadang junction; with

Cikampek Purwakarta
pipeline..
2. 06o 32 54.5 107 o 25 38.4 9.8 PT. Hanseng 8
3. o
06 32 42.5 107 o 25 13.3 10.7 PT. Taroko 18
4. 06 o 33 04.3 107 o 24 34.1 12.0 PT. Elegant 11
5. 06 o .33.05.0 107 o .24.34.4 13.7 PT. Indo Rama (end route) 11
longitude
16 inches
PT. SANDANG MAKMUR
1. 06 o 19 51.2 107 o 19 48.4 0.0 PT. SMA (start route). 60
ANUGRAH PT. MULTISTRADA Pipeline is located westward
at the left side of the main
road
2. 06 o 19 51.4 107 o 19 45.1 1.5 PT. Trumix 40
o o
3. 06 16 15.1 107 11 56.9 20.5 End route (PT. Multistrada) 62

longitude
16 inches
1. 06 o 30 29.2 107 o 27 39.9 0.0 Sadang junction: Pasir Jadi 0
and
2. 06 o 30 11.4 107 o 28 01.8 1.0 Restaurant 21
o
3. 06 30 03.9 107 o 28 11.4 1.3 BATA shoes 23
4. 06 o 29 37.4 107 o 28 30.8 2.3 PT. Fan Fan 22
5. 06 o 29 22.9 107 o 28 38.6 2.9 Restaurant 21
o
6. 06 29 07.5 107 o 28 45.3 3.2 Restaurant 22
7. 06 o 28 23.4 107 o 28 49.6 4.4 PT. Sindang Warna 20
SADANG TANJUNG PURA 8. 06 o 28 05.7 107 o 28 50.5 5.3 Container terminal 19
9. 06 o 27 06.7 107 o 28 48.7 7.2 Gasoline public terminal 26
10. 06 o 26 42.1 107 o 28 45.9 7.9 Bukit Indah Industryal Area 16
11. 06 o 27 03.0 107 o 28 49.8 8.2 PT. Asri Pelangi Nusa 18
12. 06 o 26 13.9 107 o 28 44.7 8.8 Boboko Restaurant 26
13. 06 o 25 33.6 107 o 28 48.7 10.8 PT. Vetindo Citra Persada 22
o o
14. 06 25 38.2 107 28 51.6 13.7 PT. Cakra Utama Mitra 24
15. 06 o 24 21.2 107 o 27 10.7 14.1 Bridge Crossing 21

o o
16. 06 24 02.3 107 26 36.5 15.3 Dawuan junction 0
o o
17. 06 23 54.6 107 26 23.1 20.2 Canal Crossing (E. Citarum) 0
o o
18. 06 2202.05 107 22 06.3 24.7 Kosambi Gasoline Terminal 52
19. 06 o 21 42.1 107 o 21 26.2 26.1 ROW Pertamina (end route) 0
2 - 12
2.4 PROJECT DESIGN

The distribution pipelines will be of welded steel, coated externally with tri-layer polyethylene (TPE) and
internally with coal tar enamel. Pre-coated pipe sections are delivered to a storage site and held temporarily
before being dispatched to the site for installation. The pipelines will be installed by the traditional cut and
fill method, and buried with a minimum cover of l.5 m. The pipelines will be exposed only at water
crossings and within the boundaries of metering and pressure regulating stations.
To reduce construction time, several installation teams will work simultaneously at different locations along
each pipeline route. At each site, trenches are dug along the designated pipeline alignment to the required
depth to provide minimum cover of 1.5 m. A backhoe may be used in difficult areas, but generally the
excavating will rely on hand tools and manual labor. Trench supports will be used wherever necessary to
ensure stability of trench sides. Trenches will be opened at lengths of about 100 m. Individual pipes are laid
alongside, in preparation for welding. Spoils from the trenching are placed along the trench side and re-used
for burial.
The pipe joints are welded inspected and, if necessary repaired, before being lowered into the pre-prepared
trench in sections. The trench is filled up with the excavated soil and the ground surface is restored to its
previous condition.
The completed pipeline routes will be marked by small stone markers approximately 100 m apart and sign
posts every 500 m. In some areas, such as at major crossings and near other utilities, additional signs will be
posted to indicate the presence of buried gas pipeline. These signs provide company contact details in case
leakages are detected.
The cathodic protection system in the form of ground zinc anode beds or impressed current system will be
installed at designated locations and connected to the pipeline, in accord with field surveys of soil resistivity
and pH value.
The water crossings will be by steel pipe bridge. Such bridges range from a simple single beam span
crossing for small streams and man-made canals to multi-span latticed supports for wider rivers. No water
crossings exceeding 100 m are planned.
There will be several highway intersections and rail crossings in Zone 2. For these, thrust drilling with a
horizontal augur will be used. Thrust drilling involves tunneling under the obstruction where overhead
crossings and cut-and-fill techniques are not permitted or possible. Usually, a pilot hole is created which
defines the path to be followed by the pipeline and this is increased gradually by repeated drilling. A pipe
string is pulled through when the hole reaches the desired size. Complexity and difficulty of operations
increases with crossing distance and pipe size.
Upon completion of whole sections of the pipeline between sectionalization valves, the pipeline will be
pigged, cleaned and pressure tested, using fresh water supplied from local water mains where available.
Water from natural sources such as rivers and streams may be used but requires filtering. No inhibitors or
bactericides will be added to the test water as the test water will be expelled from the line immediately after
completion of pressure testing. Temporary pig launchers and receivers will be installed for this purpose.
The pipeline will be dried and filled with nitrogen after completion of pressure testing of all sections of the
line.
2.4.1 Specifications
2.4.1.1 Piping
2 - 13
The distribution pipelines will be made of welded steel. The largest pipe diameter will be 16 inches and the
pipeline will be buried with a minimum cover of 1.5 meters. Water crossings will be by steel bridges. The
pipelines will be protected from external corrosion by suitable coating and cathodic protection by sacrificial
anode and impressed current systems.
Specifications for steel pipelines used by PGN are based on Indonesian standard SPM 50.54.2-1992/W. This
is an adoption of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) B31.8 Gas Transmission and
Distribution Piping Systems. Since ASME B31.8 does not stipulate a pipeline pressure regime dependent
upon operating environment, the MIGAS Pipeline Safety Regulations (300.K/38/M.PE/1997), in the
Ministerial Decree of April, 1997 has adopted the following pressure regime:
In urban areas which are predominantly Location Class 3 and 4 as defined in ASME B31.8 standard,
pipeline design pressure is full ANSI Class 150 (19 bar), and maximum operating pressure is 16 bar.
In semi-urban areas which are predominantly Location Class 2 and 3 as defined in ASME B31.8
standard, pipeline design pressure is full ANSI Class 300 (49 bar), and maximum operating pressure
is 40 bar. These areas include several customers who operate their own power plants, e.g. several
textile factories. These captive power plants will be served with pipelines at operating pressure of 25
bars.
Pipe size will be adjusted in accord with land conditions and gas demand. The sizes of the pipe are NPS 8,
10, and 16. The 16 inch pipe will be installed along the main route and adjusted to market targets and the
delivered gas volume, for example, the CikandeCikopo route will use an NPS 8 pipe size to match with the
existing industries. NPS 10 will be laid along the Cilegon-Anyer route. It should be noted however that pipe
size will be checked again and adjusted as appropriate, during final detailed design work.
Table 2G Proposed Length and Size of Piping in Zone 1

Diameter Pressure Length
Site
(inch) (bar) (Km)
Cakung - Cilincing 12 25 10.5
Kedep Bekasi 16 25 44.0
Total (Km) 54.5
Table 2H Proposed Length and Size of Piping in Zone 2.
Diameter Pressure Length

Site
(inch) (bar) (Km)
Balaraja Simpang Asem Cikande 16 25 7.3
Simpang Asem Cikande Kopo 8 25 18.6
Simpang Asem Ciujung (PT. Indah Kiat) 16 25 14.4
Ciujung Serang 16 25 16.7
Serang Cilegon 16 25 15.8
Cilegon Anyer 10 25 15.0
Cilegon Bojonegara 16 25 39.2
Total (Km) 127.0
2 - 14
Table 2I Proposed Length and Size of Piping in Zone 3

Site Diameter Pressure Length
(inch) (bar) (Km)
Pasir Jadi Sadang 16 25 15.6
Sadang Purwakarta 16 25 8.7
Purwakarta Ubrug (PT. Indo Rama) 16 25 5.0
Sadang Cikampek 16 25 4.3
Cikampek Walahar 16 25 21.8
Walahar Curug 16 25 16.7
Walahar Tanjungpura 16 25 20.5
Total (Km) 75.9
The selection of pipe is a function of gas pressure and material hardness used. The hardness is related to
operational temperature and design factors. The general relation between pipe width, hardness and pressure
is expressed in the formulae of SPM 50.54.2-1992/W:
P = (2 St/D) X FET in imperial unit and P= (20 St/D) X FET in metric units,
where : P = pressure design in psig (imperial units) or bar (metric units)

S = the minimum strength of the pipe in psi (Imperial unit) or N/mm2 (metric units)
t = pipe width, in inch (imperial unit) or mm (metric units)
F = design factor,
E = longitudinal joint factor
T = Temperature derating factor
The life-time durability of the pipe depends on pipe width, especially related to corrosion and inner gas
pressure. The range of the API standard is from 8% - 12.5%, with 7.1 to 12.7 mm of the pip e width, with
the tolerable range of 10%.
Table 2J Pipe Widths for Distribution Pipelines
Diameter Width
(inches) (inches)
8 0.33
10 0.35
16 0.35
Source : ANSI B31.8 (Table 842.214)
The aforementioned MIGAS pipeline safety regulations stipulate proximity distances to buildings for
various pipeline design and construction standards, pipeline diameters and operating pressures. Selection of
fittings, valves, and other related equipment as well as construction of pipelines and stations conforms to the
standards, codes and specifications of the American Petroleum Institute, ASME, the American Society of
Testing of Materials, the American National Standards Institute, the American Welding Society and the
British Standards.
2 - 15
Sectionalization valves will be installed on the main distribution pipelines. Manually operated isolation
valves will be provided at both ends of major crossings in addition to in-line valves at tee branches and end
of service lines.
2.4.1.2 Metering and Pressure Regulation Stations
The Expansion of West Java Gas Distribution component of the Domestic Gas Market Development Project
will be supplied from the existing Pertamina transmission pipeline, and from the new Sumatra-Java
transmission line being constructed by PGN. Offtake is from metering and pressure regulation stations
(MRS). These stations contain gas odorization equipment, flow control and computerized metering, and
pressure regulation with full safety features and remote Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA)
system. The offtake stations will be sized to deliver the design capacity under minimum inlet and maximum
outlet pressure configuration.
The odorant used is tetrahydrothiophene (THT), automatically injected at a rate of 9-16 mg/m3. The SCADA
system is linked by radio to PGN's central control and monitoring station in Jakarta. The SCADA system is
used only for on-line monitoring of process flow rates and temperatures.
Six offtake stations will be used, only one of which is new. The new offtake station will be built at Cilegon
will be built at the landing point of the South Sumatra-West Java transmission line on land being purchased
from Jababeka Industrial Park (the Cilegon station will be under JBIC funding). The activities for other five
stations at Cikande, Bitung, Serpong, Tegalgede and Walahar are basically upgrading equipments for
existing MRS stations, which is not requiring any land acquisition.
The offtake stations are based on a standard layout, and designed to international standards. Each ex isting
station occupies 500-750 m 2 of land for buildings that house process equipment and administration offices.
No resettlement is needed. All fifth sites are open land, with no waterways, wetland, natural forest, or other
sensitive area. No sensitive receptors such as hospitals or schools are within 200 meters of the boundary of
the offtake stations sites.
At industrial estates, boundary metering and pressure regulating stations will be installed, sized to the supply
and delivery pressure requirements. Industrial customers will be supplied via individual pressure regulating
and metering units, sized to deliver the required maximum gas loads under minimum anticipated inlet
pressure conditions. A range of safety features will provide downstream protection in the event of a
component failure. These safety features will include:
Local monitoring and shutdown;

Pressure relief devices for high pressure systems and venting, and
Pressure regulating and relief devices designed according to ASME requirements.
Activities associated with the construction of the MRS offtakes are similar to civil and mechanical
engineering works associated with building and process equipment construction.
2.4.1.3 Protection against Corrosion
Prior to installation, the pipes will be coated for corrosion protection. The coating will be done both in the
pipe plants and at pipeline installation sites. In addition, at the site, the pipes will be wrapped. The external
wrapping will use coal tar enamel, or fusion bonded epoxy (FBE), and or tri-layer polyethylene (TPE),
which will be done in the pipe plant, pipeline site or at other sites close to the pipeline routes.
2 - 16
A cathode protection system will be added for pipe safety and corrosion detection. The cathode systems that
will be used are sacrificial anode and impressed current systems according to PGN SOP Number 100-80
page 1/9.
2.4.2 Project Schedule
The activities of the proposed project can be grouped into 4 phases: (1) pre-construction, (2) construction,
(3) operation and (4) post-operation. The duration of pre-construction phase will be about 1 year,
beginning approximately 12 months after the planned loan agreement.
Table 2K Schedule for Pre -Construction phase

Project component Time (month)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Route selection
Legal permit
Preparation of materials and
equipments
The construction phase will take around 15 months for zone 1, 36 months for Zone 2 and about 20 months
for Zone 3.
Table 2L Schedule for Construction Phase

Activity Time (year)
1 2 3
Zone 1
1 Land preparation
2 Pipeline installation
3 Supporting activities
Zone 2
1 Land preparation
Zone 3
1 Land prepara tion
Whenever possible, pipeline construction will be conducted during off-peak hours, in accord with local
traffic flows. Night construction will be used only where the local authorities request that construction not
proceed during daytime.
2.5 Land Acquisition and Permits

Unlike construction of a transmission pipeline, since the pipeline routes are situated along the shoulder of
existing roads, which belong to the government, there is no land acquisition. The use of land for pipeline
routes is authorized by construction permits from the Public Works Service (PU) and Local Planning
Development Agency (BAPPEDA) offices in each town or district. The permits are needed because the
2 - 17
distribution pipeline is installed alongside roadways that are under local government authority. The permits
include provisions for restoration of the land to as good as or better than original condition. PGNs General
Policy on Land Acquisition and Compensation are presented in Annex C.
Photos 2A and 2B Coating and Wrapping
Construction permits include all permits from the involved governmental institutions for executing the
pipeline installation and related activities. The permitting process is standardized and routine. PGN has
never experienced a serious delay or denial of such permits. The detailed permit types and issuing agencies
are:
Land Use in zone 1 : The government of District of Cakung, Cilincing, Kedep, Bekasi, and Tegal
Gede.
Land Use in Zone 2: The Government of Districts of Tangerang, Serang and Cilegon.
Land Use in Zone 3: The Government of Districts of Bekasi, Karawang, Purwakarta and Subang.
Digging activities at zone 1: Public Works Service and Connection Service of the Government of
Cakung, Cilincing, Kedep, and Bekasi.
Digging activities at Zone 2: Public Works Service and Connection Service of the Government of
Tangerang, Serang, and Cilegon
Digging activities at Zone 3: Public Works Service and Connection Service of the Government of
Bekasi, Karawang, Purwakarta and Subang.
Traffic disturbance during pipeline installation and material and equipment mobilization: Traffic
Service and local police office (Jakarta Province: District of Cakung, Cilincing, and Kedep; West
Java Province: Districts of Bekasi, Karawang, Purwakarta, Subang; while Banten Province: Districts
of Serang, Tangerang, and Cilegon).
Canals and river crossings: Irrigation Service (Dinas Pengairan) of Districts of Cakung, Cilincing,
Serang, Tangerang, Cilegon, Bekasi, Karawang, Purwakarta and Subang.
Railway crossings: PT. Kereta Api Indonesia (Persero) of Operational Zone I and II.
2 - 18
In addition to legal permits, public information programs will be conducted along each route, and
coordinating meetings will be held with other utilities who own the underground pipelines or electricity
cable systems along the routes. These include PDAM (Local Drinking Water Distribution), PLN (National
Electric Company), PT. Telkom, PT. KAI, and PT PELINDO II.
A public consultation on the projec t was conducted at the central level, in Jakarta in July 2002, September
2002, and April 2003 (see Annex B). Following the signing of the loan agreement for the project and initial
mobilization, PGN will conduct public information programs for people along the routes. No construction
will begin in any locality until the local government has issued all legal permits.
After all permits are obtained, the construction work can begin. PGN has Standard Operating Procedures
(SOPs) as standard construction requirements for all contractors. The core statement is provided in full in
Annex D, In brief summary, key practices specified are:
a. Open pit excavation shall not exceed 100 meters in one working day
b. Wooden/steel plates shall be placed over the excavation at entrances to residences or business
areas in order to maintain accessibility.
c. For temporary markets that are active only in the morning or evening, or only on specific days,
the construction time shall be adjusted to off peak hours or whenever the market is closed in
order to prevent disturbances in market activities.
d. Construction for pipe crossing of roadways shall be executed at night for both open cut and
underground borehole crossings.
2.6 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES

2.6.1 Mobilization of Equipment, Materials, Workers
All equipment, materials, and construction processes used will be in accord with provisions of the
Indonesian Standard SPM 50.54.02, which is based on the 1989 ASME B31.8 code, supplemented by PGN's
in-house specifications and the latest edition of ASME B31.8. These specifications cover the following:
piping material; sacrificial anodes;

elbows and tees; supply of impressed current system;
in-line and branches valves; trenching and burial; and
external corrosion PE coating; crossings and casings.
welding;
Equipment and materials needed for the project will be transported mainly from Jakarta. The steel pipes will
be supplied from PGNs warehouse in Klender. Temporary placement sites or stockpiles of pipes will be
established at approximately 10 km intervals along the route. The pipes will be transported to the sites by
means of trailer trucks. Other materials used during construction phase will include concrete and cement.
Equipments that will be used during construction are:
motor grader : 2 units bulldozer : 4 units

diesel hammer : 7 units dump truck : 5 units
wheel loader : 2 units link belt crane : 2 units
welding machine : 17 units
2 - 19
Zone 1 Stockpiles
The pipeline installation in Zone 1 will be located separately in north and south Jakarta. The first section in
north Jakarta is segment Cakung to Cilincing with 12 inch diameter pipelines and 10.5 km length while the
second will be installed in south Jakarta as segment Kedep Bekasi for 16 inch diameter and 44 km length.
Temporary placement of the pipes along the proposed route will be at:
Cakung to Cilincing, 10.5 km, 875 pipe lengths (12 inch). The temporary pipe placement will be
at sites : Kelapa Gading and Sunter.
Kedep to Bekasi, 44 km, 3667 pipe lengths (16 inch). The temporary pipe placement will be at 5
sites: at Gunung Putri (Kedep), Cileungsi, Bantar Gebang, Bekasi, and Tambun.
2.6.1.2 Zone 2 Stockpiles

The first section of pipeline installation in Zone 2 will be a 16 inch pipe segment from Balaraja to Cikande,
continued by 8 inch pipe from Cikande to Kopo. The next segment is a long segment, which is between
Cikande to Cilegon with 16 inch pipes, 10 inch pipes from Cilegon to Anyer and 16 inch from Cilegon to
Bojonegara. Temporary placement of the pipes along the proposed routes will be at:
Balaraja to Cikande, 7.3 km, 609 pipe lengths (16 inch). The temporary pipe placement will be at 2
sites: at Balaraja and Cikande
Cikande to Kopo, 18.6 km, 1,550 pipes (8 inch): 5 sites of temporary pipe placement: 3 sites at
Kopo, 2 sites at Cikande.
Cikande-Serang-KramatCilegon is 46.90 km, requiring 3,908 pipes (16 inch): 18 sites of temporary
placement: 3 sites at Cikande, 2 sites at Serang, 3 sites at Kramatwatu, 10 sites at Cilegon
Cilegon Anyer, 15 km, requires 1250 pipes (10 inch). Temporary pipe placement sites will be 2
sties, at Krakatau Steel Industrial Estate and at Anyer.
Cilegon to Bojonegara, 39.2 km, 3,266 pipes (16 inch), requires 3 sites of temporary pipe
placement: at Merak, Pulorida and Bojonegara.
2.6.1.3 Zone 3 Stockpiles
The pipeline route in Zone 3 will start from Karawang and end at Jatiluhur. This route requires 6,325 16-
inch pipe sections. The main temporary placement sites will be at ROW Pertamina, Klari, Cikampek,
Ciwangi, Campaka, Purwakarta, Jatiluhur, Cibatu, and Cipeundey at intervals over the distance of 75.9 km.
There will be 26 stock pile sites space on average 4.8 km apart:
9 sites at Klari 1 site at Jatiluhur

5 sites at Cikampek 3 sites at Campaka
1 site at Ciwangi 3 sites at Cibatu
2 sites at Purwakarta 2 sites at Cipeundeuy
The pipes will be transported to each site periodically and as needed in accord with the installation progress
on each segment. Each pipe is 12 m in length, so the total 127 km of piping in Zone 2 will require 10,583
pipes. It is assumed that the progress of pipeline installation is 11 days/km, hence it can be calculated that in
one month the length of installed pipeline will be 2.72 km. From this, it can be then estimated that 227 pipes
per month are needed.
The distance between stock piles is less than 10 km; assuming that the mean distance is 9.36 km, there will
be 780 pipes (9.36 x 1000/12) at each stock pile. The width of the transporting-lorry is 2.5 meters and there
will be no more than 3 layers of pipes, loaded in a standard pyramid. If the pipe is 16 inches (40.64 cm), the
2 - 20
lowest layer will consist of 2.5x100/40.64 = 6.15 or 6 pipes. The next layer will be 5 pipes and the
uppermost layer will consist of 4 pipes. Hence, in total, each lorry load will be comprised of 15 pipes.
Since each stockpile will need 780/15 = 52 lorry loads to each stockpile, 52 lorry loads to 12 sites will result
in a total of 624 round trips for pipe stocking.
Prior to installation the pipes will be transported to the stockpile sites. Pipes may not lie directly on the
ground; they should be buffered by wooden flats. The size of supporting wooden flats is 150 mm x 100 mm
for hard soil and larger for soft substrate. These support materials should raise the pipes at least 100 mm
from the soil surface.
Photo 2B Storage of piping in the field
2.6.1.4 Mobilization of Workers

Construction contractors are estimated to need around 508 workers per Zone. While about 20 percent of
these workers need specific skills, the main labor force will be unskilled, drawn from local recruitment.
Each 10 km section will requires 4414 man-days of labor, more than 4000 of which can be drawn from the
local area.
Supervisor : 3 persons x 10 days
Stringing : 30 persons x 7 days
Welding : 48 persons x 3 days
X ray : 30 persons x 1 day
Digging, filling, and rehabilitation : 400 persons x 10 days
Pipeline installation will depend on weather conditions. Normally, construction commences during the dry
season when rainfall is limited. During dry season, spraying of the road and the area will be used in order to
minimize dust suspension. Installation will stop during rain. Working hours will be in accord with local
permits, which specify the allowable working time. Night construction will only be performed at sites of
high traffic congestion.
2 - 21
The construction workers will stay in a camp, which will always be moved according to the progress of
installation. A camp is comprised of several ordinary houses, rented from local owners. The hous es are
equipped with typical bedrooms, toilets, and kitchen facilities. Adjacent to these houses, the contractor will
also build a camp or rent houses from local owners that hold several dozen workers. They will have access
to the facilities of the rented houses. The main consideration for locating the camp is its accessibility to the
construction site, so it is usually located in the middle of the pipeline segment and close to the stock pile.
The camp will be used for 4 to 7 months. Transport of workers will be arranged by the contractor and
coordinated with the local community government.
In addition to the construction camps, a temporary main office will also be built in each Zone: at Bekasi in
Zone 1, at Balaraja in Zone 2 and at Klari in Zone 3.
2.6.2 Land Preparation
Since the land for the pipeline is along the shoulder of roads, it is usually flat and solid, and, as a right of
way for the road, it is usually vacant. In principle, land preparation consists of walking the route and
marking the pipeline route.
The pipeline route ranges from 0.5 to 1 meter wide, depending on pipe diameter. Prior to installation, the
contractor conducts measurements of the pipeline route and installs wooden markers of 2x 2x 12 at 50m
intervals.
Table 2M Land Nee ded for Installation

2
Allotment Area (m ) Notes
Zone 1
Pipeline route 54,500 Shoulder of the roads of Cakung, Cilincing,
Kedep, and Bekasi under government permit.
Zone 2
Pipeline route 127,000 Shoulder of the roads of Balaraja-Cikande-
Kopo -Serang-Cilegon -Anyer-Bojonegara under
government permit
MRS - Equipment upgrading for Cikande, Bitung, and
Serpong stations
Zone 3
Pipeline route 75,900 Shoulder of the roads of Tanjungpura-Klari-
Cikampek -Sadang-Campaka -Cipeundeuy-
Purwakarta-Jatiluhur under government permit
MRS - Equipment upgrading for Tegalgede and
Walahar stations
Total 257.400
At each turning point or curve in the route, the frequency of marker installation increases in order to clearly
to indicate the placement of the pipeline. Inspection signs will be installed at every 1 km length to indicate
the distance of pipeline from the starting point. PGN will provide to the construction contractor the detailed
measurements for the pipeline installations, indicating the characters of surface soils, and all known
obstacles. Information on existing underground installations such as electric lines, telephone lines and other
facilities will be rechecked and updated with local authorities. Where the pipeline path encounters a large
2 - 22
tree, PGN will consult with the local government to decide whether it requires re-routing. Re-routing is
generally easier and faster than removing and then replanting the tree. This situation should be identified far
in advance of implementation of pipeline installation.
2.6.3 Pipeline Installation in Hard, Flat Soil Areas
In Zone 1, pipeline routes with hard-flat soils include all areas along the shoulders of the main roads.
Specifically, these include the main roads connecting:
Cakung to Cilincing
Kedep to Bekasi
In Zone 2, pipeline routes with hard-flat soils include all areas along the shoulders of the main roads
connecting:
Balaraja and Cikande
Cikande and Kopo
Cikande Serang Cilegon
Cilegon and Anyer
Cilegon and Bojonegara
In Zone 3, these hard-flat soil routes include all areas along the main roads connecting:
Klari and Cikampek
Cikampek and Sadang
Sadang - Campaka Cipeundeuy
Sadang - Purwakarta and Jatiluhur
Photo 2C Notice of Construction dates
2 - 23
Photo 2D Marking the pipeline route Photo 2E Work crew beginning excavations
The pipes will be stringed, or set out along the proposed sites. They will be bumpered by oil drums filled
with soil for security and safety. These drums will be closed on its both ends and painted in yellow-white
stripes. Wherever the pipeline passes buildings or commercial sites, access of buildings to the road should
be still maintained.
The pipes will be joined one to another by welding. Welders will be required to have a welder qualification
test certificate accredited by Ditjen Migas (Oil and Gas Directorate General). After joining, the joint of the
two joined pipes will be protected by coating the joints to avoid corrosion, and then tested by X-ray. The
distance between the joining pipes should be at leas t 1 mm and a maximum of 2.5 mm to assure a complete
penetration without any burn through.
Prior to being welded, pipes sit on wooden cubes at of at least 100 mm and at least 60 cm above THE soil
surface, in order to ease the radiography check. Line up clamps will be used aimed to achieve straight joints
of the pipes. Both ends of joined pipes will be plugged by caps made of metal or other material approved by
PGN. This is to prevent animals or debris from entering the pipe.
After the pipes are joined and tested, the next step is digging the soil for pipe laying. Digging will be
performed according to PGNs SOP, Number PGN-DP-007 pages 2-7.
2 - 24
Photos 2F and 2G Digging the trench
Photo 2H Pipe string in place and ready for welding
2 - 25
Photo 2I Pipe string in place and ready for welding
Photos 2J and 2K Pipes in place for welding
2 - 26
Photos 2M and 2N Welding the take off intersect for a customer, and installing the junction box
The depth of digging is 1.5 meter plus the pipe diameter, allowing the upper surface of the pipe to be
situated at 1.5 meter below the soil surface. Digging will be performed manually by means of mattocks (a
hoe tool) and other conventional tools. Use of heavy equipment is avoided because of its negative effects on
traffic and risks of disturbing other underground infrastructure such as telecommunication cable and
drinking water pipelines.
Digging will be performed in a gradual schedule, divided into defined working areas. The working area is
divided int o several working segments, normally ranging from 500 meter to 1 km. Each work area will be
controlled by a single group consisting of 1 supervisor and 10 workers. The digging will be re-heaped or
filled in every 100 m. So not more than 100 m of trench is ever open at one time, and the maximum
disturbance period for any segment is 24 hours.
Prior to work on a section, the project constructor will inform relevant institutions such as General Works
Service, and the local traffic control authorities. Things to be considered by construction contractor include:
During digging, disturbance to public and traffic in the project area should be minimized by
installing markers and signs (blinking lamps).
When digging along a main road, the dug soil will be placed in a container in order to avoid the
spreading of the soils. During rainy season, the dug soils will be covered by plastic and during dry
season it will be regularly sprayed by water.
Continuous digging is only allowed for 70-100 m; this area should be re-heaped before the next
section of trench is opened.
If a pipeline path crosses private land, a personal permit from the land owner is required. The
owners access to the road will be maintained by installing a temporary bridge.
In case of delays, the holes will be covered by an appropriate material and marked by clearly visible
markers or by blinking lights. The limits for such opened holes are 24 hours.
Trenches for pipelines should be as straight as possible and curves should incorporate the natural
bend of the pipes.
2 - 27
Photo 2O Wrapping a Joint
Trenches will be made wide enough to accommodate the piping. Minimum trench width is the outer pipe
diameter (8/10/16 inches) plus 30 cm. The wall of trenches in physically unstable soil areas should be
protected in order to avoid land-slides. Trench bottoms should be flat, free of construction debris such as
bricks, stones, piles, roots of tree or other garbage. The trench bottom will be covered by 15 cm sand, level
and safe for the pipe coating. The holes should not be inundated by water especially during the lying of the
pipes.
Where needed, for example in stony areas and at road crossings, the depth of the pipeline holes will be
deepened 15 cm, covered by 15 cm sand layer for pipe foundation, and the pipe will be covered by a 250
mm sand layer.
A spark tester (holiday detector) set up in 10,000 to 12,000 volt will be used to determine coating damage.
When damage is found, it will be repaired to full standard.
Pipe laying is done by means of a tripod manual crane. After the pipe is properly laid in the bottom of the
hole, the original extracted soil will be re-heaped. Marker tapes will be installed at 1 meter from the bottom
of the hole. Above the marker tapes, holes will be filled by soil and then compacted by means of compactor.
Laying of pipes will not commence without strict control from the supervisor. Coated pipe that is supported
should be layered by a protector. All methods dealing with pipe lying should be done in a manner to
minimise pipe damage.
Pipeline holes will be heaped and marker tapes will be installed at the depth of 1 m above the hole bottom.
Marker tape is a yellow plastic tape, installed to indicate the existence of pipes. After that, the holes will be
further heaped and compacted to restore original profile and conditions. The soils should be packed densely
enough to avoid land subsidence or erosion during the rain. With permission owners, unused soil can be
dumped in surround yards. In geologically unstable areas, sand will be used for heaping in order to provide a
buffer for reducing the propagation of land movement.
2 - 28
Figure 2A Laying Pipe Tripod Manual Crane
2.6.4 Pipeline Installation at Crossing Sites
Small rivers or canals are defined as water streams with a width less than 10 m. In principle, water crossings
will be overhead crossings, using an I-beam design.
Big rivers are streams more than 10 m width. A steel-bridge will be installed for holding and supporting the
pipes. The bridge can be equipped by support ing piles or steel wires to form a suspension bridge.
Pipe bridges will be installed alongside with existing road bridges. Design of the pipe bridge should consider
possible future development of the existing road bridge.
Table 2N Waterway Crossings in Zone 1
Location Sub District / Notes

(coordinate) District
Northern Jakarta
1. 106 - 55' 34.752" -6 - 7' 19.596" Cakung Crossing Cakung River (8 m)
2. 106 - 56' 24.3384" -6 - 9' 4.6044" Cakung Crossing Cakung Drainage (40 m)
3. 106 - 56' 33.6732" -6 - 10' 52.9428" Bekasi Crossing Irrigation Bekasi (40 m)
Southern Jakarta
4. 106 - 55' 29.5644" -6 - 27' 14.7348" Kedep Crossing River Cikungsit I (30 m)
5. 106 - 58' 30.126" -6 - 20' 21.6492" Gunung Putri Crossing River Cikungsit II (30 m)
6. 106 - 58' 39.8604" -6 - 19' 44.364" Gunung Putri Crossing River Cikungsit III (30 m)
7 107 - 0' 22.8744" -6 - 15' 25.7076" Bekasi Timur Crossing Irrigation Tarum Barat (30 m)
2 - 29
Table 2O Waterway crossings in Zone 2
2 - 30
Table 2P Waterway crossings in Zone 3
2 - 31
Photo 2P River Crossings, Steel Bridge
Photo 2Q River Crossings, Steel Bridge
2 - 32
2.6.5 Road and Railway Crossings
Wherever possible, horizontal boring will be applied at road or railway crossings, laying pipes underneath
the road or railway. This method does not disturb traffic during construction. With this system, pipes will be
laid at a minimum depth of 1.75 m below the road surface to the top of the pipe.
Natural bends should be considered during construction of road or railway crossing, starting 1. 5 m + D to
1.75 m + D depth. All methods applied during road and railway crossing will comply with the regulations on
crossing railway and other facilities, as established in Act No. 13, 1992; Government Regulation Number
69, 1998; Government Regulation Number 18, 1998; and Act Number 14, 1992 about Road Traffic.
Figure 2B Under Road Crossing
Figure 2C Railroad Crossing
2 - 33
Table 2Q Road Crossings Sites in Zone 1

Location Sub District /
Notes
(coordinate) District
Northern Jakarta
1. 106 - 54' 56.10" -6 - 6' 30.1392" Cilincing Crossing Road Jl. Kali Barat I (12 m)
2. 106 - 55' 20.514" -6 - 6' 28.9728" Cilincing Crossing Road Pertigaan Jl. Cilincing Raya
(20 m)
3. 106 - 55' 33.7116" -6 - 7' 15.7728" Cakung Crossing Road Jl. Tugu Raya (15 m)
4. 106 - 56' 33.8206" -6 - 11' 3.8508" Bekasi Crossing Jalan Raya Bekasi (24 m)
Southern Jakarta
5. 106 - 57' 38.6964" -6 - 24' 10.404" Cileungsi Crossing Road Cileungsi (10 m)
6. 106 - 58' 58.4181" -6 - 17' 52.8460" Bantar Gebang Crossing Road Cipendawa (8 m)
7. 106 - 59' 16.6452" -6 - 17' 6.2376" Bekasi Timur Crossing Road Jl. Pungut (8 m)
8. 106 - 59' 41.8092" -6 - 16' 3.5652" Bekasi Timur Crossing Pertigaan Kemang Pratama (8 m)
9. 106 - 59' 40.2648" -6 - 16' 8.724" Bekasi Timur Crossing Road Jl. Pramuka (8 m)
10. 106 - 59' 43.6848" -6 - 15' 37.3896" Bekasi Timur Crossing Road Jl. Cut Meutia (8 m)
11. 107 - 0' 13.932" -6 - 15' 29.5848" Bekasi Timur Crossing Highway Jakarta-Cikampek (50m)
12. 107 - 0' 26.9028" -6 - 15' 25.9452 Bekasi Timur Crossing Road Jl. Chairil Anwar (8 m)
13. 107 - 1' 4.2276" -6 - 15' 38.1564" Tambun Crossing Perempatan Cempaka (8 m)
Table 2R Road and Railway Crossing Sites in Zone 2
2 - 34
Table 2S Road and Railway Crossing Sites in Zone 3
2.6.6 Crossing other underground facilities
The depth of pipe will be increased if there is an obstacle or crossing with other underground utility
infrastructure. Minimum distance between gas pipeline and other underground infrastructure is 300 mm and
should be approved by PGN. Special construction treatment will be applied where the pipeline crosses
drinking water pipes. All expenses related to this construction will be included in the pipeline construction
costs.
Where the pipeline crosses access of houses, offices or other facilities to the nearest road, notification to the
owners should be provided at least 48 hours before construction begins. Temporary wooden or steel bridge
access should be installed at any point where public access to the road is disturbed. All above ground poles
should be protected during construction by installing supporter piles. Minimum distance between poles and
the gas pipeline is 500 mm.
2.6.7 Pipeline Fitness Testing
Pigging is a process of cleaning the inner pipe by means of special apparatus called a pig, which is put in one
end of pipe and then pushed by compressor to another end.
Hydrostatic testing is performed to examine possible leakage after joining of pipes. The test is performed by
pouring liquid (water) into the pipe and then pushing it by compressor at 1.25 times the pipes designed
operating pressure. The water used in the test is pure water which has been previously analyzed and
approved by the Oil and Gas Directorate General. No additional chemical substances are used in this test.
At selected points, the pipe pressure will be monitored aimed to observe pipe pressure stability for a 24 hour
period. Any difference in pressures indicates leakages. The water volume needed in this test depends on the
length of the segment of pipeline tested. The entire constructed pipeline will be tested zone 1 covered the
10.5 km between Cakung Cilincing and 44.0 km between Kedep - Bekasi, the127 km of Zone 2, between
Balaraja to Anyer and Bojonegara, and the 75.9 km in Zone between Karawang to Simpang Makmur.
2 - 35
Table 2T Volume of Water Needed for Hydrostatic Testing in Zone 1
Segment Diameter Length Volume of Water Needed

(inch) (km) (m 3)
Cakung - Cilincing 12 10.5 766.45
Kedep - Banten 16 44.5 5709.85
Total 6476.30
Notes: Water sources for the hydrostatic test will be Cakung Drainage and Cikungsit River
Table 2U Volume of Water Needed for Hydrostatic Testing in Zone 2.
Table 2V Volume of Water Needed for Hydrostatic Testing in Zone 3.
2 - 36
The Hydrostatic Test Procedure is:

1) A Green Criss-Cross type poly pig is placed in the pig launcher, then launched around 10 meter using
pumped water.
2) A Disk-type poly pig is placed into the pipe. Air in the pipe is pushed out of the pipe through the second
nozzle by using water, which is pressed through the first no zzle.
3) The 2 pigs will be launched by means of high water pressure pushed by centrifugal pumps.
4) To allow air out of the pipe, the vent valve should be open. The vent valves are closed after air is pushed
out of the pipe. Pressure gauges are installe d at both ends of the pipe for measuring the pipe pressure.
5) Water pressure is increased up to 75 %. The water pressure during hydrostatic test is 28 bars.
6) This 75 % pressure is maintained for 24 hours to stabilize inner pipe pressure. After 24 ho urs, pressure
will be increased up to 28 bars for another 24 hours. Inner pipe pressure and temperature will be recorded
every 15 minutes in a calibrated pressure and temperature recorder. Supervisors from the project and officers
from MIGAS will control all processes in the hydrostatic test.
7) After that, the pressure is decreased and the water is pumped out using the pig.
The wastewater from the hydrostatic testing will be slowly discharged to the nearest river. If the pipe end
points are situated far from any river then the water will be carefully drained away through local ponds and
drainages.
Photo 2R Launching a Pig
2.6.8 Nitrogen Filling
The next step after pigging and hydrostatic test is nitrogen gas filling, to push oxygen out of the pipes.
Presence of oxygen gas during the first gas flow in is strictly avoided. The maximum limit of oxygen
content in the pipe is 3%.
2 - 37
2.6.9 Installations of markers along the pipeline routes
Yellow-colored marker tapes will be placed above the buried-pipes at about 50 cm depth. A 30 cm high
concrete or plastic block, 10x10cm size, will be installed at 100 meter intervals along the gas pipeline routes.
In addition, marker posts will be installed every 500 meters.
2.6.10 Cathode Protection System
The cathode protection system will be installed according to PGNs SOP, number PGN-DP-010, pages 1 to
8. The steps will be started by preparing materials needed: Anode, negative distributor, positive distributor,
bonding box, cables, thermic weld, and metal charger weld. The next step is anode joining, pipe layer
installation and soil surface anode treatment.
2.6.11 Post-Installation Restoration
Facilities affected by installation of the pipelines will be rehabilitated as soon as possible after completion of
constructio ns works. Garbage and wastes will be handled according to local regulations. PGN will be
responsible to rehabilitate any damages caused during pipeline installations. Expenses for rehabilitation will
be paid by PGN.
Photos 2S, 2T Refilling the Trench, and Burying the Warning Tape
2 - 38
Photos 2U, 2V Refilling the Trench, and Burying the Warning Tape
Figure 2D Detail of Pipe and Warning Tape Burial
AWAS BAHAYA PIPA GAS TEK

Yellow base
Black letter
Material
0,65 m Location of Marker Tape
0,40 m Land
0,39 m Pipe
2 - 39
Photo 2W 500 Meter Warning Sign
Photo 2X Concrete Route Markers, for 100 m placement
2 - 40
Photo 2Y Setting a Marker in Place
Photo 2Z Pipeline Pile Marker in Place
2.6.12 Gas Regulating and Metering Control Stations

Regulating and metering of gas, beginning with gas delivery from the transmission pipeline and again at the
point of delivery to customers, is done by means of metering and regulating stations MR/S or metering
stations (M/S). At the customer level, the apparatus used is a metering box.
The gas receiving station is called an off take station, a mediator of transmission to distribution systems.
The receiving station consists of a set of equipment that measures and controls both gas pressure and flow.
This equipment is generally comprised of:
Active Regulator
Monitor
Relief Valve
Automatic Shut 0ff
Odorization unit
2 - 41
PGNs SCADA system (Sensory Control And Data Acquisition) provides centralized monitoring of
temperature and pressure. Operation Control Command Centers are located in each district - Banten, Bekasi,
Karawang, Bogor, and Cirebon.
Major customers have their gas pressure standard adjusted to their equipment. Gas delivery to this type of
costumer requires an individualized controlling and metering station. Commercial costumers will be served
through the middle level pressure distribution system, by means of a mini MR/S. PGN is responsible for
piping installation expenses up to the metering box.
Prior to operation, a gas delivery trial will be performed. The gas will flow into the pipe, started from the
main station and monitored for 2 hours for its inner pipe pressure. The trials are completed if the gas
pressure is stable.
Before service begins, PGN provides to each customer information programs about correct and safe
procedures for consuming gas, including procedures for reporting any loss in pressure, leakage, or fire
emergency.
Photo 2AA An Offtake or Gas Receiving Station
Photo 2BB Installing an MRS Housing
2 - 42
Photo 2CC MR/S for an Industrial Customer
2.6.13 Solid Waste
Solid wastes generated during the construction phase are mainly from daily worker activities, including food
and other organic wastes. It is predicted that the amount of solid waste is equal to that produced by normal
human activities. However, since all meals will be provided by catering services, total volumes may in fact
be somewhat less than the equivalent household wastes for the workers.
A temporary bulk garbage container will be provided on each pipeline route segment. Soil debris and iron
dust from pigging processes will be dumped into container, and transferred to the nearest local garbage
dumping area in accord with local authorizations.
2.6.14 Demobilization of Construction Workers

Most workers will be released after completion of the construction phase. This will be in accord with the
progress of pipeline construction on each route segment. Gradual release will be made, avoiding any large
release of workers.
Some additional workers will be recruited during the operational phase especially for contract-based or part-
time workers. These are primarily for pipeline controllers on a contract basis. It is planned that each pipeline
route will be supervised by around 40 people, for which 2 persons will responsible for about 15 km length of
pipeline.
2 - 43
2.7 PIPELINE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

The operated gas pipeline pressure is adjusted to costumer requirement. In order to achieve 20 years life-
time operation, the pipeline will be regularly maintained. Maintenance is primarily to control corrosion, but
also to protect or recover from earthquakes and human interference. Routine checks will include pipe
thickness, gas composition, pipeline stability and other visual control measures. Control and monitoring will
be performed under coordination of Center for Operation Command (PUSKOPDAL) on each district.
2.7.1 Odorant
The odorant to be used is tetrahydrothiophene (THT, crylic sulphide). Odorant concentration is varied in
accord with the type of costumer, varying from 9 to 16 mg/m3 (equal to 0.0016 ppm), which is in the range
of acceptable value of Smell /Odor Level standard as mentioned in the decree of the Minister of
Environment number 50/MENLH/11/1996. The standard for hydrogen sulfide is 0.02 ppm and methyll
sulfide is 0.01 ppm. Odorizing procedures are specified in the PGNs SOP Number 100-90 pages 2 to 7.
In order to minimize negative effects of odorizing,

transfer of odorant from container to tank is done cautiously, no leakage is acceptable;
a tight seal is maintained on the odorant container.
the odorizing storage room will be equipped with sufficient air ventilation.
2.7.2 Emergency Management System

PGN uses standard operating procedures (SOP) to cover any occurrence of gas leakage, pressure changes,
regular inspections under normal operation, and periodic pipe thickness checks. The relevant SOPs are
comprised of eight volumes, issued most recently in February 1998.
SOP Number Description

100 Operation for Distribution Network under Normal Conditions
200 Periodic Inspection
300 Periodic Pipeline Patrol
400 Environmental Impact Prevention
500 Special and or Extraordinary Handling for Potentially Hazardous Facilities
600 Operation in Pressure Change
700 Damage Prevention of Pipeline Caused by Excavation
800 Emergency Procedure and Analysis of Incident/O peration Failure
If operations are under normal condition and in compliance with SOPs, any damage or incident is
likely to be caused by outside influences or third parties. Measures to prevent such damages include:
continuous monitoring of flow pressures;

regular pipeline inspections;
official announcements and communication with other institutions about locations of gas lines
and facilities;
public announcements at strategic places; and
use of block valves to assure secure closure.
Leaking gas escapes upward into the air through any points such as small holes, pipes or cables. During any
leakage incident, the emergency priorities are first, to rescue any persons near the leakage area, and remove
them to safe location, and second, to locate and fix the leakage. The following measures are spelled out in
PGNs SOP for leakages:
2 - 44
close and turn off any possible source of fire during gas leakage;
if it is necessary to cut the metal pipe, the pipe cut should be layered and the CP impressed
current system should be isolated, so as to avoid fire;
any persons should be kept removed from the vicinity of the leak and kept at a safe distance; if
possible, the area should be cordoned off and warning signs should installed;
occurrence of static electricity and fire from reparation works should be avoided.
Operational procedures are prepared for at every branch point of high, middle and low-pressure pipes.
Procedures on communication with local emergency institutions (ambulance, fire department) are provided
at each PGN branch office. Operational procedures at the branch office level are updated regularly.
Emergency procedures aim to handle any disturbance in gas delivery. In principle, this early warning
(emergency) system is categorized into 3 levels, as described below. It should be noted that Type II and
Type III Emergencies are differentiated by scale of impact on customers. Sources of such emergencies
would mostly likely be caused by a supply failure, e.g. a failure in compression equipment. They could also
result from a rupture or break in a distribution line, such as could be caused by a construction accident or
earthquake. 1
(a) Type I Emergency: This emergency level would occur during disturbance of Pertamina supply to
distribution lines, causing a drop off of gas supply in PGN pipelines.
(b) Type II Emergency: This would be a disturbance in the high pressure gas supply of PGNs system of
more than 1 bar pressure, or situations that require termination of high pressure gas at control sites, causing a
drop in gas supply at one or more distribution outlets. Preventive measures are:
to conduct regular checks and inspections;
to maintain good relations with land owners;
to periodically communicate with local officials about announcement and communication
procedures for all related institutions about the locations of control boxes and gas pipelines; and
to install information markers with information on pipeline dimensions, locations, and
emergency contact information..
In case of disturbance or failure in pressure, the standard reaction measures are:

(1) to rescue human life and its belongings and securing them in safe locations,
(2) to decrease or isolate pressure, and
(3) to investigate the cause of accident and make repairs.
(c) Type III Emergency: This situation would be for a loss in pressure delivery system (below 1 bar
pressure), causing collapses of gas delivery to more than 500 customers. The priorities in response are:
(1) to determine the sites that are subject to gas supply disturbance and the num ber of affected
customers;
(2) to identify the cause of problems and conduct reparations needed;
(3) to repair gas supply on the main pipe; and
(4) to repair gas supply on each costumer.
PGN provides brochures, leaflets, and conducts public meetings in the distribution areas. These explain
actions needed in case of leakages, emergency situation information, preparedness, and procedure of
1
Although Indonesia is in a region of relatively high seismic activity, within the past two centuries or more Western
Java has had only one serious earthquake incident (four persons were killed and 200 injured in a mountain village in
1999). To date, there has been no earthquake-caused pipeline damage or loss of pressure to any natural gas distribution
system in Indonesia or elsewhere in Southeast Asia.
2 - 45
reporting. For new customers, there are presentations on emergency procedures, response measures and first
aid training.
2.7.3 Community Development along the Pipeline Route

PGN is committed to being a good corporate citizen. It takes an active role in the community, including
support to community development programs. PGN has a Small Scale Business and Cooperation
Development Unit (PUKK) dedicated to responding to proposals from the local public.
2.7.4. Post Operation Phase: Pipeline Decommissioning

Decommissioning of the pipelines and related installations is unlikely to cause problems, since no toxic or
radiolog ical materials are involved. After its working lifetime or for any other cause, the pipeline will be
decommissioned. This will be in accord with PGNs SOP Number 500-70 pages 3/11. The pipe will be filled
by water after all trapped gases are forced out of the pipe in order to ensure safety. The ends of the pipes
will be sealed and abandoned underground.
2 - 46
CHAPTER 3
BASELINE DATA
3.1 The Project Region

3.2 Climate, Air Quality and Noise
3.3 Geology, Morphology, Topography, Soils
3.4 Hydrology and Water Quality
3.5 Biodiversity
3.6 Land Use
3.7 SocioEconomy, Governance, Culture
3.1 The Project Region
The Expansion of West Java Gas Distribution component of the Domestic Gas Market Development Project
will occur in parts of two provinces: West Java and Banten. PGNs existing distribution system in this
region is readily divided into three Zones or Areas: 1 Jakarta; 2 - Tangerang, and 3 - Karawang. The
Expansion project will be implemented almost completely in Zones 2 and 3.
The proposed distribution pipelines will follow existing national, provincial, and district roads. In addition
to the two provincial governments, there are six districts (kabupaten) and 32 sub-districts (kecamaten)
within the project area.
Table 3A Sub-Districts that will be Crossed by the Proposed Gas Distribution Pipeline
Project
District/town SUB-DISTRICT
Zone 1
1 Cakung - Cilinc ing Cakung and Cilincing
2 Kedep - Bekasi Cileungsi, Bantar Gebang, Gunung Putri, Bekasi Timur, Tambun
Zone 2
1 Cilegon Pulomerak, Purwakarta, Grogol, Cilegon, Jombang, Ciwandan,
Citangkil, Cibeber
2 Serang District Bojonegara, Puloampel, Kramatwatu, Serang, Kragilan, Kibin,
Cikande, Jawilan, Kopo, Ciruas, Walantaka, Cipocok Jaya,
Taktakan
3 Tangerang District Balaraja, Jayanti
Zone 3
1 Karawang District Karawang, Klari, Cikampek
2 Purwakarta District Cibungur, Campaka, Cibatu, Purwakarta, Jatiluhur
3 Subang District Cipeundeuy
Source : PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara (Persero)
3-1
Map 3A Project Area Zone 1
3-2
Map 3B Project Area Zone 2
3-3
Map 3C Project Area Zone 3
3-4
3.2 CLIMATE, AIR QUALITY AND NOISE
3.2.1 Climate
Western Java has a tropical climate with little distinction between the seasons. Temperature and relative
humidity are fairly uniform throughout the year. The northern coastal region is generally hotter and more
humid than the central mountain region.
Seasons in western Java vary significantly, however, in rainfall. The monsoon season is from October to the
end of April, and the dry season from May to September. At the peak of the monsoon, from January through
March, the region typically has 20-25 days with rain during a month. The driest months, July-September,
typically have fewer than 10 days of rain a month.
3.2.1.1 Zone 1 Climate

Climate analysis for zone 1 is taken from Kemayoran Jakarta Meteorological Station, with a ser ies of data
from 1996 2000, showed mean annual rainfall at 2517 mm. Periods of low mean rainfall occurred during
July to December, with the lowest value, 47 mm on July whereas the highest value, 425 mm, fell on January.
Figure 3A Monthly Mean Rainfall at DKI Jakarta
450
400
Rainfall (mm)
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
Oct
May
Apr
Aug
Mar
Nov
Feb
Jan
Jun
Sep
Dec
Jul
Month
Based on Schmidt and Ferguson classification, study area can be classified as C type climate. Monthly
temperature mean for Zone 1 ranged between 21.68 oC (December) to 27.64 oC (October). Maximum mean
temperature ranged between 30.0 oC (January and February) to 32.4 oC (May and June), while the minimum
mean ranged between 21.30 oC (August and November) to 24.4 oC (august and September).
3-5
Figure 3B Monthly Mean Air Temperature at DKI Jakarta
35
30
Air Temperature (oC)
25
Mean
20
Max
15
Min
10
5
0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Month
Monthly relative humidity mean in Zone 1 ranged between 64% (December) to 86% (January). Solar
intensity ranged between 758% on January to 2606% on August. Wind direction roses from Zone 1 shows
prevailing winds blowing inconsistently but mostly to the North, with monthly mean speed 15 km/hour. The
highest wind speed was noted at 20.4 km/hour on April.
Figure 3C Mean Relative Air Humidity at DKI Jakarta
100
80
Humidity (%)
60
40
20
0
Month
3-6
Rainfall data of Zone 2 which taken from Serang Meteorological Station (1985-2000) show mean annual
rainfall at 1725 mm. Periods of high mean rainfall (> 100 mm) fell during November to May, ranging
between 115.2 mm for May and 297 mm for February. Meanwhile, the period of low mean rainfall occurred
during June to October, with the lowest value, 56.1 mm, during August.
The ratio of dry month mean to wet month mean ranged between 14.3-33.3 %, it can be classified as B Type
Climate (Wet Climate) according to Schmidt and Ferguson classificat ion.
Monthly temperature mean for Zone 2 ranged between 26.1 oC (February and August) to 26.7 oC (April,
May, October and November). Maximum mean temperature ranged between 30.0 oC (January and
February) to 32.2 oC (October), while the minimum mean ranged between 22.2 oC (August and September)
to 23.6 oC (January).
Figure 3D Monthly Mean Rainfall at Serang Meteorological Station (1985 2000)
350
300
250
Rain Fall (mm)
200
150
100
50
0
Aug
Sep
Oct
May
Nov
Dec
Apr
Feb
Jul
Jan
Jun
Mar
Month
Monthly relative humidity mean in Zone 2 ranged between 77.0% for September to 83.5% in January. Solar
intensity ranged between 34.3% on January to 77.1% in July. Wind direction roses from Zone 2 shows
prevailing winds blowing consistently from the North, with mean speed ranges from 4.4 knots in May and
June to 5.3 knot on April. During March and December where wind tends to blow from the West, with
mean speed around 4.6 and 4.9 knots.
3-7
Figure 3E Monthly Mean Temperature at Serang Meteorological Station (1985 -2000)
35
30
25
Mean
20
Maximum
15
Minimum
10
0
Month
Figure 3F Monthly Mean of Relative Humidity and Solar Radiation at Se rang Meteorological
Station (1985-2000)
90
80
70
60
Percentase (%)
50
40
30
20
10
0
Month
Humidity (%)
Sunradiation(%)
3-8
Figure 3G Wind Roses for Serang, Zone 2
N N
60 60
NW NE NW NE
40
40
20 20
W 0% E
W 0% E
SW SE
SW SE
0-2
S
S
3-4
JANUARY 5-6
FEBRUARY
7-8 N
N
60 >9
NW NE 100
40 NW
NE
20
60
W 0% E 40
20
W 0% E
SW SE SW
SE
S S
MARCH APRIL
N N
100 100
NW NE
NW NE
60 60
40 40
20 20
W 0%
W 0% E
E SW
SW SE
S SE
S
MAY
JUNE
3-9
Figure 3G Wind Roses for Serang, Zone 2 (Continued)
N N
10 10
N 0
N N N
W E W E
6 6
40 40
2 0 0
2
0
0 0-
W E 0
% 2 W E
3- %
S S 4 S
W S 5- W S
E S E
6
7- August
Jul 8
y >
N 9 N
10 10
0 0
N N N
W N
E W E
6 6
0
4 0
0 4
2 0
0 2
0
W 0 E
% W 0 E
S %
W S
S E S S
W S E
September October
N
N
6
8 0
N 0 N N 4 N
W 6 E W 0 E
0 2
4
0
0
2
0 W 0 E
%
W 0 E
%
S S
S E
W S W
S E S
November December
rr
3 - 10
Climate analysis for Zone 3 was based on data from Jatisar i Agricultural Meteorological Station, with a
series of data from 1989-2000. Specific wind data were taken from Jatiwangi station. Annual mean of
rainfall was 1809.2 mm, characterized by its distinct seasonal pattern. The rainy season occurred from
November to April, with the highest mean of rainfall of 371.4 occurring in January. The dry season
commenced during May to October, with its lowest monthly mean of rainfall of 26.5 mm in August.
Figure 3H Monthly Mean Rainfall at Special Agricultural Meteorological Station of Jatisari

(1989-2000), Zone 3
400
350
300
Rain Fall (mm)
250
200
150
100
50
0
Jan Peb Mart April Mei Juni Juli Agus Sept Okt Nop Dec
Month
Mean air temperature ranged from 25.40C in January to 27.50C in October. Maximum air temperature
ranged from 29.50C in January and February to 32.50C on October, while minimum temperature ranged
from 23.30C in February to 24.60C on December. The lowest relative air humidity occurred on September
while the highest occurred in January (85%).
Wind patterns also showed a specific seasonal pattern, showing that during the period of November to
March, the dominant wind direction was coming from north with the mean speed ranged from 3.1 to 3.7
knots. Easterly wind dominated during April to June with its mean speed of 3.0 to 4.1 knots.
3 - 11
Figure 3J Monthly Mean Air Temperature at Special Agricultural Meteorological Station of

Jatisari, Zone 3 (1989-2000)
35
30
25
Mean
20
Maximum
15
Minimum
10
0
Month
Figure 3K Mean Relative Air Humidity at Special Agricultural Meteorological Station of

Jatisari (1989-2000)
90
80
70
60
Percentase (%)
50
40
30
20
10
0
Month
Humidity (%)
3 - 12
Figure 3L Wind Roses for Special Agricultural Meteorological Station of Jatisari, Zone 3
N N
60 60
NW NW
40 NE 40 NE
20 20
W 0% E 0% E
W
SW 0-2
SE SW SE
3-4
S 5-6 S
7-8 FEBRUARY
JANUARY
>9
N N
60 60
NW NE NW NE
40 40
20 20
W 0% E W 0% E
SW SE SW SE
S S
MARCH APRIL
N N
60
NW NE 80
40
60 NE
20
NW 40
0% 20
W E
W 0% E
0 %
SW SE
SW SE
S S
MAY JUNE
3 - 13
Figure 3L Wind Roses for Serang, Zone 2 (Continued)
N N
10 10
0
N N N
W N
E W E
6 6
40 40
2 0
2
0
W 0 0-
E W 0
% 2
%
E
3-
S S 4 S
S 5- W S
W E S E
6
7- August
Jul 8
y >
N 9 N
10 10
0 0
N N N
W N
E W E
6
6
40 0
4
20 0
0 2
0
W 0 E
% W 0 E
S %
W S
S E S S
W S E
September October
N
N
6
8
N 0 N N 4 N
W 6 E W 0 E
0 2
4
0 0
2
0 W 0 E
%
W 0 E
%
S S
S E
S W
W
S E S
November December
r
3 - 14
3.2.2 Air Quality and Noise
Air quality measurement for zone 1 was taken in March 8, 2001 from Cakung, Tambun, Cileungsi and
Serpong. For Zone 2, air quality was measured at 6 sites, and 7 sites in Zone 3. In 2003, re-measurements of
air quality were performed at 5 of the previously measured sites that were estimated to have the most
significant environmental changes. These changes were development of ni dustry, settlement, traffic and
other human activity. One new sampling site was also added.
For Zone 3, re-measurements took place at 6 sites and at 1 additional new site. In these re-measurements,
the air quality parameters measured were those that are affected by industrial activities and traffic around the
proposed pipeline area: SO2, NO2, CO2, hydrocarbon, and dust.
3.2.2.1 Zone 1 Air Quality and Noise
From the analyzed data, the air quality in Zone 1 still below the ambient air quality standard. The standard
for NO2 is 150 g/Nm3; measurement results showed highest value is 18.47 g/Nm3 at Cakung. Carbon
monoxide values (CO) were below the ambient standard of 10.000 g/Nm3. Hydrocarbon measurements still
bellow the standard for hydrocarbon of 160g/Nm3. Dus t measurements ranged from 70.63 at Cileungsi to
327.90 g/Nm3 at Tambun, exceed the standard for dust, 230 g/Nm3.
Air quality and noise measurements were performed at industrial areas, shopping and business areas and
along the roads. Noise levels are generally high especially during busy traffic hours. During low traffic,
noise levels are around 50 to 65 dBA, while during high traffic it rises to 7090 dBA.
Table 3B Air Quality and Noise Levels in Zone 1

3
Parameters Parameters ( g/Nm /Nm3 ) Noise level
Site NO2 CO HC Dust (dBA)
Cakung 18.47 2500 125 208.2 68.1 73.6
Tambun 12.84 578.4 53.33 327.9 57.8 61.3
Cileungsi 10.82 527.9 42.5 70.63 53.3-60.9
Serpong 1.53 na na 111.3 50.5 54.6
55 (settlement)
Standard * 150 10.000 160 220
70 (industry)
Source: Primary data, 2001
Air Quality Standards is based on Government Regulation No 41/1999 while Standard of Noise Level is
according to the Decree of Environmental State Minister Number Kep-48/MENLH/11/1996
Results of air quality measurements in Zone 2 showed SO2 values still below the ambient air quality
standard 365 g/Nm3. They ranged from 0. 38 g/Nm3 at Ragas, Bojonegara to 14.62 g/Nm3 at Anyer
Merak road junction. The standard for NO2 is 150 g/Nm 3; re-measurement results showed 2.67 g/Nm3 at
Ragas, Bojonegara, and the highest measurement of 21.48 g/Nm 3 at the AnyerMerak road junction.
Carbon monoxide values (CO) at 6 sites were also still below the ambient standard of 10.000 g/Nm 3. The
lowest was 925 g/Nm3 measured at Majasari while the highest was 7500 g/Nm3 at the MerakAnyer
junction. Hydrocarbon measurements ranged from 10.24 g/Nm3 at Pasar Gembong and to 164,63 g/Nm 3
at MerakAnyer junction, against, the standard for hydrocarbon of 160g/Nm3. Thus hydrocarbons at
3 - 15
Anyer-Merak junction exceed the standard. Dust measurements ranged from 45.0 g/Nm 3 at Mojosari to
142 g/Nm3 at Merak Anyer junction, still below the standard of 220 g/Nm3.
Air quality and noise measurements were performed at industrial areas, shopping and business areas and
along the roads. Noise levels are generally high especially during busy traffic hours. During low traffic,
noise levels are around 50 to 65 dBA, while during high traffic it rises to 7090 dBA.
Table 3C Air Quality and Noise Levels in Zone 2

3
Parameters Parameters (g/Nm /Nm3 ) Noise
Coordinates S02 NO2 CO HC Dust level
Site (dBA)
Gembong market 06 o 13 06.4 S 9.41 8.27 3125 10.24 24.3 63.4-69.1
o 69.2-78.6*
106 25 00.6 E
o
Jl. Jen. A. Yani Serang 06 07 13.3 S 12.09 16.74 6250 99.21 104.6 62.3-64.6
o
106 10 08.5 E 69.8-72.2*
o
Suralaya Merak 05 53 25.7 S 6.27 11.24 1555 31.83 60.7 51.6-53.7
o 63.3-72.2*
106 02 11.7 E
o
Merak-Anyer junction 06 00 43.6 S 14.62 21.48 7500 164.63 142.4 63.1-72.5
106 o 02 38.2 E 73.0-82.6*
Mojasari, Kopo 06 o 15 40.5 S 11.52 9.00 925 11.19 45.0 48.6-74.5
106 o 21 04.2 E
Ragas , Bojonegoro 05 o 55 56.7 S 0.38 3.67 36.50 22.31 89.0 381-69.8
o
106 06 03.5 E
Standard * 365 150 10.000 160 220 55
(settlement)
70 (industry)
Source: Primary data, 2002
* during heavy traffic
Measurement results taken in Zone 3 shows that value SO2 is ranging from 4.36 g/Nm 3 (in front of PT.
Indorama Jatiluhur) to 23.77 g/Nm 3 at the junction of the Cikopo-Cikampek highway. These are still in
the acceptable range of the SO2 standard (365 g/Nm3). The standard for NO2 ambient is 150 g/Nm3, and
measurements showed values ranging from 3.05 g/Nm3 in front of PT. Indorama (Jatiluhur) to 31.60
g/Nm3 at CikopoCikampek highway. Carbon monoxide (CO) ranged from 1250 g/Nm 3 at Sadang Bus
Terminal to 8150 g/Nm3 at Cikopo, all below the ambient standard (10,000 g/Nm 3). Hydrocarbon values
ranged from 20.18 g/Nm3 in front of PT. Indorama (Jatiluhur) to 124.20 g/Nm3 at CikopoCikampek
highway, which is still below the ambient standard (160 g/Nm3). Similar pattern occurred for dust content
values, all below the standard (230 g/Nm3), ranging from 62 g/Nm3 at Johar Market Karawang to 125.5
g/Nm3 at CikopoCikampek highway junction.
Measurements on noise levels were performed at industrial areas, shopping areas, and roads, resulting in a
series of high levels. During low traffic, noise levels ranged from 60 to 70 dBA, while during busy hours,
they ranged from 70 to 80 dBA.
3 - 16
Table 3D Measurement Results on Air Quality and Noise Levels at Zone 3.

No 3
.
Parameters Parameters (g/Nm /Nm3 ) Noise levels
Sites Coordinates S02 NO2 CO HC Dust
Johar Karawang mark et 06 o 18 33.3 S 7.46 13.04 3750 28.62 66.2 68.7- 72.7*
107 o 18 42.3 E 70.2- 19.2
Arround Cikampek 06 o 23 14.8 S 9.24 15.38 1562 34.71 74.8 68.4- 71.5
railway 107 o 24 09.7 E 70.6-74.4*)
o
Sadang Terminal, 06 26 30.2 S 5.74 6.78 1250 38.69 71.6 63.4- 64.2
Purwakarta 107 o 28 44.5 E 70.9-75.3*)
o
Cikopo-Cikampek 06 30 32.1 S 22.77 91.60 8150 124.20 25.5 63.1- 65.2
o
Highway junciton 107 27 41.9 E 70.2- 75.3
o
Jatiluhur-Purwakarta 06 32 39.5 S 8.94 10.82 9125 42.51 72.6 55.3- 66.9
o
junction 107 25 20.0 E 728-802
o
Road shoulder, 06 29 45.1 S 4.45 3.62 1950 25.94 104.0 42.5- 72-1
o
Cipeundeuy-Campaka 107 31 28.4 E
PT. Indorama (Jatiluhur) 06 o 33 09.0 S 4.36 3.36 1525 20.18 80.0 38.6- 71.9
o
107 24 29.5 E
Standards 365 150 10,000 160 220 55 (settlement)
70 (industry)
Source : Primary Data, 2002

* during heavy traffic
3.3 Geology, Morphology, Topography, Soils, Hydrology
3.3.1 Geology
Information for this assessment is based on field observations and comparison with previous investigations
within the boundaries of the Anyer and Serang Geological Sheets (Zone 2) and Bandung, Pamanukan,
Cianjur and Karawang geological sheets (Zone 3) (Silitonga, 1973; Santosa, 1991; Rusmana et.al. 1991,
Sujatmiko, 1972, Achdan and Sudana, 1992, Abidin and Sutrisno, 1992).
Principal features in zone 1 can be represented with the Bogor/Jakarta formation which is dominated by
volcanic sediment, contain andesite, lava, breccias, volcanic breccias, and tuffs. Soil types for zone 1 is
typically brown-reddish latosol, clay and other material from volcanic eruption.
Principal features in Zone 2 include:

1. Aluvial sediments (Qa): these are found along the proposed gas pipeline route from Anyer to
Cilegon, between Merak and Bojonegara, and around Serang and Cidurian rivers. They are
comprised of swamp and river alluvial sediments, in the forms of hunks, pebbles, sand, clay, silt,
and organic materials.
2. Banten Tuffs (Qpvb): these are dominant along Zone 2, especially between Cilegon Serang
Cikande Kopo and Balaraja. These consists of tuffs, pumices, and tuffs sandstones.
3. Gunung Pinang Basals (Qbv): this type of geology is a basal diabasic texture, mostly found between
Krapak to Kramatwatu.
3 - 17
For Zone 3, principal features are:

1. Flood plain sediments (Qaf): these are found along the proposed route between Karawang and
Rumahembe, and consist of sandy clay, and humic clay.
2. Tuffs sandstone and conglomerates units (Qav): these are found along the route between
Rumahembe eastward to Cikampek, southward to Cikopo, Cibungur, Sadang, Purwakarta, and
Jatiluhur and between SadangCipeundeuy up to Pasirjadi. This consists of tuffs sandstones,
conglomerates, and breccias.
3. Alluvial sediments (Qa): these are rarely found in Zone 3, only found in Ciseurueh. This consists of
swamp and river alluvial sediments, hunks, pebbles, sand, clay, silt, and organic materials.
4. Citalang formation (Pt): found along the proposed route around Ciherang and Campaka rivers,
consisting of conglomerates, sandstone and breccia
3.3.2 Morphology and Topography
Morphology units in Zone 1 are river and coastal alluvial plains, sloping between 0 5 %, with land
elevation of 0 to 15 m above sea level.
Morphology units in Zone 2 are river and coastal alluvial plains, sloping between 0-3%. The land elevation
between AnyerCilegon, CilegonMerak and around Bojonegara and around Ciujung and Cidurian rivers
ranges between 0 to 10 m above the sea level. In Zone 3, between Krapak to Kramatwatu, morphology is a
basal of Pinang Mount with 15 to 50 m land elevation.
Lithology between CilegonKrapak, KramatwatuSerangCikande Kopo and Balaraja in Zone 2 is Banten

tuffs, consisting of tuffs, pumice tuffs, and tuffs sand stone. The slope ranges between 0-5 %, with 2 to 15
m of land elevation.
Land in Zone 3 crossed by the pipeline routes is relatively flat and in the type of flood sediment, consisting
of clay, sandy clay and humic clay, mostly found along the proposed route between Karawang to
Rumahembe. This area is relatively flat with elevation ranging between 0 to 5 meters. The route between
RumahembeKlariCikampekCikopo, Sadang, Purwakarta and Jatiluhur, and from Sadang Cipeunduey
to Pasirjadi are tuffs sandstone and conglomerates, exceptionally found along the Ciherang River which
consists of conglomerates, sand and breccias. These areas have low elevation, ranging between 0 to 20
meters.
3 - 18
Map 3 D Geology, Zone 2
3 - 19
Map 3E Geology, Zone 3
3 - 20
Map 3F Morphology and Topography of Zone 1
3 - 21
Map 3G Morphology of Zone 2
3 - 22
Map 3 H Morphology of Zone 3
3 - 23
Map 3 J Zone 2 Topography
3 - 24
Map 3 K Zone 3 Topography
3 - 25
3.3.3 Soils
3.3.3.1 Soil Types
Alluvial soils possess little or no developing profile and normally exhibit drainage problems. They are
common along the north coast and beaches of western Java. Alluvial soils are yellow brown, with a dusty
clay structure. They are high in organic content, generally have a high pH level, high nitrogen content
(decreasing with depth), high phosphate content (increasing with depth), low potassium , low calcium content
and low magnesium content. Alluvial soil is of good quality for growing rice, though lime is often used to
reduce acidity.
Latosol soils have a developing profile and in general possess good physical characteristics (soil
permeability and resistance to erosion), but poorer chemical characteristics. Latosols are found in high
rainfall areas and are often associated with regosols, yellow red podzolic and litosol soil types. In
mountainous areas latosols are often associated with aquifers. Latosols are brownish red in color with a
granulated texture. Latosols generally have a high pH, medium nitrogen content (increasing with depth), low
phosphate content (at all depths), and low levels of potassium and calcium. Latosol soils are cultivated for
food and estate crops, and for teakwood forestry.
Podzolic soils have poor physical and chemical characteristics, low permeability and are sensitive to
erosion. Podzols are found in dry regions and are often associated with latosols and litosols. Podzolic soils
are widely distributed in northern Java, especially in volcanic mountainous regions. Pozdols are yellow to
red in color with a dusty clay structure that may be either loose or hard depending upon the level of iron and
manganese concretion. Podzolsi generally have a slightly acidic pH, low to high nitrogen content and low
phosphate, potassium, and calcium contents. Podzolic soils require fertilization for food crop cultivation;
they are suitable for estate crop and forestry use.
Regosol soils have little or no profile development, low permeability, and are sensitive to erosion. Regosols
are found in volcanic areas and are often associated with litosols. Regosols are ash or brownish gray in color
with a loose sandy clay structure. They are pH neutral (becoming more acidic with depth), low organic
content, medium nitrogen content and low calcium content. Regosols are generally suitable for forests.
Table 3E Principal Soil Types in West Java
Zone Location Soil Type

Zone 1 Cakung alluvial and latosol brown-reddish
Cilincing alluvial, latosol, and regosol
Kedep Latosol, alluvial
Bekasi alluvial and latosol brown-reddish
Zone 2 Cilegon alluvial, latosol, and regosol
Balaraja podzolic yellow red
Serang podzolic yellow red, regosol and latosol
Anyer regosol
Zone 3 Karawang alluvial, podzolic yellow red
Cikampek latosol, regosol, and podzolic yellow red
podzolic yellow red complex, latosol and litosol,
Purwakarta
latosol and podzolic yellow red
latosol, regosol, podzolic yellow red and podzolic
Subang
yellow red complex, latosol and litosol
[Java Exploration Soil Map, 1960]
3 - 26
Figure 3M Typical Soil Structure of Road Shoulders in the Project Area
Along road shoulders that will be used as the pipeline route, the uppermost soil layer typically consists of 10
to 20 cm thickness small stones. The second deeper layer consists of 40 - 50 cm thickness soils, followed by
a layer of ordered-stones of 2030 cm thickness, and finally reaching the original soils in the deepest layer.
Table 3F Bulk Density (g/cc) and Soil Texture of Soils at Several Observation Sites
Sites Bulk Density Sand Dust Clay
(g/cc) percentage percentage percentage
Cikampek 1.1 5.0 22.0 73.0
Cikampek highway 0.7 6.0 20.9 73.1
Serang 1.3 52.2 24.6 23.2
Cidurian 1.2 46.0 29.5 24.5
Bojonegara 1.1 21.4 41.5 37.1
Cempaka 1.2 21.9 46.8 31.3
Cilalawi 1.4 58.8 25.9 15.9
ROW irrigation 1.5 43.4 41.0 15.6
3.3.3.2 Soil Erosion
In Zone 2, soil samples were taken at 3 sites based on two main land classifications: town-typical land class
and country-typical land class. For the class of town-typical land use, sampling was at Serang, specifically
at Cibanten River, while for country-typical sites were at Cidurian and Bojonegara.
3 - 27
Table 3G Soil Erosion Rate Values Along the Route in Zones 2 and 3.
Code Sites River H R M a b c BD L S LS C P K A T A/T
1 Cikampek - 27.64 1672.87 5.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 1.1 10.0 3.0 0.2 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.045 2.292 0.02
highway 1
2 Cikampek - 27.64 1673.11 6.0 1.0 4.0 0.5 0.7 10.0 3.0 0.2 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.914 1.458 0.63
highway 2
3 Cidurian 1 Cidurian 27.64 1673.11 52.2 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.3 10.0 3.0 0.2 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.716 2.708 0.26
4 Cidurian 2 Cidurian 27.64 1673.11 46.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 1.2 10.0 3.0 0.2 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.564 2.500 0.23
5 Bojonegara Laut 27.64 1673.11 21.4 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.1 10.0 3.0 0.2 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.259 2.292 0.11
6 Cempaka Cempaka 27.64 1673.11 21.9 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.2 10.0 3.0 0.2 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.266 2.500 0.11
river
7 Ciherang Ciherang 27.64 1673.11 58.8 0.5 3.5 1.0 1.4 10.0 3.0 0.2 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.431 2.917 0.15
river
8 ROW Irrigation 27.64 1673.11 43.4 0.5 2.0 3.0 1.5 10.0 3.0 0.2 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.607 3.125 0.19
irrigation
Notes:
H Monthly rainfall (cm) L Length (m)
R Rainfall factor (J/ha) S Slope (%)
M Sand percentage (%) C Vegetation factor
a Organic percentage (%) P Land treatment factor
b Land structure class K Soil erodibility (ton,ha,hr)
c Soil permeability class A Erosion rate (ton/ha/bln)
BD Bulk density (g/cc) T Tolerable erosion (ton/ha/bln)
A/T Ratio of erosion rate
Soil erosion rates are all in the tolerable range. The erosion rate in Serang was 0.716 ton/ha/month,
compared to the maximum tolerable value in this site of 2.708 ton/ha/month. In Cidurian, soil erosion was
measured at 0.546 ton/ha/month, compared with a maximum tolerable soil erosion value of 2.500
ton/ha/month. In Bojonegara, specifically at Suralaya, the soil erosion value was 0.259 ton/ha/month, which
was also still below the maximum tolerable value of 2.292 ton/ha/month.
The measurements show all sites still in the tolerable range of soil erosion values. Since the pipeline routes
are in the shoulder of the roads, which are subject to intense human activities, and intensive compaction of
soil. With this natural compaction, soil permeability improves, resulting in total a low soil erosion rate. In
addition to good soil permeability, slopes along main roadways are also low.
For Zone 2, soil erosion rates in the proposed pipeline route were similarly low, due mostly to the natural
compaction of the lands. There were 5 sampling sites for Zone 3: at the end of the Cikampek Highway,
Cikampek town, Campaka, close to the Ciherang River and at the Tarum Irrigation Canal. Results show soil
erosion rates all below maximum tolerable rates. The soil erosion rate at Cikampek was 0.045 ton/ha/month
compared, where the maximum tolerable rate of 2.292 ton/ha/month. At Cikopo. the rate was 0.914
ton/ha/month. In Cempaka, it was 0.266 ton/ha/month which is also below the maximum tolerable value of
2.500 ton/ha/month. In Ciherang, along the SadangSubang road, it was 0.431 ton/ha/month, the maximum
limit of tolerable erosion rate is 2.917 ton/ha/month. At Tarum Canal, it was 0.607 ton/ha/month, which is
also still below the maximum limit of tolerable rate of 3.125 ton/ha/month.
3 - 28
Figure 3N Erosion Rates on Each Sampling Site, and their Tolerable Rates
Tolerable erosion
Erosion
Photo 3A Profile Commonly Found in Project Area
3.4 Hydrology and Water Quality

3.4.1 Hydrology
Observations on rivers and waterways that will be crossed by the proposed gas pipeline were made to
determine hydrological characteristics, principally river width, depth and discharge rate. In general, rivers
observed at Zones 1, 2 and 3 shall be classified into 4 classes based on width and use allocation: big river,
small river, stream. and rice field irrigation canals.
3 - 29
The Cakung Cilincing segment (Zone 1) has 2 big irrigation/drainage canal being crossed by the proposed
gas pipeline while the Kedep Bekasi segment crossed 4 big rivers. Including the small rives, there are 7
rivers/irrigation crossing at zone 1. The segment between Cilegon-Serang (Zone 2) has the largest number of
rivers to be crossed by the proposed gas pipeline: 31; while the lowest number is along the CikandeSerang
segment: 19. There are 39 waterways to be crossed between KlariCikampek (Zone 3), while Purwakarta
Jatiluhur has only 9.
Table 3H Numbers of Water Crossings on Each Route
Proposed gas pipeline route Number of Big river Small Stream Irrigation
river river canal
Zone 1
1. Cakung - Cilincing 3 0 1 0 2
2. Kedep Bekasi 4 3 0 0 1
Zone 2
1. Cilegon Anyer 29 1 10 17 1
2. Cilegon Bojonegara 26 2 0 19 5
3. Cilegon Serang 31 2 11 14 4
4. Serang Cikande 19 0 5 11 3
5. Cikande Kopo 25 1 10 9 5
6. Cikande Balaraja 21 0 6 12 3
Zone 3
1. Klari Cikampek 39 1 9 16 13
2. Cikampek Campaka 16 1 2 11 2
3. Campaka Cipendeuy 13 1 3 7 2
4. Campak Purwakarta 12 1 4 7 0
5. Purwakarta Jatiluhur 9 1 3 4 1
6. Purwakarta Plered 13 0 3 10 0
Source: Primary Data, 1998
Big rivers are >10 m width; small river is between 3-10 m width; while stream < 3 m width. Big
rivers to be crossed by the proposed gas pipeline, are:
Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3

1. Cakung River (8 m) 1. Cidurian (32.5 m width) 1. Cilalawi (10 m width)
2. Cakung Drainage (40 m) 2. Ciujung (96 m width) 2. Cikao (15 m width)
3. Bekasi Irigation (40 m) 3. Ciruas (18 m width) 3. Cilamaya (10 m width)
4. Cikungsit River I (30 m) 4. Cibayawak (10 m width)
5. Cikungsit River II (30 m)
6. Cikungsit River III (30 m)
7. Crossing Irrigation Tarum
Barat (30 m)
3 - 30
Discharges of those big rivers range from 2.59 m3/sec and their mean depth ranges from 0.7 to 2 m. The
Cidurian River has the most varied river depth, ranging from 0.51.8 m, while the most uniform
measurements were along the Ciherang River, ranging from 0.91.1 m.
Table 3J Width, Depth and Discharge of Big River to be Crossed

River Width (m) Mean depth Discharge
3
(m /second)
Cidurian 32. 5 1. 5 2
Ciujung Kragilan 96 2 3
Ciruas 18 1 5
Cikao 15 0. 7 3
Cilamaya 10 1 9
Cibayawak 10 1 2. 5
Source: Primary Data, 1998
Other rivers observed in this study such as Anyer, Kopo and Ciherang were classified as small rivers (width
<10 meter).
Photo 3B A Typical Irrigation Canal To Be Crosse d
3 - 31
Figure 3P Big River Cross Sections
Cidurian River
32.5 m
Water Surface
0,5 m 0,8 m
1,3 m
1,8 m
River bed
Ciujung River
96.0 m
Water surface
0.6 m 1.8 m 1.2 m

2.3 m
River bed
Ciruas River
18 m
Water Surface
0.3 m
1.3 m 0.8 m
River bed
3 - 32
Figure 3P Large River Cross Sections (Continued)
Ciherang River
10 m
Water surface
1.1 m 0.9 m
1.1 m
River bed
Cikao River
15 m
Water surface
0.1 m 0.9 m 0.2 m
River bed
Cilamaya River
10 m
Water surface
0.9 m 0.7 m
1.2 m
River bed
3 - 33
Figure 3P Large River Cross Sections (Continued)
CIBAYAWAK RIVER
10 m
Water Surface
0.9 m 1.2 m 0.7 m
River Bed
Table 3K Water Quality in Zone 1

No Parameters Unit Standard* Observation Station
Sta. 1 Sta.2 Sta.3
Physical Properties
1 Total Dissolved Solid mg/L 1000 105,97 121,55 117,35
(TDS)
2 Conductivity Umho/cm 2250 - - -
o
3 Temperature* C Ambient 29,3 29,6 28,7
Temperature
Chemical Properties
1 pH* - 6-9 6,57 6,90 6,61
2 Biology Oxygen mg/L - 25,3 8,5 17,3
Demand (BOD)
3 Nitrat-N (NO3-N) mg/L - 0,5 1,72 1,85
4 Nitrit-N (NO2-N) mg/L 0,06 0 0 0
5 Oil and Grease mg/L 0,001 0,06 0,07 0,06
6 Mercury (Hg) mg/L 0,02 0 0 0
7 Lead (Pb) mg/L 0,03 0 0,01 0
* = Insitu analysis
** = PP No. 82, 2001, re Water Quality Management and Water Pollution Control
Sampling Stations
St. 1 = Cakung River
St. 2 = Cikungsit I River
St. 3 = Tarum Barat Irrigation
3 - 34
Table 3L Water Quality in Zone 2

Parameters Unit Observation station Standard **
St. 1 St. 2 St. 3 St. 4 St. 5 II III
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
0C 26 26 26 28.5 27 3 deviation 3
Temperature * deviation
Total Suspended Solid (TSS) mg/l 706 730 100 488 64 50 400
Total Dissolved Solid (TDS) mg/l 520 110 280 660 28770 1000 1000
CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
pH* - 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.0 7.5 6-9 6-9
Dissolved Oxygen (DO) * mg/l 6.09 6.09 6.50 6.50 8.12 4 3
BOD5 mg/l 7.71 3.45 5.68 8.32 6.50 3 6
COD bichromate mg/l 9.60 20.37 7.75 33.02 41.10 25 50
NH3-N (NH 3 + NH4) mg/l 1.562 2.153 1.72 2.002 1.620 - -
9
NO2-N mg/l 0.029 0.031 0.09 0.017 0.117 0.06 0.06
0
NO3-N mg/l 0.304 0.269 0.29 0.140 0.300 10 20
7
Oil and Grease mg/l 2.60 2.45 <0.0 <0.01 <0.01 1 1
1
Mercury (Hg) mg/l <0.000 <0.000 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 0.002 0.002
1 1
Lead (Pb) mg/l 0.002 0.003 0.00 0.006 0.005 0.03 0.03
5
* = Insitu analysis Sampling stations:
(14 - 21 December 2003) St 1. = Gembong irrigation canal S 06o 1300.1 E 106o 2503.3
** = PP No. 82, 2001, re Water St 2. = Cidurian River S 06o 1223.5 E 106o 2228.1
Quality Management and Water St 3. = Cibanten Rriver S 06o 0645.2 E 106o 0902.4
Pollution Control St 4. = Ciberung Reservoir S 06o 0008.9 E 106o 0512.9
St 5. = Anyer river/PT. Sriwi S 06o 0249.0 E 106o 5531.4
3 - 35
Table 3M Water Quality in Zone 3

Parameters Unit Observation station Standard **
St. 1 St. 2 St. 3 St. 4 II III
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Temperature * 0C 3 3
deviatio deviatio
25,5 26 26,5 25 n n
Total Suspended Solid (TSS) mg/l 548 340 732 100 50 400
Total Dissolved Solid (TDS) mg/l 240 1450 220 320 1000 1000
CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
pH* - 5.5 5.5 6.0 6.0 6-9 6 9
Dissolved Oxygen (DO) * mg/l 8.12 8.12 8.12 7.31 4 3
BOD 5 mg/l 4.06 2.90 2.44 6.29 3 6
COD bichromate mg/l 9.33 18.79 17.22 14.10 25 50
NH3-N (NH3 + NH 4) mg/l 2.048 1.827 2.060 2.391 - -
N O2-N mg/l 0.018 0.088 0.025 0.747 0.06 0.06
N O3-N mg/l 0.434 0.523 0.534 0.754 10 20
Oil and Grease mg/l 3.40 1.30 3.25 1.80 1 1
Mercury (Hg) mg/l <0.00 <0.00 <0.00 <0.00
01 01 01 01 0.002 0.002
Lead (Pb) mg/l 0.003 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.03 0.03
* = Insitu analysis (14- 21 Dec 2003) Sampling stations:
St 1. = Ciherang River; S 06o 3047.0 E 107o 2832.5
** = PP No. 82, 2001, re Water Quality St 2. = Cilamaya River; S 06o 3004.5 E 107o 3339.7
Management and Water Pollution St 3. = Cikao River Purwakarta; S 06o 3339.4 E 107 o 2601.4
Control St 4. = Gintung R (Gintung); S 06 o 2140.4 E 107o2119.3
3.4.2 Water Quality
3.4.2.1 Physical Properties
o
Water Temperature : Field measurements on water temperature ranged between 26.0 to 28.5 C.
Signific ant variation in values was largely due to the sampling times. Temperatures in mid-day are higher
than at early morning or evening. Influence from human activities is low, with no industrial or commercial
activities found that affect the recipient water temperature in the investigation area. Previous (1999) data
ranged between 28.531 0C, reflecting regional climate conditions, since the measurements were performed
during the rainy season.
Total Suspended Solids (TSS): This parameter is closely related to water turbidity. In low current,
suspended particles will deposit to the bottom. The highest level of TSS occurred in the Cidurian River (730
mg/l), while the lowest was measured in the Anyer River (64 mg/l). These values exceed the standard class
I of water quality (50 mg/l) according to PP No. 82, 2001, but if the class II standard (400 mg/l) is used, only
the Gembong Irrigation Canal (706 mg/l), Cidurian River (730 mg/l) and Ciberung Reservoir (488 mg/l)
exceeded the standard. The recent results, ranging from 64-730 mg/l, are higher than the 1999 sampling
period, which ranged from 26-216 mg/l. This is likely due in part to the influence of recent rains that
increased run-off into the waterways.
Dissolved Solids: Lowest values were measured in the Cidurian River at Kragilan (110 mg/l), and the
highest occurred in Anyer River (28,770 mg/l). High values observed in Anyer River are likely from
influence of sea water during a high tide. This is also reflected in the high salinity valued for this site (34
PSU) (App. II Lab Analysis Results).
3 - 36
3.4.2.2 Chemical Properties
pH: Relatively homogenous values were observed at all stations, ranging from 5 to 6, with an exception at
Anyer River (7.5) again reflecting the influences of the incoming tidal sea water. Sea water usually has a
pH value more than 7. The pH values in the study area are all within the acceptable range, except at
Ciberung Reservoir. Water pH depends on several factors; organic pollution can signficantly lower pH
values. Compared to athe 1999 measurements, which ranged between 66.5, the recent results are similar.
Dissolved Oxygen: Measurements were highest at Anyer River (8.12 mg/l) and lowest at Gembong Canal
and Cidurian River (6.09 mg/l). All values recorded are acceptable for the standards of Class II (4 mg/l) and
Class III (3 mg/l) waters. The recent results are higher than the 1999 measurements, which ranged from 3.24
to 5.06 mg/l, probably because of higher water temperatures and river flow rates that produced better air-water oxygen
diffusion.
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD 5) and Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD): Measured BOD5 values
varied from a high of 8.32 mg/l at Ciberung Reservoir to a low of 3.45 mg/l at Cidurian River. High BOD 5
at the Ciberung River site is influenced by oirganic mater from human domestic wastes. The measured
values exceeded the standard for Class II Waters (3 mg/l). However, compared to the Class III standard (6
mg/l), only the Cidurian River (3.45 mg/l) and Cibanten River (5.68 mg/l) are in compliance, while the rest
exceed the standard. The recent measurement results, ranging from 3.458.32 mg/l, are relatively similar to
the 1999 measurements, which ranged from 4.61 6.27 mg/l.
In contrast to BOD, the highest COD was measured at Anyer River (41.10 mg/l), while the lowest occurred
at Cibanten River (7.75 mg/l). By the Class II standard, Ciberung Reservoir and Anyer River exceed the
standard. However, by the Class III standard (50 mg/l), all measured values are acceptable. Tthe recent
results (7.7541.10 mg/l) are again relatively similar to the 1999 values (5.5265.73 mg/l).
Ratios between the difference of COD and BOD5 to BOD 5 were high. This shows that the rivers in the
investigation area contain more un-degradable organic substances than degradable forms.
Nitrogen Compounds (Nitrite-Nitrogen, Nitrate-Nitrogen and Ammonia-Nitrogen): For nitrite, the

lowest measurement was recorded at Ciberung Reservoir (0.017 mg/l), and the highest at Anyer River (0.117
mg/l). For nitrate, the lowest was at Ciberung Reservoir (0.140 mg/l) and the highest at Gembong Canal
(0.304 mg/l). At all sites, the values did not exceed Class II or Class III standards for nitrate. For nitrite, the
sites still below the Class II and III standards (0.06 mg/l) were Gembong Canal (0.029 mg/l), Cidurian River
(0.031 mg/l) and Ciberung Reservoir (0.017 mg/l).
The lowest ammonia measurement was at Gembong Canal (1.562 mg/l), while the highest occurred at
Cidurian River (2.153 mg/l). There is no Indonesiam standard for ammonia. It is generally accepted that the
free ammonia content in the water that is safe for fishes is less than 0.02 mg/l. This means that the sites
examaned were suitable for fish culture. Since all waters in the study area have high oxygen content,
tranformat ion of ammonia into untoxic forms should be fairly rapid.
The recent results are higher than the 1999 measurements. For ammonia, the previous values ranged from
0.2330.616 mg/l, while the recent results are 1.562 2.153 mg/l. For nitrite, the range was 0.0210.092
mg/l, compared to the recent 0.0170.117 mg/l, and for nitrate, it ranged from 0.056 mg/l 0.439 mg/l, and
is now 0.1400. 304 mg/l.
Oil and grease: The main sources of oil and grease are domestic wastes, auto repair shops and industry.
Under Class II and III standards, the maximum limit is 1 mg/l. Measurements showed Gembong Canal (2.60
mg/l) and Cidurian River (2.45 mg/l) exceeding the limit. The 1999 measurements were similar, (ranging
from < 0.014.60 mg/l.
3 - 37
Mercury (Hg): Measurements at all sites were low in mercury, showing values of less than 0.0001 mg/l.
The 1999 values were in the same range, indicating that there are no significant anthropogenic sources of
mercury in the study area.
Lead (Pb): The highest value was measured at Ciberung Reservoir (0.006 mg/l), the lowest at Gembong
Canal (0.002 mg/l). The maximum safe limit under Class II and III standards is 0.03 mg/l. All sites
measured were still in the acceptable range.
3.5 Biodiversity
3.5.1 Terrestrial Biota
3.5.1.1 Ve getation
Vegetation observations were performed along the areas around the proposed gas pipeline routes,
concentrated on those planted around the existing roads. Based on field observations, vegetation in the study
area can be classified into (1) shrub and grass, (2) canopy tree with moderate density, and (3) dense-canopy
trees.
In zone 1, vegetation found along the project area, commonly is classified as grass (Gramineaceae),
covering tree such lamtorogung (Luecaena leucooephala), palem raja (Roystonia regia) and angsana
(Pterocarpus indicus) and fruit producing tree such mango tree (mangivera sp. ), papaya tree (carica
papaya), and coconut tree (Cocos nucifera).
In Zone 2, from Balaraja Simpang Asem, floristic condition are dominated by grass (Cyperaceae), kirinyuh
(Euphatorium sp), and Ipomea sp. This is similar for the KopoSimpang Asem, which also has fruit
producing-trees such as banana, kedondong laut, jambu and randu. From Simpang Asem to Serang, there
are also found moderate density trees, mostly planted in the shoulder of the roads with some free space
between road and trees. The trees are (in local names): angsana, ki hujan, randu, lamtoro, pisang, kedondong
laut, jambu biji, bungur, akasia, jati and palem raja.
Planted shade trees are found enter ing the cities of Serang and Cilegon but with narrow sidewalk areas. On
the proposed routes between Serang and Clegon and between Cilegon to Anyer and Bojonegara, the trees are
rarely planted. At Serang, however, trees are planted along the sidewalks, and most of them are large trees.
In Zone 3, entering the town of Karawang from direction of Tanjung Pura, vegetation is mostly low-density.
At Johar market, the trees are densely planted along the sidewalks and most are large. On the segment
between WarungbambuKlari, the trees were densely found but there is still a space between these trees and
road. Trees found in this segment are (in local names): angsana, bungur and akasia. In Cikampek, the trees
were planted in low density, with some space to the road, and close to Kopo, the trees were in very low
density. Between Kopo to Bungur and up to Sadang Bus terminal, the trees were in high density, but they
were mostly planted outside the road area. The trees were (in local names ): jati, mahoni and bungur. The
trees were in low density in Sadang, dominated by rice fields and plantations at some sites. From Sadang to
Purwakarta (up to the Cikao River), trees were in high density and mostly planted in the sidewalks. The
dominant tree was angsana.
A floristic survey along the proposed gas pipeline was conducted and 11 species were found. Most of them
were shade or canopy-trees, planted in the sidewalks or on the shoulder of the roads.
3 - 38
Table 3N Vegetation in the Study Area
Species Family
Acasia auriculiformis Mimosaceae
Pterocarpus indicus Papilionaceae
Anacardium occidentale Anacardiaceae
Cocos nucifera Palmae
Terminalia catappa Rhizophoraceae
Psidium guajava Myrtaceae
Plumiera acuminata Apocynaceae
Leucaena leucosepala Mimosacea e
Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae
Averchoa balimbi Oxalidaceae
Spondias cytheria Sapindaceae
Figure 3Q Percentage of Vegetation Based on Family Taxonomy in the Study Area.
Measurements on branch-free height (Hi), total height (Ht) and breast-height diameter (Dbh) were
performed to determine a vertical vegetation community structure. Based on criteria developed by Halle et
al., (1978), the phases of vegetation growth can be classified into:
Future tree : Ht > 2.Hi
Ht > 100.Dbh
Hi < 1/2.Ht
Recent tree : Ht < 2.Hi
Ht < 100.Dbh
Hi > 1/2.Ht
Past time tree : Ht << 2.Hi
Ht << 100.Dbh
Hi >> 1/2.Ht
3 - 39
With,
Ht = Total height
Hi = Free-branch height
d = dbh (1.3 m height diameter)
<< = much less than
Most trees were found to be around Ht = 100.Dbh line (51.7 %). The rest were young trees, as much as 9 %
located above the line of Ht = 100.Dbh, and aging trees as much as 39.3 %, located far below the line of Ht
= 100.Dbh. Most trees in the study area were in the growth phase, not old trees.
3.5.1.2 Wildlife
In the project area, roadside vegetation along the proposed gas pipeline route providea the only available
habitat for wildlife. Accordingly, wildlife found in the area is limited. There are various songbirds, such as
(in local names) burung gereja, burung pipit and burung kutilang. Other wildlife are small reptiles (lizards
and snakes), and rodentiae (tupai). No protected species were found.
Photo 3C Example of Roadside Vegetation
3 - 40
Photo 3D Example of Roadside Vegetation
Photo 3E Examples of Roadside Vegetation
3 - 41
Table 3P Benthos Density (Ind/m2) in Zone 1

(c) STATION
ORGANISM
St. 1 St. 2 St. 3
Brotia sp 3 6 -
Chironomus sp 6 - 3
Melanoide sp 3 9 6
Paratelphusa sp - 3 3
Lymnacea sp. 3 - -
Total Amount 15 18 12
Individual Density 1.332 1.011 1.039
Stations
St. 1 = Cakung River
St. 2 = Cikungsit I River
St. 3 = Tarum Barat Irrigation
Table 3Q Benthos Density (Ind/m2) at Each Station in Zone 2 and 3

ORGANISM (d) STATION
St. 1 St. 2 St. 3 St. 4 St. 5 St. 6 St. 7 St. 8 St. 9

OLIGOCHAETES
Branchiura sp. 90 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Lymnodrilus sp. 0 0 202 0 0 0 0 0 0
HYRUDINEA 0 0 116 0 30 0 0 0 0
GASTROPODS
Melanoides sp. 240 30 2913 2460 30 30 30 30 30
Thiara sp. 0 0 72 90 0 0 0 0 0
Lymnaea sp. 0 0 30 0 0 0 0 0 0
Pomacea sp. 0 0 58 0 0 0 0 0 0
POLYCHAETES
Unknown 0 0 0 0 30 0 0 0 0
Number of taxa 2 1 6 2 3 1 1 1 1
Density (Individu/m2) 330 30 3391 2550 90 30 30 30 30
Diversity index 0.85 0 0.87 0.22 1.58 0 0 0 0
Equitability Index 0.85 - 0.34 0.22 1 - - - -
Domination Index 0.55 1 0.74 0.93 0.33 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Stations
Samplings were performed on 14 21 December 2002 St. 1 = Gembong canal
Ecological Indexes were calculated on the basis of log2 (Bits) St. 2 = Cidurian river
St. 3 = Cibanten river
Remarks: St. 4 = Ciberung reservoir
Polychaetes: only part of the body St. 5 = Anyer river/PT Seriwi
St. 7 = Ciherang river
St. 8 = Cilamaya river
St. 9 = Cikao river, Purwakarta
3 - 42
3.5.2 Aquatic Biota
Benthic communities in the river crossings are potentially vulnerable to temporary disturbance during
construction of the pipelines. Other aquatic biota like plankton, nekton, and fishes are unlikely to be affected
by the construction or any wastewater flows from the project.
In Zone 1 sampling of benthic was performed at 3 sites: Cakung River, Cikarang River and Kali Malang
River. Benthic organisms from type Brotia sp., Chironomus sp., Melanoide sp. and Paratelphusa sp. were
found.
In Zone 2 sampling of benthos was performed at sites where water quality sampling was performed.
Benthos organisms were not always found, especially not macrozoobenthos, due to unsuitable substrate,
which was either often very hard substrate or concrete.
In Zone 3, benthos sampling was performed at 3 sites: Ciherang River, Cilamaya River, and Cikao River.
Benthos communities consisted of only 1 species Melanoides sp (Gastropods) . This poor quality of benthic
community is mainly due to unsuitable substrate for benthic organisms. The density was 30 ind/m2.
In general, the habitat quality for benthos organisms at all sites is poor. These water bodies in the study area
are characterized by strong currents, and hard substrate.
No protected species were found during the sampling program in at Zone 2. In general, all water bodies at
Zone 2 were used as discharge canals of human activities in the area, including domestic, industry and
agriculture. Benthos communities in the study area consisted of classes of Oligochaetes, Polychaetes,
Gastropods and Hyrudinea. At Cibanten Rriver, the benthic community was dominated by Gastropods of
Melanoides Sp by its density of 2913 ind/m2. A sub dominant species was Lymdrodrillus from class of
Oligochaetes. The diversity index in this community was low at 0.87, which was caused by domination of
one species of Gastropods (domination index 0.74).
Another water body sampled was the Anyer River. Again the findings showed a poor quality of benthic
community, consisting only 3 species: Halobdello sp (Hyrudinea), Melanoides sp (Gastropods) and
Polychaetes. Densities for each species were relatively similar: 30 ind/m2. The diversity index of this
community was 1.58.
At Ciberung Reser voir, there were 2 dominant species: Melanoides sp (Gastropods) and Thiara sp with
densities of 2460 ind/m2 and 90 ind/m 2, respectively.
3.6 Land Use

Since the distribution pipeline will be located along the shoulder of the existing roads, land use analysis
focused on the land alongside the proposed pipeline area. This includes:
Industry, such as chemical, petrochemical, refinery, textile, power plant, steel industry, and home
industries.
Settlements, which are characterized by densely human settlem ents and business area.
Villages, such as housings, markets, and agriculture areas. These areas are a low density population
area.
Agriculture, such as paddy fields, cassava fields, soya beans, groundnuts, coconut plantation and
fish pond.
Forestry (kebun), which is simply open community area or privately held gardens dominated by
trees in traditional Javanese multi- level cultivation, rather designated or natural forest (hutan)
Tourism, such as bungalows, resorts, and other coastal tourism sites.
3 - 43
The land slope is relatively flat, with its mean slope below 3%. In Zone 3, there is an undulating area
characterized by its low slope (<3%).
Map 3L Types of Land Use Along Routes in Zone 1 North Jakarta
Tj. Priok Cilincing
Koja
Sungai Bambu
Cakung
Ujung Menteng
When initial surveys were conducted of the planned routes of the distribution pipeline network in 1996-
1997, land use was found to be roughly half urban-industrial, and half rural-agricultural.
Urban: housing and businesses and high population density: 28%

Industrial: chemical, petrochemical, refining, textile, power, steel, industrial estates: 22%
Agricultural: paddy fields, cassava, soybean, and coconut plantations: 9%
Forest Gardens: various density/diversity of tree cover, private and community owned: 5%
Rural: low density roadside housing, businesses (including markets): 34%
Tourism, chalets, apartments and recreational facilities associated with coastal areas: 2%
An updated survey was carried out in 2003, covering zone 1, 2, and 3. The land use for residential and
agriculture has been transformed into industrial area. It caused the percentage of industrial land use increase
while the agriculture and residential decreasing. Although the percentage of settlement area is decreasing,
compare with data 1996-1997, the population density in study area is higher. The escalation of population
density due to the development of industry activities is also defined as urbanization .
Industry 36%
Settlements (towns) 21%
Settlements (villages) 27%
Agriculture (including tree crops and open land) 14%
Tourism 2%
3 - 44
Maps 3L, 3M, 3N and 3P bellow reflect the approximate location of industrial locations, settlements
(villages and towns), and tourism facilities along the routes, based on a drive-through survey conducted in
2003. These maps do not reflect relative size or significance of the sites. Agriculture of various type and
intensity, including of tree crops and forest gardens (kebun) is practiced all along the route and may be
assumed to fill in the areas between specific sites identified here.
Map 3M Types of Land Use along Routes in Zone 1 South Jakarta
Cibitung
i
Tambun
Bantar Gebang
Cikeuting Udik
Cileungsi
Kedep
I: Industry; S: Settlement
Segment Cakung Cilincing in north of Zone 1 is dominated by industrial areas (60%) while settlement
areas cover 40% land uses. Agricultural (20%) is located in south of Zone 1, in Kedep Bekasi segment.
Industrial areas (50%) also turn into the majority land uses in Zone 1 and the rest is Settlement area.
For Zone 2, in Tangerang District, between Balaraja to Cikande, the main land use around the proposed gas
pipeline is for industrial areas. The section between Cikande to Kopo is occupied by industries and
agriculture, and between Cikande to Serang the main land use is industries. In the segment of Serang to
Kramatwatu and Cilegon, the main land use around the proposed gas pipeline is industries, settlement and
agriculture. Between Cilegon to Anyer and between Cilegon to Bojonegara are industrial areas and tourist
sites. The dominant types of land use in the town areas of Zone 2 like Cilegon, Serang, were human
settlements, trade centers, and offices. Industrial areas were found at Balaraja, Cikande, Cilegon,
Ciwandan and Bojonegara. Aside from industrial areas, rice paddy field and dry field farming were also
found along the routes between CikandeKopo, CikandeSerang.
For Zone 3, between Karawang and Klari is mainly for agriculture and settlement. Agriculture particularly
rice paddy field is located in Karawang area. Segment Klari-Cikampek and SadangCipeundeuy is mostly
use for dry field farming. Industrial areas are mainly located in Klari, Cikampek, Cikopo, Campaka and
Jatiluhur.
3 - 45
Map 3N Types of Land Use Along Routes in Zone 2
T I I Industry
I S BOJONEGARA
S Settlement
A Agriculture
I T Tourism
CILEGON
T I
S I A KRAMATWATU
KRAMATWATU
ANYER , S KRAGILAN
A I S
SERANG I A BALARAJA
CIKANDE
I
I A S I
I
I
KOPO
A
Map 3O Types of Land Use Along Routes in Zone 3
KARAWANG I KLARI I Industry
I CIKAMPEK
S Settlement
S Agriculture
I A
CIKOPO
S
I
JATILUHUR A I CIPEUNDEUY
A
I I CAMPAKA
JATILUHUR RESERVOIR A
A
S
PURWAKARTA
3 - 46
3.7 SocioEconomy, Governance, Culture
3.7.1 Administrative areas
The proposed pipeline route in Zone 2 passes through the districts of Tangerang, Serang and Cilegon city, all
of which are within the recently created Banten Province. For Zone 3, the project area passes through the
districts of Subang, Purwakarta and Karawang, which are part of West Java Province.
In Tangerang District, the pipeline will go through 3 villages in Balaraja Sub-District and 2 villages of
Jayanti Sub-District. At Serang District, pipeline will cross through 3 villages in Cikande Sub District, 4
villages at Kibin Sub District (new Sub-District resulted from development of Cikande Sub District), 2
villages at Kopo Sub District, 7 villages at Jawilan Sub District (new Sub-District resulted from
development of Kopo Sub District), 2 village at Kragilan Sub District, 2 villages at Walantaka Sub District,
1 village at Ciruas Sub District, 1 village at Cipocok Jaya Sub District, 4 villages at Serang Sub District, 2
villages at Taktakan Sub District, 6 villages at Kramatwatu Sub District, 6 villages at Puloampel Sub District
(new Sub-District resulted from development of Bojonegara Sub District) and 4 villages at Bojonegara Sub
District. In Cilegon town, pipelines wil l cross trough 2 villages at Cibeber Sub District, 2 villages at Cilegon
Sub District, 1 village at Jombang Sub District, 4 villages at Pulomerak Sub District, 3 villages at
Purwakarta Sub District, 3 villages at Grogol Sub District, 2 villages at Citangkil Sub District and 5 villages
at Ciwandan Sub District.
For Zone 3, in Subang District, pipeline will cross through 2 villages at Cipeundeuy Sub District. In
Purwakarta District, pipelines will cross through 6 villages at Bungursari Sub District (new Sub-District
resulted from development of Campaka Sub District), 5 villages at Cibatu Sub District (new Sub-District
resulted from development of Cempaka Sub District), 4 villages at Campaka Sub District, 4 villages at
Purwakarta Sub District, 2 villages at Jatiluhur Sub District. In Karawang District, pipeline will cross
through 10 villages at Cikampek Sub District, 6 villages at Klari Sub District and 4 villages at Karawang
Sub District.
Table 3R Types of Land Use on Each Village in Zone 2 and Zone 3

Nbr District /Sub District Settlement Buildings Paddy field Field/Plantation Forest
(ha) (ha) (ha) /Pond (ha) (ha)
Zone 2
I. District of Tangerang
1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
1 Sub District of Balaraja* 175.00 13.65 155.00 0.00 0.00
1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
2 Sub District of Jayanti* 163.64 44.56 137.82 0.00 0.00
II. District of Serang

1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
1 Sub District of Cikande** 175.00 0.00 7.714.00 254.00 93.00
2 Sub District of Kibin* tad tad 733.87 tad tad
3 Sub District of Kopo tad tad tad tad tad

4 Sub District of Jawilan* 410.5 86.58 1.046 492.40 15.20
5 Sub District of Kragilan* 121.26 341.94 208.13 57.50 0.00
6 Sub District of Walantaka* 83.96 73.03 565.00 32.00 0.00

7 Sub District of Ciruas tad tad tad tad tad
8 Sub District of Cipocok Jaya* 90.42 44.42 166.98 90.38 0.00
9 Sub District of Serang* 729.58 304.84 52.00 32.00 0.00

10 Sub District of Taktakan* 150.80 58.65 220.74 222.95 0.00
11 Sub District of Kramatwatu 347.69 73.80 235.85 140.77 0.15

12 Sub District of Puloampel tad tad tad tad tad
13 Sub District of Bojonegara* tad1) tad1) 2,597.001) 594.001) 0.001)
III. Town of Cilegon
3 - 47
1 Sub District of Cibeber** 565.00 0.00 522.00 1,379.00 0.00

2 Sub District of Cilegon* 180.07 34.02 26.84 8.80 0.00
3 Sub District of Jombang2)

4 Sub District of Pulomerak 2,324.00 0.00 763.00 1,794.00 751.00
3)
5 Sub District of Purwakarta
3)
6 Sub District of Grogol
4)
7 Sub District of Citangkil
8 Sub District of Ciwandan 934 0.00 589 4,218 0.00
Zone 3
I. District of Subang
1 Sub District of Cipeundeuy* 240.38 48.66 484.21 2,256.33 0.00

II. District of Purwakarta
1 Sub District of Cibatu* tad tad 5.09 24.33 tad
2 Sub District of Campaka* 329.36 179.80 363.54 728.32 75.00
3 Sub District of Bungursari* 275.93 111.85 370.35 987.19 705.80

1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
4 Sub District of Purwakarta* 867.90 388.86 493.00 396.91 48.00
5 Sub District of Jatiluhur* 3.85 0.00 1.56 1.60 1.16
III. District of Karawang

1 Sub District of Cikampek* 1,067.50 315.50 400.90 257.10 0.00
1) 1) 1) 1)
2 Sub District of Klari* 460.33 304.53 553.20 85.53 0.00
3 Sub District of Karawang* 1,116.90 79.80 1,007.39 19.40 0.00
Source : Sub District in numbers in each village, 1988 and 2002

Notes : 1 = previous data
* = data of the villages will be crossed through by pipeline 2=previous data (still joined with Jombang Sub District)
** = data of whole sub district area 3=previous data (still joined with Pulo Merak Sub Dist rict)
tad = no data available 4)= previous data (still joined with Ciwandan Sub District)
3.7.2 Demography
For Zone 1, village populations varied from 13,621 (13,738 men and 13,021 women) at Marunda Village,
Sub District of Cilincing, to 59,604 (31,875 men and 27,729 women) at Kebon Bawang Village, Sub District
of Tanjung Priok.
The smallest village that will be crossed by the proposed route in Zone 2 is Puloampel Village at Puloampel
Sub District. It has a population of 1,911; 968 men and 943 women. The largest village is Tambak Village at
Kibin Sub District, with a population of 25,399; 6388 men and 19,061 women.
For Zone 3, village populations varied from 2,027 (985 men and 1,042 women) at Wanakerta Village, Sub
District of Bungursari to 24,889 (12,159 men and 12,730 women) at Ciseureuh Village, Sub District of
Purwakarta.
The population density of villages in three market zones are more than 400 people/km2, meaning that all
villages were high density villages, with the exception of Cipeundeuy Villages, Sub District of Cipeundeuy,
which has a population density of 200-400 people/km 2.
3.7.3 Occupations
The dominant occupation of local people living in zone 1 is trader 32%, industrial workers 36%, labors and
service entrepreneur 16%, government employees and etc. 16%. The dominant occupation is rather similar
for Zone 2 and 3. In the town area, most of the people are industrial workers, plant workers, civil servants,
private employees, and traders. In the country side, most are farmers.
3 - 48
Another dominant occupation is trade, either store/shop owners or semi-permanent kiosks. Many of these
locate in the shoulder of roadways, either in the sidewalks or alongside the roads. There are auto-repair
shops, and small restaurants. There are also a number of local markets which located along the shoulder of
the roads --11 in Zone 2 and 4 markets in Zone 3. There were also semi- permanent markets such as in front
of PT. Poulsen Nikomas Gemilang in Zone 2 (km 12.6), and food and beverage stores and souvenirs at
Kebun Jati, located along the road between Kopo Cikampek highway and Sadang (Cikopo, Bungursari and
Cibungur).
3.7.4 Roads and Traffic

The roads that that the pipeline route follows national-class road, provincial-class road, and district-class
road. At some points, traffic conditions are heavy, especially during morning and afternoon rush hours.
Busy traffic areas were found along industrial estates, offices and trade centers, notably at Balaraja -
Cikande, Simpang Asem Kopo, Cikande - Serang and around Krakatau Steel Industrial Estate at Cilegon,
and segment of Puloampel - Bojonegara in Zone 2, while in Zone 3, it was located along Klari - Cikampek,
Cikampek Sadang, Sadang - Cipeundeuy and Jatiluhur.
Other sites with busy traffic are roads where markets are loc ated, such as at Johar Market Karawang, Klari
Market, Cikampek Market at Zone 3, and in Zone 2 were in Gembong Market Balaraja, Tambak Market and
Merak Market. Traffic jams in those locations are mostly caused by shoppers and traders. Public
transportation facilities are generally limited, which increases the traffic pressure also.
Table 3S Villages and their Area in Zone 1 (North Jakarta )

Sub District Village (km2) Sub District Village (km2)
a. Cilincing 1. Suka Pura 0.99 c. Koja 1. Rawabadak Selatan 0.7
2. Rorotan 1.04 2. Tugu Selatan 0.61
3. Marunda 0.64 3. Tugu Utara 2.02
4. Cilincing 1.17 4. Lagoa 2.23
5. Semper Timur 0.97 5. Rawabadak Utara 1.19
6. Semper Barat 2.34 6. Koja 1.43

Jakarta Utara
7. Kali Baru 1.68
b. Tanjung Priok 1. Sunter Agung 0.7
2. Sunter Jaya 2.12
3. Papango 1.16
4. Warakas 1.83
5. Sungai Bambu 1.04
6. Kebon Bawang 1.96
7. Tanjung Priok 1.57
a. Cakung 1. Jatinegara 1.56
2. Penggilingan 2.06
Jakarta Timur
3. Pulo Gebang 1.77

4. Ujung Menteng 0.99
5. Cakung Timur 1.34
6. Cakung Barat 0.89
7. Rawa Terate 0.59
3 - 49
Table 3T Villages and their Area in Zone 1 (South Jakarta)

a. Cibitung 1. Cibuntu 5.60 d. Bantargebang 1. Ciketingudik 4.85
2. Wanasari 5.73 2. Sumur Batu 5.69
3. Wanajaya 4.48 3. Cikiwul 5.25
4. Sukajaya 6.69 4. Bantargebang 4.19
5. Kertamukti 7.00 5. Padurenan 6.78
6. Muktiwari 5.20 6. Cimuning 5.01
7. Sarimukti 4.80 7. Mustika Jaya 9.31

b. Tambun Selatan 1. Jatimulya 5.67 8. Mustika Sari 5.13
2. Lambangsari 3.65 d. Bekasi Timur 1. Margahayu 4.41
3. Lambangjaya 2.56 2. Bekasi Jaya 3.50

4. Tambun 3.97 3. Duren Jaya 2.42
5. Setiadarma 1.61 4. Aren Jaya 2.42
Bekasi
6. Setiamekar 3.65
7. Mekarsari 2.07
8. Tridayasakti 1.85
9. Sumberjaya 6.03
10. Mangunjaya 3.51
c. Tambun Utara 1. Karangsatria 3.78
2. Satriajaya 3.02
3. Satriamekar 4.34
4. Jalenjaya 3.00
5. Srimahi 4.57
6. Srijaya 4.09
7. Srimukti 3.15
8. Sriamur 4.13
3 - 50
Table 3U Villages and their Area in Zone 2

a. Balaraja 1. Sentul tad b. Jayanti 1. Sumurbandung tad
Tangerang
1) 1)
2. Gembong 3. 89 2. Jayanti 2. 87
1)
3. Cengkudu 4. 20
1)
a. Cikande 1. Cikande 7. 88 h. Cipocok Jaya 1. Kel. Panancangan 3. 92
2. Julang1) 5. 32 i. Serang 1. Cipare 2. 09
1)
3. Parigi 7. 41 2. Lontarbaru 0. 89
b. Kibin 1. Sukamaju 2. 76 3. Sumurpeucung 1. 82

2. Tambak 2. 04 4. Kotabaru 0. 81
3. Kibin 4. 28 j. Taktakan 1. Drangong 4. 27
4. Ciagel 2. 13 2. Tamanbaru 3. 35
1)
c. Kopo 1. Gabus 2. 87 k. Kramatwatu 1. Pelamunan 3. 73
2. Nanggung 1) 7. 68 2. Pejaten 1) 3. 34
d. Jawilan 1. Jawilan 3. 43 3. Wanayasa 1. 35
Serang
2. Parakan 3. 57 4. Kramatwatu 1. 68
3. Kareo 1. 83 5. Toyomerto 2. 15
4. Majasari 2. 92 6. Serdang 2. 83
1)
5. Pasirbuyut 7. 63 l. Puloampel 1. Salira 3. 78
1)
6. Junti 4. 19 2. Puloampel 4. 26
1)
e. Kragilan 1. Kragilan 3. 71 4. Margasari 3. 99
2. Sentul 3. 58 5. Samuranja tad
1)
f. Walantaka 1. Kalodran 3. 20 6. Argawana 5. 74
1)
2. Kaserangan 3. 62 m. Bojonegara 1. Margagiri 3. 44
g. Ci ruas 1. Citeureup tad 2. Bojonegara tad
3. Karangkepuh tad
1) 1)
a. Cibeber 1. Kadaleman 4. 17 f. Grogol 1. Rawaarum 4. 19
1)
2. Cibeber 3. 14 2. Gerogol tad
b. Cilegon 1. Ketileng 1. 12 3. Gerem 1) 12. 03
2. Jombangwetan 1. 38 g. Citangkil 1. Warnasari 1) 4. 73
Town of Cilegon
1)
c. Jombang 1. Masigit 1.58 2. Samangraya 3. 17
1) 1)
d. Pulomerak 1. Mekarsari 4. 73 h. Ciwandan 1. Kubangsari 3. 10
2. Lebakgede 1) 5. 73 2. Tegalratu 4. 68
3. Tamansari 3. 32 3. Kepuh 7. 20
4. Suralaya 3. 39 4. Randakari 4. 49
1)
e. Purwakarta 1. Ramanuju 8. 01 5. Gunung Sugih 6. 12
2. Kotabumi 1) 3. 13
3. Kebondalem1) 1. 42
3 - 51
Table 3V Villages and their Area in Zone 3

a. Cipeundeuy 1. Cipeundeuy 18. 89
Subang
2. Wantilan 11. 41
a. Cibatu 1. Ciparungsari1) 3. 55 c. Bungursari 1. Cikopo 7. 04
2. Cipinang tad 2. Wanakerta 3. 61
1)
3. Karya mekar 3. 79 3. Cibungur 5. 20
1)
4. Cibatu 4. 03 4. Bungursari 3. 02
5. Cilandak1) 5. 37 5. Cibening 4. 33
Purwakarta
b. Campaka 1. Campakasari 2. 77 6. Ciwangi 1. 29

1)
2. Campaka 2. 19 d. Purwakarta 1. Ciseureuh 3. 89
1)
3. Cikumpay 8. 92 2. Negerikaler 1. 80
4. Cijaya 2. 85 3. Cipaisan 1) 1. 55
1)
4. Sindangkasih 1. 70
e. Jatiluhur 1. Bunder 3. 15
2. Kembangkuning 5. 37
a. Cikampek 1. Mekarjaya 2.66 b. Klari 1. Warungba mbu 1.64
2. Tamelang 1.56 2. Kondangjaya 2.44

3. Purwasari 3.49 3. Gintungkerta 4.31
4. Dawuan Barat 3.22 4. Pancawati 3.78
Karawang
5. Dawuan Timur 2.80 5. Duren 2.40
6. Cikampek Kota 0.97 6. Cibalongsari 3.59

7. Cikampek Barat 1.94 c. Karawang 1. Tanjungpura 8.05
8. Cikampek Timur 1.18 2. Karangpawitan 6.66
9. Sarimulya 1.45 3. Adiarsa 4.32

10. Jomin Barat 1.84 4. Karawangwetan 3.20
Source : Sub District in numbers of each area, 1988 and 2002

Notes : 1) = old data
tad = data are not available
Table 3W Population, Sex Ratio and Density of Villages Along the Route
District/Sub District/Village Male Female Population HH Sex Ratio Density
Zone 1
I District of East Jakarta

1. Sub District of Cakung
Village of Jatinegara 23,597 15,758 39,355 9,998 150 59.629
Village of Penggilingan 25,217 18,015 43,232 9,998 140 96.285
Village of Pulo Gebang 24,138 21,164 45,302 9,998 114 66.038
Village of Ujung Menteng 7,346 6,359 13,705 4,947 115 35.141
Village of East Cakung 13,323 11,576 24,899 6,929 115 25.381
Village of West Cakung 17,038 10,156 27,194 9,998 153 43.932
Village of Rawa Terate 9,505 6,198 15,703 4,081 153 38.394
3 - 52
II District of North Jakarta

1. Sub District of Cilincing
Village of Sukapura 13,275 12813 26,088 6,501 103 46.503
Village of Rorotan 13,738 13,021 26,759 6,649 105 25.149
Village of Marunda 6,957 6,664 13,621 3,493 104 17.198
Village of Cilincing 16,982 16,517 33,499 9,998 103 40.311
Village of East Semper 15,158 13,701 28,859 7,434 110 91.326
Village of West Semper 30,345 31,840 62,185 9,998 95 140.056
Village of Kali Baru 23,192 24,042 47,234 9,998 96 191.231
2. Sub District of Tanjung Priok
Village of Sunter Agung 17,924 16,418 34,342 8,299 109 336.686
Village of Sunter Jaya 29,680 27,448 57,128 9,998 108 122.068
Village of Papango 13,199 14,910 28,109 7,970 88 100.389
Village of Warakas 25,631 24,633 50,264 9,998 104 461.138
Village of Sungai Bambu 15,043 14,483 29,526 5,180 103 125.110
Village of Kebon Bawang 31,875 27,729 59,604 9,998 114 342.552
Village of Tanjung Priuk 12,806 13,933 26,739 6,714 86 47.834
3. Sub District of Koja
Village of Rawabadak Selatan 17,924 16,418 34,342 8,299 109 336.686
Village of Tugu Selatan 8,621 8,013 16,634 4,355 107 88.952
Village of Tugu Utara 23,831 23,230 47,061 9,998 102 198.570
Village of Lagoa 29,555 28,631 58,186 9,998 103 368.266
Village of Rawabadak Utara 22,010 16,481 38,491 9,404 133 289.406
Village of Koja 15,772 16,881 32,653 9,012 93 99.552
III District of Bekasi
1. Sub District of Cibitung
Village of Cibuntu 8,490 8,203 16,693 2,371 103 29.809
Village of Wanasari 27,418 29,849 57,267 9,998 92 99.942
Village of Wanajaya 4,452 4,461 89,13 2,516 99 19.895
Village of Sukajaya 3,238 3,289 6,527 1,703 98 9.756
Village of Kertamukti 4,231 3,981 8,212 2,198 106 11.731
Village of Muktiwari 2,802 2,747 5,549 1,465 102 10.671
Village of Sarimukti 1,711 1,643 3,354 848 104 6.988
2. Sub District of South Tambun
Village of Jatimulya 22503 21172 43675 9998 106 77.028
Village of Lambangsari 3,469 3,471 6,940 2,066 100 19.014
Village of LambangJaya 2,327 2,353 4,680 1,269 99 18.281
Village of Tambun 6,749 6,359 13,108 4,029 106 33.018
Village of Setiadarma 4,827 4,770 9,597 1,973 101 59.609
Village of SetiaMekar 17,805 18,828 36,633 9,698 94 100.364
Village of Mekarsari 9,956 9,749 19,705 6,693 102 95.193
Village of Tridayasakti 9,033 9,530 18,563 3,361 95 100.341
Village of Sumberjaya 11,414 11,393 22,807 9,998 100 37.823
Village of Mangunjaya 14,601 13,888 28,489 9,998 105 81.165
3. Sub District of Tambun Utara
Village of Karangsatria 4,534 4,255 8,789 1,656 106 23.251
Village of Satriajaya 3,510 3,231 6,741 2,925 109 22.321
Village of Satriamekar 2,714 2,764 5,478 1,212 98 12.622
Village of Jalenjaya 3,782 3,706 7,488 2,027 102 24.96
Village of Srimahi 3,495 3,542 7,037 1,811 98 15.398
Village of Srijaya 3,964 3,021 5,985 1,620 98 14.633
3 - 53
Village of Srimukti 3,912 3,786 7,698 1,045 101 24.438

Village of Sriamur 6,596 6,489 13,085 1,919 105 31.683
4. Sub District of Bantar Gebang
Village of Ciketing Udik 3,123 2,951 6,074 3,470 105 12.523
Village of Sumur Batu 3,091 2,937 6,028 1,390 105 10.594
Village of Cikiwul 3,803 3,509 7,312 3,997 108 13.928
Village of Bantar Gebang 6,992 6,324 13,316 5,917 110 31.780
Village of Padurenan 6,619 7,655 14,274 4,763 86 21.053
Village of Cimuning 3,392 3,139 6,531 3,462 108 13.036
Village of Mustika Jaya 6,474 6,537 13,011 7,157 99 13.975
Village of Mustika Sari 4,705 4,726 9,431 3,695 99.5 18.834
5. Sub District of East Bekasi
Village of Marhagayu 22,392 22,292 44,684 9,998 100 101.324
Villag e of Bekasi Jaya 21,693 21,627 43,320 9,998 100 123.771
Village of Duren Jaya 26,034 26,048 52,082 9,998 100 215.215
Village of Aren Jaya 26,460 24,258 50,718 9,998 109 209.579
Zone 2
I District of Tangerang
1. Sub District of Balaraja
1)
Village of Sentul 4,803 4,986 9,789 tad 96 tad
1)
Village of Gembong 4,135 4,157 8,310 1,666 99 2,136
1)
Village of Cengkudu 3,229 3,334 6,563 1,320 97 1,563
2. Sub District of Jayanti
Village of Sumurbandung tad tad 5,832 1,568 tad tad
Village of Jayanti tad tad 6,951 1,698 tad 2,422
II District of Serang
1. Sub District of Cikande
Village of Cikande 6,295 6,998 13,293 3,356 90 1,687
Village of Julang 3,826 3,969 7,795 1,857 96 1,465
Village of Parigi 3,427 3,499 6,926 1,916 98 935
2. Sub District of Kibin
Village of Tambak 6,338 19,061 25,399 4,898 33 12,421
Village of Sukamaju 2,780 2,129 4,009 1,207 130 1,453
Village of Kibin 3,395 4,271 7,666 2,538 79 1,791
Village of Ciagel 2,229 1,994 4,223 1,212 112 1,983
3. Sub District of Kopo
1)
Village of Gabus 2,008 1,998 4,006 729 101 1,396
1)
Village of Nanggung 2,147 2,011 4,158 874 107 541
4. Sub District of Jawilan
Village of Parakan 2,987 3,368 6,355 1,023 89 1,780
Village of Jawilan 3,365 3,475 6,840 1,821 97 1,994
Village of Kareo 2,294 2,124 4,425 857 108 2,418
Village of Majasari 2,562 2,517 5,079 1,055 102 1,739
Village of Pasirbuyut 2,295 2,255 4,547 997 102 596
Village of Junti 2,757 2,676 5,453 1,386 103 1,301
Village of Cemplang tad tad tad tad tad tad
5. Sub District of Kragilan
Village of Kragilan 4,402 4,825 9,227 1,823 91 2,487
Village of Sentul 3,183 3,251 6,434 1,531 98 1,797
3 - 54
6. Sub District of Walantaka

Village of Kalodran 1,427 1,537 2,964 tad 93 926
Village of Kaserangan 1,363 1,439 2,802 453 95 774
7. Sub District of Ciruas
Village of Citeureup tad tad tad tad tad tad
8. Sub District of Cipocok Jaya
Village of Panancangan 4,065 4,426 8,491 tad 92 2,166
9. Sub District of Serang
Village of Cipare 12,140 12,067 24,207 5,019 101 11,582
Village of Lontarbaru 4,232 4,221 8,453 1,984 100 9,498
Village of Sumurpeucung 9,616 10,184 19,800 4,020 94 10,879
Village of Kotabaru 4,131 4,650 8,781 1,705 89 10,841
10. Sub District of Taktakan
Village of Drangong 5,148 5,232 10,380 2,025 98 2,431
Village of Tamanbaru 3,494 2,513 6,007 1,524 139 1,793
11. Sub District of Kramatwatu
Village of Pelamunan 3,202 3,008 6,210 1,203 106 1,665
1)
Village of Pejaten 2,661 2,512 5,123 1,098 104 1,534
Village of Wanayasa 1,873 1,869 3,742 625 100 2,772
Village of Kramatwatu 4,525 4,255 8,780 2,086 106 5,226
Village of Toyomerto 1,333 1,561 2,894 671 85 1,346
Village of Serdang 2,134 1,882 4,016 958 113 1,419
12. Sub District of Puloampel
1)
Village of Salira 1,588 1,522 3,110 734 104 823
1)
Village of Puloampel 968 943 1911 469 103 449
1)
Village of Mangunreja 1,314 1,378 2,592 660 95 410
1)
Village of Margasari 1,347 1,356 2,703 649 99 667
Village of Samuranja tad tad tad tad tad tad
1)
Village of Argawana 2,574 2,556 5,130 1,116 101 894
13. Sub District of Bojonegara
Village of Margagiri1) 2,450 2,472 4,922 928 99 1,431
Village of Bojonegara tad tad tad tad tad tad
Village of Karangkepuh tad tad tad tad tad tad
Village of Mangkunegara tad tad tad tad tad tad
14. Sub District of Cibeber
1)
Village of Kadaleman 3,047 3,059 6,106 2,561 100 1,464
1)
Village of Cibeber 1,084 1,189 2,273 565 91 724
15. Sub District of Cilegon
Village of Ketileng 2,673 2,575 5,248 1,371 104 4,686
Village of Jombangwetan 9,304 8,816 18,120 4,617 106 13,130
16. Sub District of Jombang
Village of Masigit 5,957 5,546 11,503 2,901 107 7,280
17. Sub District of Pulomerak
1)
Village of Mekarsari 4,429 4,486 8,915 3,011 99 1,885
Village of Lebakgede 5,197 5,965 10,162 2,345 100 1,512
Village of Tamansari 6,727 5,387 12,114 2,522 125 3,649
Village of Suralaya 2,846 2,644 5,490 1,412 108 1,619
18. Sub District of Purwakarta
Village of Ramanuju tad tad tad tad tad tad
1)
Village of Kotabumi 4,483 4,195 8,678 2,659 107 2,773
Village of Kebondalem1) 4,902 4,514 9,416 2,038 109 6,631
3 - 55
19. Sub District of grogol

Village of Raw aarum 1) 5,273 4,886 10,159 1,879 108 2,425
Village of Gerogol tad tad tad tad tad tad
Village of Gerem1) 1,698 4,456 9,154 3,009 38 761
20. Sub District of Citangkil
1)
Village of Warnasari 1,557 1,394 2,951 816 112 624
1)
Village of Samangr aya 3,508 3,308 6,816 1,673 106 2,150
21. Sub District of Ciwandan
1)
Village of Kubangsari 1,954 1,787 3,741 917 109 1,207
Village of Tegalratu 3,291 3,345 6,636 1,268 98 1,418
Village of Kepuh 2,762 2,583 5,345 1,140 107 742
Village of Randakari 2,763 2,603 5,366 1,026 106 1,075
Gunung Sugih 2,878 2,708 5,586 1,415 106 912
Zone 3
1. Sub District of Cipeundeuy
Village of Cipeundeuy 3,480 3,731 7,211 1,579 93 382
Village of Wantilan 3,592 3,573 7,165 1,890 101 628
1. Sub District of Cibatu
Village of Ciparungsari 1,188 1,140 2,328 954 104 656
Village of Cipinang 1,580 1,615 3,195 586 98 tad
Village of Karyamekar 1,187 1,139 2,326 594 104 614
Village of Cibatu 1,180 1,176 2,356 620 100 585
Village of Cilandak 1,770 1,687 3,457 942 105 644
2. Sub District of Campaka
Village of Campakasari 1,557 1,546 3,103 815 101 1,116
Village of Campaka 999 1,578 2,577 538 63 1,177
Village of Cikumpay 2,106 2,107 4,213 1,004 100 472
Village of Cijaya 1,273 1,285 2,558 712 99 898
3. Sub District of Bungursari
Village of Cikopo 1,937 1,974 3,911 1,117 98 556
Village of Wanakerta 985 1,042 2,027 637 95 562
Village of Cibungur 1,219 1,237 2,456 571 99 472
Village of Bungursari 1,124 1,177 2,301 716 96 762
Village of Cibening 2,093 2,128 4,225 1,381 98 976
Village of Ciwangi 2,270 2,330 4,600 1,050 97 3,566
Village of Ciseureuh 12,159 12,730 24,889 6,618 96 6,398
Village of Negerikaler 9,874 9,907 19,781 4,556 100 10,989
Village of Cipaisan 4,226 4,680 8,906 1,885 90 5,746
Village of Sindangkasih 7,638 7590 12,228 3,354 101 7,193
5. Sub District of Jatiluhur
Village of Bunder 3,667 4,025 7,692 1,171 91 2,155
Village of Kembangkuning 3,506 3,539 7,045 2,128 99 1,312
1. Sub District of Cikampek
Village of Mekarjaya 2,036 2,074 4,110 1,014 98 1, 545
Village of Tamel ang 1,772 1,855 3,627 898 96 2,325
Village of Purwasari 4,772 7,398 12,170 1,744 65 3,487
3 - 56
Village of Dawuan Barat 4,325 4,313 8,638 1,682 100 2,683

Village of Dawuan Timur 3,044 3,128 6,172 1,706 97 2,204
Village of Cikampek Kota 3,618 3,662 7,280 1,667 99 7,505
Village of Cikampek Barat 4,716 4,637 9,353 1,803 102 4,821
Village of Cikampek Timur 4,998 5,000 9,998 2,094 100 8,473
Village of Sarimulya 5,036 5,143 10,179 226 98 4,484
Village of Jomin Barat 3,475 3,343 6,818 1,584 104 3,705
2. Sub District of Klari
Village of Warungbambu 5,069 4,348 9,417 2,450 117 5,742
Village of Kondangjaya 2,644 2,563 5,207 1,375 103 2,134
Village of Gintungkerta 6,797 6,352 13,149 4,482 107 3,050
Village of Pancawati 4,228 4,555 8,783 2,652 93 2,324
Village of Cibalongsari 4,689 4,633 9,322 2,631 101 2,597
Village of Duren 9,761 9,479 19,240 5,338 103 8,017
3. Sub District of Karawang
Village of Tanjungpura 12,025 12,380 24,405 5,241 97 3,032
Village of Karangpawitan 8,622 8,522 17,144 2,336 101 2,574
Village of Karawang Wetan 10,673 11,203 21,876 4,311 95 6,836
Village of Adiarsa 10,644 10,493 21,157 4,526 102 6,490

Keterangan : 1) = previous data
tad = no data available
Table 3X Occupations in the Project Area

District /Sub District Farmer Handicraft Industry Service/Trader
Zone 2
I. District of Tangerang
1. Sub District of Balaraja** 10,846 465 7,258 8,204
2. Sub District of Jayanti** 10,625 tad 2,550 3,913
II. District of Serang
1. Sub District of Cikande** 18,411 275 40,300 1,713
2. Sub District of Kibin** 7,231 437 2,910 1,437
3. Sub District of Kopo tad tad tad tad
4. Sub District of Jawilan* 5,154 147 7,195 2,661
5. Sub District of Kragilan* 3,906 819 2,079 1,823
6. Sub District of Walantaka* 1,315 53 273 364
7. Sub District of Ciruas tad tad tad tad
8. Sub District of Cipocok Jaya* 455 0.00 901 180
9. Sub District of Serang* 429 287 5,472 7,866
10. Sub District of Taktakan* 2,424 137 2,646 2,472
11. Sub District of Kramatwatu* 7,595 84 4,335 3,132
12. Sub District of Puloampel tad tad tad tad
13. Sub District of Bojonegara** 5,7501) 3081) 6501) 3,3201)
III. Town of Cilegon
1. Sub District of Cibeber tad tad tad tad
1) 1) 1) 1)
2. Sub District of Cilegon** 2,554 2,567 4,051 3,030
2)
3. Sub District of Jombang
3 - 57
4. Sub District of Pulomerak tad tad tad tad

3)
6. Sub District of Grogol 3)
7. Sub District of Citangkil 4)
1) 1) 1)
8. Sub District of Ciwandan** 1,904 0 6,903 2,056
Zone 3
1. Sub District ofCipeundeuy* 8,723 61 326 1,012
1. Sub District of Cibatu** 4,213 86 211 601
2. Sub District of Campak a* 2,983 0 2,325 911
3. Sub District of Bungursari* 9,895 193 2,316 4,911
4. Sub District of Purwakarta** 8,918 75 1,099 16,433
5. Sub District of Jatiluhur* 236 109 4,361 447
1) 1) 1) 1)
1. Sub District of Cikampek* 1,764 87 175 1,335
1) 1) 1) 1)
2. Sub District of Klari* 3,363 152 4,462 6,357
3. Sub District of Karawang* 1,8771) 25 1) 01) 51)
Notes : * = data of the villages that will be cross through 1) = previous data
by the pipeline 2) = previous data (still joined with Jombang
** = data of whole sub district area Sub District)
tad = no data available 3) = previous data (still joined with Pulo
Merak Sub District)
4) = previous data (still joined with Ciwandan
Sub District)
Table 3Xa Markets along the Routes Zone 2
Traditional Markets Number of people

Zone 2
1. Gembong 240
2. Jayanti 120
3. Majasari 30
4. Tambak 76
5. Kragilan 65
6. Ciruas 80
7. Kalodran 36
8. Cigading 36
9. Merak 82
10. Puloampel 24
11. Bojonegara 40
3 - 58
Table 3Xb Markets Along the Routes Zone 3

Zone 3
1. Johar Karawang 38
2. Kosambi 36
3. Cikampek 68
4. Cipeundeuy 24
Source : Analysed data and field observations, 2002
Table 3Y Road Classes and Lengths along the Project Routes

No. Pipeline segment Road class Length (km)
Zone 1
1. Cakung - Cilincing Provincial Road 10.5
2. Kedep - Bekasi Provincial Road 44.0
Zone 2
1. Balaraja Cikande Serang Cilegon Merak National Road 66.8
2. Cikande Kopo District Road 15.9
3. Merak Bojonegara District Road 28.3
4 Cilegon Ciwandan Provincial Road 14.6
No. Pipeline segment Road class Length (km)
Zone 3
1 Cipeundeuy Sadang Provincial Road 16.2
2. Purwakarta Sadang Cikampek Provincial Road 21.0
3. Purwakarta Jatiluhur (PT Indorama) District Road 5.0
4. Cikampek Tanjung Pura National Road 26.3
Source: Districts in numbers 1997 and field observations
Table 3Z Width of Road and Shoulder and Traffic Frequency at Selected Sites
Locations Road Shoulder Traffic frequency per hour
Width (m) Width (m) (peak) off -peak
Zone 2
Sentul Balaraja 8 3 (568/680) 427/459
Cikande Cikande 8 3 (572/532) 482/359
Pasirbuyut Jawilan 7 3 (187/156) 103/86
Serang Serang 16 3 (348/648) 654/571
Jombangwetan Cilegon 8 2-3 (1553/1630) 1296/936
Mekarsari Merak 7 2 (544/648) 94/75
Zone 3
Karawangwetan Karawang 12 2-3 (1098/912) 684/664
Warungbambu Klari 8 4 (934/812) 477/515
Cikampek Kota Cikampek 8 3 (794/924) 540/198
Ciwangi Bungursari 8 2-3 (856/932) 368/345
Mulyamekar Purwakarta 10 2-3 (696/812) 574/653
Cibinong Jatiluhur 8 2 142/125
Source : Field Observation 1988 and 2002
3 - 59
Photo 3F Traffic in Cilegon
Photo 3G Traffic in Karawang
3 - 60
Photo 3H Traffic in Serang
3.7.5 Community Perceptions toward the Proposed Project
Informal interviews of local people on the roadside in various sites along the project route were conducted
during the updating of this assessment. The survey suggests general public concerns about public works and
infrastructure development projects. Local announcement of the project has been issued through newspaper,
poster, radio, local governments and community representatives.
Some 21% of respondents readily favored such a project, since they think that it will be good for local
development. About 12% felt such a project would create too many negative impacts and the other two
thirds (67%) was neutral toward such a project. Respondents strongly suggested that construction work
should be performed as fast as possible, so as to minimize disturbance on traffic. They also expressed
concern that, during the dry season, construction should be done carefully to reduce dust impacts, and during
the rainy season, to not contribute to muddy road conditions. From intensive socialization, community
anxiety by means of gas leakage (28%), explosion and fire (52%) and indecent odor (30%) not need to
appear.
3 - 61
E XPANSION OF W EST JAVA G AS DISTRIBUTION - D OMESTIC GAS M ARKET DEVELOP MENT PROJECT
CHAPTER 4
LIKELY IMPACTS OF THE PROJECT
4.1 Background on the Project EIA

4.2 Positive Impacts
4.3 Negative Impacts
4.4 Operational Safety
4.1 Background on the Project EIA
Table 4A Safeguard Policies Triggered
Environmental Assessment (OP/BP/GP 4.01) [X] []

Natural Habitats (OP/BP 4.04) [] [X]
Pest Management (OP 4.09) [] [X]
Cultural Property (draft OP 4.11 - OPN 11.03-) [] [X]
Involuntary Resettlement (OP/BP 4.12) [] [X]
Indigenous Peoples (OD 4.20) [] [X]
Forests (OP/BP 4.36) [] [X]
Safety of Dams (OP/BP 4.37) [] [X]
Projects in Disputed Areas (OP/BP /GP 7.60) * [] [X]
Projects on International Waterways
[] [X]
(OP/BP /GP 7.50)
Source: World Bank Integrated Safeguard Data Sheet (September 2004)
As will be seen from this EIA report, the Expansion of West Java Gas Distribution component of the
Domestic Gas Market Development Project is not anticipated to have any significant impact on
natural habitats, forests or protected or sensitive areas, indigenous peoples, or cultural property.
Furthermore, there will be no involuntary resettlement under the project. The two generic Safeguards,
for Environmental Assessment and for Disclosure of Operational Information, however, apply to all Bank
projects. This EIA is intended to fulfill those requirements.
* By supporting the proposed project, the Bank does not intend to prejudice the final determination of the parties' claims on the
disputed areas
4-1
4.2 Positive Impacts

The project will provide important positive environmental benefits. Natural gas is the cleanest of fossil
fuels, producing considerably lower amounts of particulates or oxides of carbon, nitrogen, and sulfur, and
other emissions per unit of energy provided than other fossil fuels. Most of the customers targeted for this
new gas supply are currently using other fossil fuels. So ambient air quality should improve, and in some
cases the air quality within factories is likely to be improved, with direct health benefits for the workers. In
addition, Indonesias contributions to the global problem of greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced.
Table 4B. General Composition of Indonesian Natural Gas
Composition Chemical symbol Unit

Nitrogen N2 0.006
Carbodioxide CO2 1.12%
Methane C1 92.41%
Ethane C2 1.94%
Propane C3 1.11%
Normal Butane N-C4H10 0.08%
Hexane 1-C4H10 0.04%
Trace C6H12 3.18%
Specific gravity - 0.6
Gross Heating Value - 8.936 Kcal/nm3
Source : PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara (Persero), 1996
Converting to natural gas also reduces other environmental problems associated with production,
transportation, and use of other fossil fuels. Once the distribution pipelines are constructed and operating,
transport of fuel to the user is made safer and cleaner. All other petroleum and coal fuels must be
transported by vehicles between fuel sellers and industrial users. For the area of the West Java gas
distribution expansion, permanently reducing this traffic would far exceed the temporary construction traffic
that will be created during the installation of the distribution piping.
A detailed quantification of these benefits which are environmental, social, and economic is beyond the
scope of this assessment. PGN needs to develop the capacity to quantify these benefits itself, and a
component for doing so is included in the EMPs institutional strengthening plan presented in Chapter 6.
Positive social benefits will include both the overall lower prices paid for fuels by consumers in West Java
which will be substantially less -- and the temporary but significant job opportunities created during the
pipelines construction. Employment impacts will include: opportunities for unskilled labor during the
construction of the pipeline and increased purchases by workers from informal-sector vendors; and short-
and long-term benefits to the regional economy as a result of the gas distribution project.
Each kilometer of construction, will need approximately 4,414 man-days of employment:

3 supervisors x for 10 days ;
30 workers for stringing x 7 days;
48 workers for welding x 3 days;
30 workers for X- ray (for 1 day); and
400 workers for digging/rehabilitation (for 10 days)
4-2
Most of the unskilled workers will be hired locally, and will include seasonal workers, who also maintain
agricultural livelihoods for much of the year. Construction of the complete system will take about 1.3 years
in zone 1, 3 years in Zone 2 and 1. 5 years in Zone 3, and most of these jobs would last for the duration.
In addition to the increase of job opportunity, this activity will also increase business for local entrepreneurs
who provide food and housing for the workers.
Following construction, PGN will recruit several maintenance and operational staff from within the region.
Assuming that each 15 km of pipeline needs 2 persons, this will result in a total of 36 persons needed for the
whole route. Usually these positions are filled by local residents, since they know and reside in the area.
Table 4C Likely Positive Impacts of the West Java Gas Distribution Expansion
Reductions in traffic of lorries and other vehicles delivering fuels to industries and other
Traffic
Soil Erosion Construction is likely to help to stabilize drainages in some locations.
Reductions in regional air emissions for all pollutants and greenhouse gases.
Improved air quality within factories that convert to natural gas.
Reduced dust and emissions from fuel delivery vehicles.
Air and Noise
Pollution Reductions in noise from traffic of lorries and other vehicles delivering fuels to industries and
other customers throughout the region.
There will be modest reductions in water use by fuel delivery vehicles and in maintenance of
Water Pollution
industrial combustion equipment.
Creation of short-term employment for local unskilled laborers during the construction and
temporary Increase in cash flow to the local economy, particularly the informal sector, due to
expenditures from construction workers.
Socioeconomic
Some modest long-term employment opportunities.
General reductions in fuel prices, improved industrial efficiency, and improved competitiveness
of industry in the region, with on-going stimulation of business opportunity and development.
4.3 Negative Impacts

There will also be some negative impacts from activities funded under the project. Many of these will be
very minor, and very difficult to quantify. Proper construction and operation practices will nevertheless help
to mitigate them. Others are significant in the sense that they can be quantified, monitored, and
conscientiously mitigated. But none of the impacts identified and addressed in this assessment are
likely to be major, sustained, or irreversible. Most of these impacts will occur during the construction
phase only. All can be mitigated to some extent through good environmental planning and practices. For all
practical purposes, the construction required for the project will be comparable to laying small municipal
water supply pipes along a main road.
The route of the pipelines will be mainly through industrial and urban areas, all alongside of existing roads.
The main potential environmental impacts of the project are nuisance and physical disturbance during
construction and the (small) risk of gas leaks and fires during operation.
While any underground piping project that extends over a significant geographic area will temporarily
disrupt or disturb the environment and the lives of people in the vicinity of actual construction, and any
activity involving use of natural gas poses risks, PGN has well-demonstrated capacity and experience, with
standard operating procedures and management practices in place, to reduce these impacts and risks to a
very low level.
4-3
Table 4L Likely Negative Impacts of th e West Java Gas Distribution Expansion
The working width of pipeline in urban areas is 10 meters, but temporary disruption of access
from street to markets, businesses, factories, restaurants, residences will occur.
Traffic Also, temporary increases in traffic for delivery of materials, and slow down of traffic in work
areas will occur. At crossing points, there may also be some temporary interference with roads
and railways.
Disturbance to There is some risk during construction to existing underground utility infrastructure, such as
underground water supply and cables.
infrastructure
There is likely to be some storage, spillage, and erosion of excavated soil on private land
adjacent to the route.
Soil Erosion
Potential release of hydrostatic testing w ater and waste solids generated during construction
on private land adjacent to the route.
Construction will produce fugitive dust from topsoil removal, trench excavation and backfilling,
and from storage of excavated soil adjacent to the excavated pipeline trench.
During Operation, there will be emissions from generators and infrequent release of natural
gas (predominantly methane [CH4 ]) from offtake stations
The odorizing plants will be in isolated locations, so Injection of THT (tetrahydrothiophene) to
Air and Noise the gas is unlikely to cause any nuisance.
Pollution
Noise from construction vehicles and equipment, materials loading and offloading, pipe
cutting and welding, pipe stringing, etc. -- may cause nuisance wherever the pipeline passes
near to homes and businesses.
Rain and other of water from trenches may become contaminated with lubricants from vehicles
and equipment that eventually flows into public drainage ways or directly to waterways.
Water Pollution
Water from pigging and hydrostatic testing is likely to be released to storm water drains in
urban areas, or directly into waterways.
Vegetation removal during site leveling and preparation
Solid Waste Removal of concrete surfaces in urban and industrial areas
Release of hydrostatic testing water may contain spent welding rods, mill cuttings, stones, and
rubble.
Businesses are likely to suffer temporarily due to physical obstruction caused by construction
activities.
Socioeconomic
Increased risk of pedestrian injury from traffic accidents during construction due to physical
obstruction or removal of walkways.
4-4
4.3.1 Traffic Flows
Construction practice for the pipeline requires that no more than a 100 m section of trenching will be open at
one time, and that each section must be refilled within 24 hours. During this period, access to markets,
shops, factories, places of worship and public gathering, and homes will be affected for at least a few hours,
sometimes for a day, and very rarely overnight. Wherever a driveway access is af fected, the contractor will
put in place a steel plate as a temporary bridge. Such bridges are easily installed, removed, and used again.
Along urban streets, there commonly is a drainage ditch between a roadway and the business enterprise, over
which a simple bridge or platform is always used anyway.
In Zone 2, each kilometer of roadway passes 2460 houses, 515 small businesses (such as auto repair
shops), 612 small restaurants, and 1425 small stores or shops. In Zone 3, there are 30119 houses/km, 11
20 restaurants/km, 615 small shops/km, and 923 stores/km. Even though it will be very temporary, the
actual period of construction will disturb the daily activities of these people, resulting in some cases in loss
of business and income for the day.
In Zone 2, there are ten markets with a total of about 800 sellers. The largest market is at Pasar Gembong,
with about 240 sellers. In Zone 3, a total of 142 sellers at the Pasar Johar, Karawang, Pasar Kosambi and
Pasar Cikampek markets will be affected. Again, these disruptions are for, at most, measurable in hours.
During the final planning and preparation stages, local governments and people will be informed, and PGN
will use well established procedures for compensation arranged in accord with local ordinances and
conditions.
Photo 4A Local Market that Would Be Temporarily Disrupted by Pipeline Construction
4-5
Table 4D Numbers of Affected People (owners of businesses) in the Markets along the
Proposed Routes.
Site of market Businessmen Average turnover Frequency of market
affected (Rp.) day
Zone 2
1. Gembong 240 50,000 150,000 Every day
2. Jayanti 120 100,000 200,000 Tuesday-Friday
3. Tambak 76 100,000 250,000 Wednesday-Sunday
4. Kragilan 65 50,000 300,000 Monday-Thursday
5. Ciruas 80 100,000 300,000 Every day
6. Kalodran 36 50,000 250,000 Tuesday-Saturday
7. Cigading 36 150,000 250,000 Every day
8. Merak 82 100,000 300,000 Every day
9. Puloampel 24 40,000 150,000 Every day
10. Bojonegar a 40 100,000 300,000 Every day
Zone 3
1. Johar 38 100,000 350,000 Every day
2. Kosambi 36 50,000 200,000 Every day
3. Cikampek 68 50,000 300,000 Every day
Source: field survey, 2002
Photo 4B Typical Business Area that Would Be Tempora rily Disrupted
4-6
Photo 4C Gembong Market, Balaraja Subdistrict, Tangerang Regency, Banten Province
Space for pipe

construction
Gembong market is the largest market on the pipeline route in Zone 2. It is open daily in the morning from
about 5am-1pm. T he space needed for pipe construction is indicated in the photo above. Excavation and
installation of the line should not directly affect the market structures. Many markets are open only several
days each week. For example, Jayanti market, pictured below, is open Tuesdays and Fridays. During the
rest of the week, as indicated in the photo, sellers tables are stored.
Photo 4D Jayanti market, Jayanti Subdistrict, Tangerang regency, Banten Province
4-7
Table 4E Sites of Likely Disturbance to Accessibility along the Route in Zone 2

Km - Sites of accessibility disturbance
Balaraja Simpang Asem 1 0.0 Access road to PT. Doulton Fortuna

2 0.2 Access road to Local settlements
Kopo
4 0.95 Gembong market

5 4.6 Access road to PT Tetsu Sarana Persada
6 5.1 Jayanti market
7 5.7 Access road to Taman Cikande Housing Estate
8 14.5 Majasari market
1 0.0 Simpang Asem

2 1.1 Access road to SPBU
Simpang Asem
Cilegon - Anyer
3 2.6 Access road to PT. Langgeng Sahabat

4 4.6 Access road to Industrial estate

2 8.6 Access road to traditional market
5 12.6 Access road to Kragilan market
Simpang Asem Cilegon - Ciwandan
6 13.4 Access road to PT. Sinar Mas Group

7 14.6 Access road to Container warehouse
8 15.2 Access road to PT. Cablex Sentausa
9 16.4 Access road to PT. Colon Ina
10 18.9 Access road to Telkom Ciruas
11 20.0 Access road to Ciruas market
12 24.1 Access road to Serang Bus Terminal
13 28.0 Access road to Local settlements Serang
14 29.0 Access road to Local settlements Serang
15 30.0 Access road to Settlement and offices Serang
16 31.0 Access road to Settlement and stores Serang
17 36.5 Access road to Sub District office of Kramat Watu
18 45.5 Access road to Cilegon market
19 49.5 Access road to main gate of industrial estate
21 57.5 Access road to main gate of Pelindo II harbour
4-8
22 61.9 Access road to main gate of PT. Satya Raya Indah
1 0.5 2.7 Industrial Area of Krakatau Steel

3 5.9 Access road to PLN
4 6.3 Access road to Bakrie Group
5 11.1 Access road to Merak market
6 14.3 Small river
Cilegon - Bojonegara
7 15.3 Access road to recreat ional place

8 20.6 Acces road to village
9 21.6 Access road to Salira Indah Beach
10 27.3 Local settlements
14 30.2 Access road to sand mining site
15 30.7 Access road to PT. Gunanusa Utama
16 30.8 Access road to PT. Daya Listrik Pratama
Source: Field Surveys, December 2002
Table 4F Sites of Likely Disturbance to Accessibility along the Route in Zone 3

Km - Sites of accessibility disturbance
1 0.0 Access road to SPU Pasir Jadi Subang

Pasir Jadi - Sadang
2 0.7 Access road to Cemetery
3 2.7 Access road to Cipeundeuy market
4 9.7 Access road to PT. Nipsea Paint
5 11.9 Access road to restaurant
6 12.4 Access road to PT. Sanwa Ina
7 13.0 Access road to PT. Great River
8 15.1 Access road to Military Complex
9 15.6 Access road to Sadang Bus Terminal
1 0.6 Access road to settlement

2 2.3 Access road to settlement
Sadang - Jatiluhur

4 4.8 Access road to school
5 6.6 Access road to cemetery
6 7.8 Road junction
7 8.3 Access road to angkot Terminal
8 9.8 Access road to PT. Han seng
9 10.7 Access road to PT. Taroko
4-9
10 12.0 Access road to PT. Elegant

11 13.7 Access road to PT. Indo Rama
1 0.7 Access road to DLLAJR
3 1.3 Access road to Sepatu BATA factory
5 2.3 Access road to PT. Fan Fan
Sadang Tanjungpura - Karawang

8 4.4 Access road to PT. Sindang Warna
9 5.3 Access road to container Terminal
11 7.9 Access road to Bukit Indah Industrial Estate
12 8.4 Main tol gate Kopo highway Cikampek
13 8.8 Access road to Restaurant Boboko
14 11.0 Access road to Bina Marga
15 13.5 Access road to Cikampek Bus Terminal
16 16.5 Main gate of Kujang Fertilizer Plant Cikampek
17 24.1 Kosambi Market, Klari
18 24.7 Access road to SPBU Kosambi
19 28.2 Access road to Karawang Timur/Klari highway exit
20 34.2 Road junction to Teluk Jambe Karawang
21 34.4 Johar Market Karawang
22 35.2 Tuparev and Achmad Yani Street junctions
23 37.2 Ahmad Yani street junction Karawang
There will be impacts on traffic flows, especially in locations with narrow streets and wherever congestion is
the normal situation. Average width of the shoulders of national and provincial roads is 3 m both on the left
and right sides, while for district level roads the shoulder is typically between 2 to 3 m. Construction works
along the shoulder of the road will effectively narrow the road, resulting in disturbance. Similarly, wherever
there is a road crossing, even though it will be constructed underneath the road, construction work is likely
to slow traffic flow. Although only temporary and minor in seriousness, increased traffic congestion will
probably affect more people than any other impact of the construction.
Traffic frequency at some heavy traffic sites in Zone 2 ranged between 348 1630 vehicles traffic per hour,
while in Zone 3 ranges were between 696-1098 during busy hours. In the road section PurwakartaJatiluhur,
the traffic rate was 696/hour or 11.6 vehicles per minute, with a speed of 1 km/1.5 minute during normal
flows, and during peak hours at only 1 km/3 minutes.
Disturbance of road traffic is predicted to occur mostly along the small but heavy traffic roads such in the
road between PurwakartaJatiluhur and Merak-Bojonegara. In addition, traffic congestion will also occur in
market areas like at Gembo ng, Cikande and Merak markets (Zone 2) and at Johar, Karawang, and Kosambi
markets. (Zone 3).
There will also be some increase in traffic flows in the region during construction in order to deliver the
piping and other materials to the stock piles established along the route, and from the stock piles to the
(progressively moving) sites of installation.
4 - 10
Table 4G Predicted Changes in Traffic at Selected Sites
Left Right
Minute In Out Residual Minute In Out Residual
traffic traffic
Purwakarta Jatiluhur
1 12 10 2 4 34 10 24
8 59 10 49 12 80 10 70
16 106 10 96 20 126 10 116
24 152 10 142 28 152 10 142
Merak Market
1 9 7 2 4 32 10 22
8 46 10 36 12 77 10 43
16 82 82 10 20 120 10 110
24 118 10 108 28 162 10 152
Photo 4E Traffic Conditions in the Study Area.
4 - 11
4.3.2 Soil Erosion
Another likely occurrence will be temporary increases in soil runoff, for example due to heavy rain on
heaped soils freshly dug from the trench line. The eroding soil will be transported downhill, including into
the roadways. Muddy road conditions can be dangerous especially for motorcycles, and slow the movement
of cars, contributing to traffic congestion.
Conversely, during the dry season, these soils will, in the course of digging, be subject to wind and
movements that suspend fine particles into the air as dust.
A review of soils, slopes, and congestion suggests that areas most prone to such erosion and consequent
generation of mud or dust are along the Cakung Cilincing industrial park and between Bekasi Tambun
(zone 1); between Balaraja Cikande, in the town of Serang, between Serang Kramatwatu, in the town
of Cilegon, between Cilegon Ciwandan and between Cilegon Merak (zone 2); and between Cikampek
Sadang, between Sadang Cipeundeuy, in the town of Karawang, in the town of Cikampek, in the town
of Purwakarta, between Purwakarta Indorama Jatiluhur (zone 3)
Photos 4F and 4G Temporary Placement of Soil Removed During Pipeline Installation
After the pipe is installed, the trenches will be refilled with the original soil, which will then be compacted
by means of small compactors. If the compaction is not thorough, loose soil will be more susceptible to
erosion, especially during heavy rain.
4 - 12
Table 4H Estimated Soil Erosion Rates Following Installation Installation
Sites River H M a b c L LS C P K A T A/T
1 Cikampek - 27.64 1673.11 5.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 1.1 10.0 3.0 0.2 1.0 1.0 0.00026 1.325 2.292 0.01
2 Cikampek - 27.64 1673.11 6.0 1.0 2.5 2.5 0.7 10.0 3.0 0.2 1.0 1.0 0.00026 1.341 1.458 0.15
highway
3 Serang Cibanten 27.64 1673.11 52.2 1.0 2.5 2.5 1.3 10.0 3.0 0.2 1.0 1.0 0.00039 1.996 2.708 0.46
4 Cidurian Cidurian 27.64 1673.11 46.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 1.2 10.0 3.0 0.2 1.0 1.0 0.00036 1.844 2.500 0.09
5 Bojonegara Sea 27.64 1673.11 21.4 1.0 2.5 2.5 1.1 10.0 3.0 0.2 1.0 1.0 0.00030 1.539 2.292 0.29
6 Cempaka Cempaka 27.64 1673.11 21.9 1.0 2.5 2.5 1.2 10.0 3.0 0.2 1.0 1.0 0.00030 1.546 2.500 0.26
7 Ciherang Ciherang 27.64 1673.11 58.8 0.5 2.5 2.5 1.4 10.0 3.0 0.2 1.0 1.0 0.00042 2.138 2.917 0.14
8 ROW canal Canal 27.64 1673.11 43.4 0.5 2.5 2.5 1.5 10.0 3.0 0.2 1.0 1.0 0.00037 1.887 3.125 0.94
Notes:
H Monthly rainfall (cm) L Length of the slope (m)
R Rainfall factor (J/ha) S Land slope (%)
M Percentage of sand (%) C Vegetation factor
a Percentage of Organic (%) P Land processing factor
b Land structure class K Soil erodibility (ton.ha.hour/ah.mj.mm)
c Soil permeability class A Erosion rate (ton/ha/month)
BD Bulk density (g/cc) T Tolerable Erosion rate (ton/ha/month)
K Soil erodability (ton.ha.hour) A/T Ratio of erosion rate
Guidelines to contractors for construction are clear that PGN standard operating procedures (SOPs) are to
reinstate or restore all excavations to their original or better condition. Despite these efforts, there may be
instances, especially during rainy periods, where there is a temporary increase of soil erosion (compared to
present rates) during the post-installation period. Unsurprisingly, the review of the soil erosion rates at each
measurement site showed that the areas having the highest current erosion rates are generally located in
areas of steep slope and adjacent to rivers and waterways.
4.3.3 Disturbance to Other Underground Infrastructure
It may be anticipated that there will be possible incidents of accidental disturbance to existing underground
facilities -- telecommunication cables, electricity cables and water pipelines -- due to the construction. Since
every effort will be made in advance to check with local authorities and utilities, and virtually all digging for
the pipeline construction will be by hand, such incidents are likely to be very few, and should not be large or
severe. Again, the guidelines to contractors, as presented in Annex E, are very clear, and monitored by PGN.
4 - 13
Figure 4A Comparison between Initial, Installation and Post Installation Erosion Rates
Figure 4B Comparison of Tolerable vs. Likely Post-Installation Erosion Rates
4.3.4 Air and Noise Pollution
Noise will be generated during transportation, material loading and offloading, pipe cutting and welding,
pipe stringing, digging, etc. How ever, noise levels not expected to increase significantly above existing
streetside levels. The pipeline installation will not use motorized equipment, which would generate a high
level of noise. The main increase in noise levels will simply be from delivery by lorry of piping and
construction materials. Noise levels from construction are estimated at 70-85 dBA. Fifty m away from the
source, this level would drop to below 55 dBA.
4 - 14
In accord with the management of noise emission PGN has established procedures based on SOP Number
400 Environment Impact Prevention chapter 10 about Noise Handling. In operation phase, noise emission
from offtake stations is about 60 dB(A) measured 1 meter from noise source. To predict noise level in
particular point from stationary source shall be applied the equation below:
NL2 = NL1 20 log (d2/d1)

Where,
NL1 = Noise Level at distance d1 NL2 = Noise Level at distance d2
d1 = Distance at point 1 from noise source d2 = Distance at point 2 from noise source
From the equ ation above, shall be determined that at 3.16 meter away from the offtake station the noise level
will drop to 50 dB(A). The value shall meet the Standard of Noise Level as mentioned in Decree of
Environmental State Minister Number KEP -48/MENLH/11/1996, where the noise level for residential must
not exceed 55 dB(A).Considering each existing station occupies 500-750 m2 and there are no sensitive
receptors such as hospitals or schools within 200 meters of the boundary of the offtake stations sites, thus
accepted noise level in settlement area around the offstake station will be below 55 dB(A) or about 14dB(A).
Figure 4C Impact Zone of Dust and Noise Generated by Transport Vehicles
Calculations were made that increase of dust produced by the pipeline construction will not exceed the
maximum limit of the air quality standard of 260 g/m3. The dust was modeled to spread in a radius of less
than 50 meters away from the roadside.
4 - 15
4.3.5 Water
The volume of water that will be released during hydrostatic testing is small compared to the flow rates of
most rivers and waterways that the used waters would drain into.
Table 4I Estimated Increases in River Discharge Due to Hydrostatic Testing

River Discharge % of
Initial discharge Hydrostatic test increase
3
(m /second) discharge
3
(m /second)
Cidurian 2 0.01975 0.98
Cibanten 1.5 0.02438 1.63
Anyer Sea 0.00439 -
Bojonegara Sea 0.02940 -
Citarum canal 3.5 0.03173 0.91
Ciherang 4.0 0.00322 0.08
Cikao 3.0 0.01027 0.34
Water used in hydrostatic testing must be non-corrosive and without any additive chemical compounds.
Thus, the water used will be clean water that has passed the internal quality test conducted by PGN.
Discharge of water will be from each pipeline test segment. Those test segments are: (1) Zone 2, between
Balaraja to Anyer and Bojonegara (127 km) and; (2) Zone 3 between Karawang to Jatiluhur (75.9 km).
Release of hydrostatic test water will be performed gradually
Although the water used in hydrostatic testing is free of additive chemicals, it does contain suspended solids
and other debris. So the disposal of water from hydrostatic testing will influence the TSS value of the
recipient water bodies. Again, this impact is estimated to be small, and temporary.
Table 4J Test Segments and Water Volume Needed for Hydrostatic Testing in Zone 2
Segment Pipe Length Water Volume m 3 Recipient river
Diameter (m)
(inch)
1. Cakung Cilincing 12 10500 766.45 Cakung Canal
2. Kedep Banten 16 44000 5709.85 Cikungsit
3. Balaraja-Cikande 16 7300 946.45 Cidurian
4. Cikande Kopo 8 18600 602.87 Cidurian
5. Cikande Indah Kiat 16 14400 1866.97 Cidurian
6. Indah Kiat Serang 16 16700 2165.17 Cibanten
7. Serang Cilegon 16 15800 2048.49 Cibanten
8. Cilegon Anyer 10 15000 759.67 Anyer
9. Cilegon Bojonegara 16 39200 5082.33 Bojonegara
Total 19948.25
4 - 16
Table 4K Test Segments and Water Volume Needed for Hydrostatic Testing in Zone 3
Segment Diameter Length Water Volume m 3 Recipient river
(inch) (m)
1. Karawang S Makmur 16 20500 2657.85 ROW canal
2. ROW - Cikampek 16 21800 2826.39 ROW canal
3. Cikampek - Sadang 16 4300 557.50 Ciherang
4. Sadang - Cipeundeuy 16 15600 2022.56 Pasirjadi
5. Sadang - Purwakarta 16 8700 1127.96 Cikao
6. Purwakarta - Jatiluhur 16 5000 648.25 Cikao
Total 9840.53
Any increase in TSS has the potential to impact benthic communities. Increase of TSS in the water column
can inhibit the feeding mechanism of benthic organisms. However, since the magnitude of the increase of
TSS is predicted to be small and temporary, the additional contributions of the wastewaters from hydrostatic
testing from the project are projected to be insignificant. Most rivers in the project have strong flow, which
would rapidly move TSS downstream to settle in areas of slower current.
4.3.6 Solid Waste

Though it will be the responsibility of the construction contractor to minimize and dispose of the solid waste,
some of the possible impacts will be:
Vegetation removal during site leveling and preparation
Removal of concrete surfaces in urban and industrial areas
Release of hydrostatic testing water on land may contain spent welding rods, mill cutting, and
stones and rubble.
Excavation will remove soil, most of which is back-filled on site. Excess soil from excavation is generally
useful for local construction projects, and is valued by local homeowners or for maintaining nearby roads.
In accord with standard contract provisions for working along public roadways, excavated soils are placed
into a patch box, a standard woodybox measuring 4 m x 1.5 x 1 m. This eliminates most spillage of soil
onto roadways, and also makes it easy to quantify the amounts removed and amounts remaining for disposal
after backfilling. If the contractor is unable to recycle the soil to local construction projects, he is responsible
for obtaining permission from local authorities or private landowners for disposal as landfill.
Pigging cleans the inside of the pipes from debris. The process can yield wood pieces, metal shavings and
other non-toxic solid wastes related to pipeline transport and installation activities. The amount of waste
produced through pigging depends on the construction work performance. Ideally, there will be no waste
produced during pigging.
Another inevitable impact of construction is the solid organic waste generated by construction workers. This
should be absorbed within the local communitys normal waste collection and disposal system. When on-
site during the work day, workers will be discouraged from cooking their own food, and instead encouraged
to buy all foods from the nearest small restaurants, many of which will cater to them. Off-site meals will be
prepared and consumed primarily in the houses that comprise the construction camp that workers use.
Assuming that there will be 200 gr/day/person of such waste produced, total waste will be approximately
4 - 17
101.60 kg/day per Zone. This amount of waste is relatively low. Moreover, since the construction sites are
moving, the waste load will move with them, rather than concentrate on just one or two locations.
4.3.7 Socioeconomic
All workers will stay in a moving base camp, following the progress of construction. Normally, the base
camp will be located in the middle of a pipeline section, to minimize the movement of workers during
construction. Movement of workers will be arranged by the contractor. Base camps should be within an
hour drive of the construction sire. Also, project offices will be built at 3 sites, at Be kasi (Zone 1), at
Balaraja (Zone 2) and at Klari (Zone 3).
Each base camp will be used for 47 months. The impact on local people will be small, since contact
intensity between workers and local people will be low. Construction workers stay focused on their jobs, and
rests in between their shifts their camp. However, there may be some small cultural differences between
some of the workers or between workers and the community. Small incidents can grow into big problems,
such as if noise is generated by the workers. In order to avoid such conflicts, an administrative procedure
following local rules will be obeyed. All workers will also be registered with the local representative
government offices.
The construction workers will be released from employm ent when construction ends. Since the recruitment
of these workers is on a contract basis, they will have known that the work was of specific duration. For
many workers, the labor will be seasonal, and they will prefer to return to their homes for farming
livelihood.
4.4 Operational Safety

Natural gas is flammable and explosive, so the operation of any natural gas pipeline poses risks. Safety risks
can arise from:
1. pipeline damage, with resulting release of natural gas;
2. leakage through valves and flanges;
3. leakage through fittings and regulators; and
4. release of THT at the odorizing plant, including leakage from THT storage drums.
No serious operational failures have occurred to date on lines constructed and maintained by PGN. This
represents a substantial base of experience thirty years -- and demonstrates the soundness of construction
standards and practices that would be applied to the Expansion of West Java Gas Distribution component of
the Domestic Gas Market Development Project.
The pipeline will be designed to ASME B31.8 Class 4 standard consistent with densely populated urban
areas. The entire West Java gas distribution system is designed for compliance with the Indonesian Pipeline
Standards, which is the equivalent of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Code B31.8
Gas Transmission and Distribution Systems (1989 edition). PGN also uses the latest edition of the ASME
code, supplemented by specifications and standards from the Institute of Gas Engineers and British Gas. In
addition, PGN has established procedures and specifications covering construction, commissioning,
operation and maintenance. There are presently no statutory requirements in Indonesia for formal
quantitative risk assessments (QRA).
PGN carries out regular patrols of all its pipelines. An odorant (TNT), which PGN is already using, will be
injected into distribution system for detection of leaking gas. Risk mitigating measures are identified during
design where necessary to render risks as low as reasonably poss ible (ALARP). As a further base of
assurance for operational quality, PGN has ISO 9001 certification of its internal management systems.
4 - 18
By the end of 2001, PGNs distribution network totaled 2,576 km. Operational experience has been
excellent, with no accidents, fires, or serious leaks reported since 1999, and virtually no problems on any
lines constructed and operated by PGN during its 30+ year history.
Statistics for the period 1974-2004 are available, and have been summarized in Table 4M. Reportable
incidents are serious occurrences that require immediate notification to PGN headquarters. The following
scenarios are covered:
any occurrence caused by gas leading to loss of life or serious injury;
accidental injury or death of an employee while on duty;
any explosion or fire resulting in serious structural damage or major disruption to the public;
any interruption in supply or supply failure to more than 200 customers or to a single customer
taking more than 1.0 mmscfd; or
any other occurrence with serious public impact.
Most incidents have been from the low pressure distribution system within Jakarta reflecting the age of the
low pressure gas distribution system in this area. Gas leakages from the high pressure system are mainly
caused by external third party accidental damage.
4 - 19
Table: 4M PGN Pipeline Safety Incidents 1974 -2004

Description Operating Year Remedial Action
Pressure Constructed
1981 Jakarta MT Haryono Street
Mechanical excavator while clearing
rubbish excavated to an excessive 8 Bar 1978 Pipe replaced with new section.
depth without due care and punctured
an 8" steel pipeline. No persons injured
or property damaged
1984 Jakarta Cideng Timur Street
A bolted gland joint on the 8" pipeline The bolt joint rubber sealing ring was
suffered from leakage. The escaping 1 Bar 1900 replaced. This pipeline has since
gas was ignited by a street vendor been abandoned and replaced with
preparing food. new steel pipeline
1997 Cirebon Samadikun Street
During heavy rains and flooding a large
tree was uprooted and crashed into a 2 Bar 1992 Pipeline was temporarily abandoned
pipe bridge destroying the polyethylene until repairs to bridge were
transmission system. No persons completed.
injured or property damaged.
1988 Jakarta - Jend A Yani Street
The high pressure distribution pipeline The high pressure distribution
was punctured by a pile -driving 9 Bar 1983 pipeline was punctured Temporary
machine constructing a highway repair using a leak clamp was made
flyover. No persons injured or property immediately. A new 12" pipeline was
damaged. installed and commissioned and the
8 pipe abandoned.
1989 Jakarta Daan Mogot Street
Gas leakage from a flanged 8" valve
on the high pressure network was 9 Bar 1981 Flanged valve was replaced.
ignited by a passer-by dropping a lit Designs for high pressure networks
cigarette stub. The resulting fire closed now incorporate weld end valves.
a main thoroughfare. No one was
1982 Jakarta Gajah Madah Street/Hayam Waruk
galvanized iron street lamp
connection corroded, leaking gas. A 8m Bar 1959 Service disconnected from pipeline
pedestrian smoking close to the leak and plugged at main
site ignited the escaping gas. No one
1995 Jakarta Salembah Tengah Street
An old cast iron under slung bridge 2mBar 1960 The open pipe ends were stopped
crossing was removed by unknown with permanent end caps. The old
persons. The escaping gas was ignited cast iron and steel low pressure
by three young fishermen one of whom network supplied from the PGN
died as a result of burns received in the station in Anyer has since been
fire. abandoned.
1999 Jakarta
A PGN worker gas during routine After feinting, the worker was
valve assembly maintenance. hospitalized for observation, and
was then released.
4 - 20
CHAPTER 5
ASSESSMENT OF PROJECT
ALTERNATIVES
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Business As Usual
5.3 Small Diameter Pipeline Scenario
5.1 Introduction
This section of the EA reviews two viable alternatives to the proposed Domestic Gas Market
Development Project as follows: 1) business as usual alternative; and 2) small diameter
pipeline alternative. PGN also considered other alternatives for the expansion of its
distribution system taking into accounts: (a) the capability of the existing system; (b) the
locations and demand of the potential consumers (demand nodes); (c) the quantities and input
locations of gas supply to the system (supply nodes); and (d) severe constraints on the right of
way in highly urbanized areas. None of them are technical feasible or financially viable.
5.2 Business As Usual

Prior to engaging in this major investment program, PGN considered to continue a business as
usual approach entailing a less aggressive strategy of conversion to gas of small industries and
businesses and therefore a low growth of the Banten-West Java gas market. A decision not to
proceed with the Domestic Gas Market Development Project (i.e., the business as usual
alternative) would generate the following major socioeconomic and environmental impacts in
the project region:
5.2.1 Socioeconomic
Negative
q Less short-term employment opportunities for local unskilled laborers during the
construction and less contribution to the local economy due to less local expenditure
from the expansion of PGNs gas pipelines in the project region;
q Less long-term employment opportunities for local people;
q Indirect benefits of general reductions in fuel prices, improved industrial efficiency
and improved competitiveness of industry in the region, with on-going stimulation of
business opportunity and development will not be realized.
5 - 1
Positive
q Local businesses are likely to suffer less temporarily due to physical obstruction
caused by construction activities by the proposed project;
q Less risks of pedestrian injury from traffic accidents during construction due to
physical obstruction or removal of walkways.
5.2.2 Environmental
Negative
q Regional air emissions for all pollutants and greenhouse gases will increase because
of increasing consumption of oil and other dirty fossil fuels;
q More dust and other emissions from fuel delivery vehicles;
q More noise pollution from traffic of lorries and other vehicles delivering fuels to
industries and other customers throughout the region;
q More traffic of lorries and other vehicles delivering fuels to industrial and other
Positive
q Less temporary traffic disturbance caused by construction activities;
q Less construction solid wastes will be produced;
q Less soil erosion
q Less fugitive dust and noise pollution from topsoil removal and other construction
activities.
The business as usual approach has been rejected also for following reasons: (a) the
expansion of the gas market was in line with the government energy strategy to develop the
domestic gas market because of its economic and environmental advantages over oil products
and coal; (b) a market scoping study showed a strong preference of small industries and
businesses for gas; and (c) expansion of the gas market would strengthen the financial
situation of the company.
5.3 Small Diameter Pipeline Scenario

According to PGNs gas demand forecast, by 2010, the gas demand in the West Java and
Banten region will reach about 500 mmscfd and by 2015 the demand will be around 800
mmscfd. Based on this demand forecast, a conservative development scenario was presented
during the project planning stage. In this scenario, small diameter pipelines will be built to
bring the capacity of the gas distribution system to around 500 mmscfd before 2010. After
2010, more pipelines will be laid in the project region to eventually bring the system capacity
to around 800 mmscfd. Under this alternative, construction activities will be undertaken at
least twice in the project region to achieve the same objectives of the proposed project.
Obviously, this alternative would generate following environmental and socioeconomic
impacts in the project region:
5 - 2
5.3.1 Socioeconomic
Negative
q Businesses are likely to suffer temporarily more than once due to physical
obstruction caused by construction activities;
q More risks of pedestrian injuries from traffic accidents during construction stages;
Positive
q More short-term employment opportunities will be created for local unskilled labors;
q Some modest long-term employment opportunities;
q General reductions in fuel prices, improved industrial efficiency, and improved
competitiveness of industry in the region, with on-going stimulation of business
opportunity and development;
5.3.2 Environmental
Negative
q More temporary disruption of access from street to markets, bus inesses, factories,
restaurants, residences will occur, maybe more than once;
q Temporary increases in traffic for delivery of materials, and slow down of traffic in
work areas will occur, maybe more than once. At crossing points, there may also be
some temporary interference with roads and railways;
q There will be more risks during construction to existing underground utility
infrastructure, such as water supply and cables;
q There will be more storage, spillage, and erosion of excavated soil on private land
adjacent to the pipeline routes;
q More potential release of hydrostatic testing water and waste solids generated during
construction on private land adjacent to the pipeline routes;
q More fugitive dust from topsoil removal, trench excavation and backfilling, and from
storage of excavated soil adjacent to the excavated pipeline trench;
q More noise pollution from construction;
q More water pollution from construction activities;
q More solid wastes to be produced during the construction stage.
Positive
q Reductions in regional air emissions for all pollutants and greenhouse gases;
q Improved air quality within factories that convert to natural gas;
q Reduced dust and emissions from fuel delivery vehicles;
q Reductions in noise from traffic of lorries and other vehicles deliver ing fuels to
industries and other customers throughout the region;
This alternative was rejected because it is less cost effective and would have entailed more
temporary negative environmental and social impacts.
5 - 3
PART II
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
This Environmental Management Plan is intended to support timely and effective implementation of
environmental project components and mitigation measures for the West Java Gas Distribution Expansion
Projec. The EMP draws on the EA's assessment of the existence, role, and capability of environmental units
on site and at the agency level. It recommends the establishment or expansion of an Environmental
Coordinating Office (ECO) within PGNs head office, and the training of staff, to allow implementation of
EA recommendations for the West Java Gas Distribution Expansion Project, and for PGNs future work.
This EMP provides a specific description of institutional arrangements who is responsible for carrying out
the m itigatory and monitoring measures (e.g., for operation, supervision, enforcement, monitoring of
implementation, remedial action, financing, reporting, and staff training). The proposed technical assistance
and training program, together with the establishment of the ECO within PGNs head office, would
strengthen environmental management capability of PGN.
Although the environmental and social impacts of the project are anticipated to be very modest and
temporary, the principal mitigation measures and the the institutional responsibilities for implementing them,
and for monitoring and reporting on the actual progress and impacts of the project are presented in Chapter
5. Chapter 6 presents a modest program to be conducted within the context of the proposed project to
strengthen the environmental management capacity of PGN, and through PGN, Indonesias rapidly evolving
gas distribution sector.
CHAPTER 6
MITIGATION AND MONITORING OF
PROJECT IMPACTS
6.1 EIA and EMP for the Project

6.2 Mitigation of Impacts
6.3 Monitoring and Reporting
6.1 EIA and EMP for the Project

This Environmental & Social Assessment / Environmental Management Plan (EIA/EMP) has been prepared
by PT Perusahaan Gas Negara (PT PGN Persero) as part of its preparations for the proposed Domestic Gas
Market Development Project with the World Bank.
Prior to the regional economic crisis, the Bank was considering providing a loan to PGN for a transmission
and distribution project to increase gas utilization in West Java. The original project design involved both
construction of a transmission line from gas fields in South Sumatra to West Java and the extension of
PGNs existing gas distribution network in West Java. An Environmental Assessment Study for the then
considered project was prepared by PGN. During the crisis, the project was postponed by the Bank and
finally dropped.
By the time project discussions resumed in November 2001, the Japanese Bank for International
Cooperation (JBIC) had agreed to finance the Sumatra-Java transmission pipeline. The Government then
requested the World a Bank loan to expand the West Java gas distribution system under the proposed
Domestic Gas Market Development Project.
6.2 Mitigation of Impacts

As described in Chapters 2 4, none of the negativ e impacts of the construction of PGNs expanded
distribution system in West Java are expected to be major, sustained, or irreversible. Most of these impacts
will occur only during the construction phase. All can be mitigated satisfactorily by applying PGNs
established standard operating procedures (SOPs) for design, construction, and operation. The construction
required for the project will be comparable to laying small municipal water supply pipes. PGN carries out
similar construction, at a smaller scale, on a routine basis. The Expansion of West Java Gas Distribution
component of the Domestic Gas Market Development will simply be a large, one-project expansion of the
system. No new construction practices are being tested, and no new construction impacts are anticipated.
6 -1
6.2.1 Negative Impacts during Construction and Mitigation Measures
Traffic Congestion and Disruption: Temporary disruption of access from street to markets,
businesses, factories, restaurants, residences will occur during construction. Also, traffic congestion is likely
to increase while excavation and pipe-laying proceed along busy roadways. There will also be slight
temporary increases in truck traffic for delivery of materials.
Prevention and Mitigation Measures: PGNs basic guidance to contractors for pipeline construction is
presented in Annex F of this report; it is part of the standard contract terms for contractors. Unless restricted
further by local government regulations, no more than a 100 m section of trenching will be open at one time.
This section must be backfilled within 24 hours, and backfilling must occur before the next section is
opened. This assures that disruptions to road traffic, pedestrians, and acces to roadside dwellings,
businesses, places of worship and public gathering, etc., are generally limited to less than 1 day. Very rarely
do such disruptions extend over night.
The contractor is also required to maintain public safety and smooth traffic flow around the work site, by
preparing and installing requir ed signs, i.e. excavation sign boards, purple plastic cone, blink light, etc.
Local police and traffic control authorities will be informed of the work in advance, and their cooperation
and authority may be used to maintain public safety and traffic flow especially in areas of heavy traffic.
Wherever a driveway access is affected, the contractor will put in place a steel plate as a temporary bridge.
Such bridges are easily installed, removed, and used again. Along urban streets, there commonly is a
drainage ditch between a roadway and the business enterprise, over which a simple bridge or platform is
used to enter driveways or roadside parking areas.
Most public markets are open on specific days of the week, and work schedules will be adjusted
accordingly. During the final planning and preparation stage, construction schedule and arrangements will
be discussed with local governments, and adjusted in accord with their recommendations. The public will be
informed about the nature of the work and the work schedule along each roadway, and of grievance
procedures for claiming compensation. Work schedules will be discussed and agreed to, in order to avoid or
at least reduce disruptions to local business or increase in traffic congestion during peak travel periods.
Rates of compensation for any disturbance that causes measurable loss of business or other damage will be
agreed to in accord with local ordinances and conditions prior to the start of construction. Contractors will
assign workers to assist in directing traffic if need be during excavation or unloading operations, but local
police officers will oversee traffic flows wherever construction passes congested areas or intersections.
The most frequent cause of delays in construction schedules is rain. Therefore PGN and its contractors
arrange for work to be concentrated during the drier summer months of May to October, and avoid
excavation work during the peak rainfall winter months of December-March.
Soil Erosion: There may be some erosion of excavated soil on private land adjacent to the route. Also,
there is the possibility that hydrostatic testing water could cause erosion when it is released.
Prevention and Mitigation Measures: Erosion is most likely to occur if excavation is underway during
heavy or extended periods of rain. As just mentioned, pipeline construction is conducted mainly during the
drier summer season. This minimizes potential erosion problems.
Because wet and muddy soils are more difficult to work, contractors also avoid open ing new excavations
when rain appears imminent, and try to complete back-filling before rains fall. If heavy rains occur during
excavation, the trench and piled soil from it is to be covered with plastic tarps.
During excavation along public roadways, removed soils are placed into a patch box, a standard
woodybox measuring 4 m x 1.5 x 1 m. This eliminates most spillage of soil onto roadways, and also makes
it easy to quantify the amounts removed and amounts remaining for disposal after backfilling.
6 -2
Guidelines to contractors for construction are to reinstate or restore all excavations to their original or better
condition. After piping is installed, the trench is backfilled with the original soil, which is then compacted
with small compactors. If the compaction is not thorough, the disturbed soils will be more susceptible to
erosion, especially during heavy rain. Therefore proper compaction of the restored soil is monitored by
PGNs work site inspectors.
Air Pollution : Fugitive dust can be produced during trench excavation and backfilling, or from excavated
soil that becomes wind-blown before it is returned to the trench and compacted.
Prevention and Mitigation Measures: Dust problems arise mainly during dry weather. Since excavation is
done almost completely by hand shoveling, in PGNs pipe-laying experience, the problem is very minor.
Also, the use of patch boxes for holding the excavated soil prevents spillage into roadways where soil can
be stirred up and propelled into the air by passing vehicles. If need be, the contractor will spray water on
any dry soil that is likely to be stirred up by construction activity. Dust control is an item that PGNs
construction site inspectors will monitor for.
Noise: The operation of vehicles and equipment, especially when loading and offloading pipes and other
materials, pipe cutting and welding, pipe stringing, etc. -- may cause temporary nuisance noise wherever the
pipeline passes near to homes and businesses. Calculations made during the EIA preparation, estimate
noise levels from construction 70-85 dBA -- the equivalent of a heavy diesel truck passing by.. Fifty m away
from the source, this level would drop to below 55 dBA.
Prevention and Mitigation Measures: The pipeline excavation and installation will not use motorized
equipment, which could generate high levels of noise. The main increase in noise levels will simply be from
delivery by lorry of piping and construction materials, and so will be brief, on the order of half an hour or
less at any one location.
Disturbance to Other Underground Infrastructure: There is risk of incidents of accidental

disturbance to existing underground facilities -- telecommunication cables, electricity cables and water
pipelines in any underground excavation work in urban and suburban areas.
Prevention and Mitigation Measures: Since every effort will be made in advance to check with local
authorities and utilities, and virtually all digging for the pipeline construction will be by hand, such incidents
are likely to be very few, and should not be large or severe. Again, the guidelines to contractors, as presented
in Annex E, are very clear, and monitored by PGN.
Water Pollution and Run-off: Rainfall and other water from trenches may become contaminated
with lubricants from vehicles and equipment that eventually flows into public drainage ways or directly to
waterways. Also, water from pigging and hydrostatic testing will be released into adjacent rivers. Water
used in hydrostatic testing must be non-corrosive and without chemical additives. Thus, the water to be used
will have passed quality tests conducted by PGN. Although the water used in hydrostatic testing is free of
additive chemicals, contains suspended solids and other debris. The EIA found that the influence on the TSS
value of the receiving water bodies will be small and temporary. Since most rivers in the project have strong
flows that would rapidly move and disburse TSS downstream, the actual impacts should be insignificant.
Prevention and Mitigation Measures: As already discussed in the above section concerning soil erosion,
normal construction efforts will minimize the amounts of water flowing from the excavation sites . For the
hydrostatic test waters, all testing will be conducted under PGNs supervision. The point of release can be
controlled by temporary positioning of plastic drainage pipes, and the rate of the release of hydrostatic test
water can be slowed to assure virtually no perceptible impact on the receiving river.
6 -3
Solid Wastes: These will include vegetation removed during site leveling and preparation; concrete
surfaces such as sidewalks removed in urban and industrial areas; displaced soil remaining after backfilling
is completed; and solids carried by hydrostatic testing water, including spent welding rods, mill cuttings,
stones, and rubble.
Prevention and Mitigation Measures : The construction contractor is responsible for minimizing wastes and
proper disposal of what is produced.
Excavation will remove soil, most of which is back-filled on site. Excess soil from excavation is generally
useful for local construction projects, and is valued by local homeowners or for maintaining nearby roads.
In accord with standard contract provisions, it is removed from the site in a standard woody box with
dimension of 4 m x 1.5 x 1 m. This standard dimension allows for quantification of the amount removed. If
the contractor is unable to recycle the soil to local construction projects, he is responsible for obtaining
permission from local authorities or private landowners for disposal as landfill.
Pigging cleans the inside of the pipes from debris. The process can yield wood pieces, metal shavings and
other non-toxic solid wastes related to pipeline transport and installation activities. The amount of waste
produced through pigging depends on the care taken in the construction work. Ideally, there will be no
waste produced during pigging.
Socioeconomic Issues: Issues identified during the EIA work included: possible temporary (1-2 days)
losses to businesses due to physical obstruction caused by construction activities, increased risk of
pedestrian injury from traffic accidents during construction due to physical obstruction or removal of
walkways; possible misunderstandings between workers and local residents; and demobilization of workers
once construction is completed.
Prevention and Mitigation Measures: Measures to minimize and compensate business owners and others
affected adversely by the construction are discussed above under the section on Traffic Congestion and
Disruption.
Mitigation measures for the increased risk of pedestrian injury related to construction activities is also
covered in the section on Traffic Congestion and Disruption. PGN is unaware that any injury has occurred
to pedestrians or passersby durin any previous PGN construction work.
All workers will stay in a moving base camp, following the progress of construction. Normally, the base
camp will be located in the middle of a pipeline section, to minimize the movement of workers during
construction. Movement of workers will be arranged by the contractor. Each base camp will be used for 4
7 months. The impact on local people will be small, since contact intensity between workers and local
people will be low. Construction workers stay focused on their jobs. However, there is always a possibility
of cultural differences or misunderstandings among the workers themselves or between workers and the
community. All workers will be registered with the local government offices and any local rules or
administrative procedure regarding construction workers will be adhered to.
The construction workers will be released from employment when construction ends. Since the recruitment
of these workers is on a contract basis, they will have known that the work was of specific duration. For
many workers, the labor will be seasonal, and they will normally return to their homes and farms.
6.2.2 Negative Impacts during Operation and Mitigation Measures
During Operation of the pipeline the only likely on-going impacts are likely to be in regard to Air and Noise
Emissions, and to Safety and Risks of Accidents.
6 -4
Air Emissions: During Operation, there will be emissions from generators and occasional releases of
natural gas (predominantly methane [CH4]) from offtake stations. Also, the odorant, tetrahydrothiophene
(THT), will be added to the natural gas at the offtake stations, and there is always a possibility of small
release or spill of the odorant.
The odorizing plants will be in isolated locations, so Injection of THT (tetrahydrothiophene) to the gas is
unlikely to cause any nuisance.
Prevention and Mitigation Measures: The five offtake stations are isolated away from human habitation,
thereby virtually eliminating that these issues will impact local people.
Safety and Risk of Accidents: Natural gas is flammable and explosive, so the operation of any
natural gas pipeline poses risks. Safety risks can arise from: pipeline damage, with resulting release of
natural gas; leakag e through valves and flanges; leakage through fittings and regulators; and release of THT
at the odorizing plant, including leakage from THT storage drums.
PGNs distribution network totals more than 2,576 km. Operational experience has been excellent, with no
accidents, fires, or serious leaks reported since 1999, and virtually no problems on any lines constructed and
operated by PGN during its 30+ year history. Incidents covering all of PGNs operations, which include
legacy pipelines dating back to the early part of the century, were reviewed in the EA (see Chapter 4,
Section 4.4 and Table 4M). Most incidents have been from the low pressure distribution system within
Jakarta reflecting the age of the low pressure gas distribution system in this area. Gas leakages from the
high pressure system have been due, with only one exception, to external third party accidental damage.
There has been only one fatal accident, related to an old cast iron line that was tampered with in Jakarta in
1960.
Again, no serious operational failures have occurred to date on lines constructed and maintained by PGN.
This represents a substantial base of experience thirty years -- and demonstrates the soundness of
construction standards and practices that would be applied to the Expansion of West Java Gas Distribution
component of the Domestic Gas Market Development Project.
Prevention and Mitigation Measures:

During the course of project preparation, and distinct from the EA and EMP preparation, safety aspects of
PGNs overall operations and specifically for the the West Java Gas Distribution component project have
been jointly reviewed by Bank experts and PGN staff. A report on their findings and recommendations is
appended to this report (Annex E). The recommendations include specific actions to be taken by PGN and
to be included with capacity strengthening components of the overall project. Drawing from that report as
well as safety analyses conducted during the EA work, several points are appropriate to mention here.
The pipeline will be designed to ASME B31.8 Class 4 standard consistent with densely populated urban
areas. The entire West Java gas distribution system is designed for compliance with the Indonesian Pipeline
Standards, which is the equivalent of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Code B31.8
Gas Transmission and Distribution Systems (1989 edition). PGN also uses the latest edition of the ASME
code, supplemented by specifications and standards from the Institute of Gas Engineers and British Gas. In
addition, PGN has established procedures and specifications covering construction, commissioning,
operation and maintenance. There are presently no statutory requirements in Indonesia for formal
quantitative risk assessments (QRA).
All distribution lines are clearly marked, both by above-surface signage and below -surface marker tapes.
PGN carries out regular patrols of all its pipelines. An odorant (TNT), which PGN is already using, will be
injected into distribution system for detection of leaking gas. Risk mitigating measures are identified during
design where necessary to render risks as low as reasonably possible (ALARP). As a further base of
assurance for operational quality, PGN has ISO 9001 certification of its internal management systems.
6 -5
6.3 Monitoring
Just as with standard EIA procedures elsewhere, within Indonesias AMDAL system of Assessment/
Monitoring/Management Plans (ANDAL/RPL/RKL) the mitigation measures and monitoring protocols are
the basis for on-going action during the implementation of the project, as shown in Figure 5A. Monitoring
and reporting are considered as part of the implementation process. Monitoring is used to measure successes,
challenges, and problems in meeting mitigation targets during implementation of a project and to identify
any need for additional actions to be taken.
As described in greater detail in Chapter 7, PGN will establish a Project Team experienced in the
management of construction of distribution pipeline networks. The Project Team will be responsible for
Quality Assurance (QA) and Safety and Environment (S&E) management, with support and review from the
new Environmental Coordinating Office (ECO) that is to be established at PGNs central office. 1
Implementation of mitigation meas ures will be carried out by the contractors and Project Team staff in the
field.
Figure 6A Organization of Project Management Team
During the construction phase, primary responsibility for monitoring impacts and mitigation activities will
be the Site Manager. He is based in the field, directly overseeing the contractors who are carrying out the
excavation and pipe-laying work. He will also meet with frequently with local government officials, and
will be recognized as the primary contact should any complaints or issues arise. On a monthly basis, the
Evaluation and Reporting Manager, under the Project Administration Manager, will visit each construction
site to observe progress and assess any problems from a more central perspective. Possible environmental
and social impacts to be monitored are listed in Table 5.1.
1
Names for groups used in this presentation to describe the planned organizational structure of the project may be
revised in the final loan agreement.
6 -6
Table 6.1 Possible Environmental and Social Impacts, To Be Monitored During

Construction
Traffic Congestion and Disruption:

- traffic flow and public safety
- disruption of access to residents & businesses
Soil Erosion:
- use of patch boxes for soil storage
- proper back filling and compaction
- restoration to original conditions
Air Pollution:
- incidence of fugitive dust problems
Noise:
- noise levels to be measured in response to any public complaints
Disturbance to Other Underground Infrastructure:

Water Pollution and Run-off:

- controlled drainage of testing waters
Solid Wastes:
- proper disposal of other inorganic solid wastes
- proper disposal of organic solid wastes
Socioeconomic Issues:
- timely excavation to minimize losses of access to businesses
- prompt and transparent resolution of claims for losses
- prompt resolution of any incidents among personnel or between workers and the
community
After construction is completed, operation of the pipeline is managed by the Strategic Business Unit in this
case, the West Java SBU. The primary on-going environmental concern is the risk of fire or explosion, i.e.
safety. PGN has well established safety monitoring systems based on inspections and emergency response
preparedness. They are expected to be the subject of additional and specific Bank support under the project,
and so will not be discussed here, although they will be included in the context of environmental reporting,
in the following section..
6.4 Reporting
Reports based on the monitoring of construction under the project will also be the responsibility of the
Project Team. The Site Managers will report through the Construction Manager, and the Evaluation and
Reporting Manager will report through the Administration Manager to the Project Manager. The Project
Manager will be responsible for submitting quarterly and special reports on general construction progress
and any construction problems that may affect the local environment or community. These are required
under the RPL, the Rencana Pemantauan L ingkungan the Environmental Monitoring Plan. They are
6 -7
submitted to the Central AMDAL Committee, from where they are then circulated to local environmental
officials. The Project Manager will share these reports with all members of the ECO, as well as w ith the
World Bank. It should be noted that the actual preparation of the Project Managers reports will generally
be done by the Evaluation and Reporting Manager.
In addition to the quarterly reports, prepared in Bahasa Indonesia in fulfillment of AMDAL reporting
requirements, the Project Team, with support and review of the ECO will prepare, every six months, an
environmental summary report to be submitted in English to the World Bank. This report would briefly
describe:
a summary of significant mitiga tion measures, if any, undertaken during the previous six months;
a description of any significant problems or successes in environmental mitigation during the period;
and
identification of any notable environmental or social events anticipated during the coming six
months.
In addition to these environmental management reports, it should be noted that PGN has standard procedures
for reporting on safety and emergency response incidents. These include:
incident/accident reporting;
response in the event of incidents/accidents: and
gas escapes.
PGN compiles accident/incident statistics on a monthly and annual basis. This information is submitted to
MIGAS. For the duration of the World Bank loan, these reports will be digested and included as a topic in
the semi-annual (6 month) environmental reports submitted to the World Bank
Thus the basic outline of the 6-monthly reports on environmental monitoring for the project will include:
I. summary of any significant mitigation measures

II. mitigation problems and successes
III. accident/leakage incidents summary
IV. anticipated work and impacts to be monitored during the next reporting period
6 -8
CHAPTER 7
STRENGTHENING ENVIRONMENTAL AND
SOCIAL MANAGEMENT CAPACITY
7.1 PGNs General Organization and Management

7.2 Current Status of PGNs Environmental & Social Management
7.3 Strengthening PGNs Safeguards Capacity
7.1 PGNs General Organization and Management

7.1.1 Organization of PGN
The President Director is the Chief Executive Officer. He is assisted by Directors for Finance, Operations,
Development and General Affairs, the Internal Auditor and Corporate Secretary. The responsibilities of the
directors are summarized as follows.
Director of Finance financial planning and control;

Director of Operations gas purchase, gas marketing and operation of distribution infrastructure;
Director of Development planning and development of all gas transmission and distribution
infrastructure and new business opportunities;
Director of General Affairs personnel administration, legal and logistics.
The gas distribution operations have recently been restructured into three strat egic business units (SBU).
SBU 1, the West Java Strategic Business Unit, is based in Jakarta and covers West Java, Banten and South
Sumatra; SBU 2, based at Surabaya covers East Java and Central Java; and SBU 3, based at Medan, covers
North Sumatra and Central Sumatra. The distribution infrastructure of the three units is not interlinked. The
gas transmission business is managed by a subsidiary, called PT. TransGasIndo, with Petronas and Conoco-
Phillips as strategic partners.
7.1. 2 Management of the West Java Gas Distribution Expansion Project
For the West Java Gas Distribution Expanson Project, PGN will establish a Project Team comprised of a
Project Manager, two Construction Managers each supervising 2 site managers and an assistant engineering
manager, an Administration Manager supervising an assistant administration manager, transport and
logistics assistant manager and an evaluation/reporting assistant manager, and a Finance Manager
supervising an assistant finance and accounting manager and a treasury assistant manager. Based on the
required functions, a total of 16 managers are required.
7 -1
To fill the project positions, staff will be assigned from PGN's main office and branch organizations. These
are expected to include mainly staff whoe were involved with the recently completed West Java Distribution
Network project. The project team will need personnel experienced in managing construction of distribution
pipelines. Some staff may lack the necessary experience, so training of project personnel will be conducted
during the course of the project.
The Project Team will be responsible for Quality Assurance (QA) and Safety and Environment (S&E)
management, with support and review by the central Environmental Coordinating Office (ECO) that is to be
established at PGNs central office (See Section 7.3 below). All construction teams will be monitored to
ensure full compliance with Indonesian legislation.
7.2 Current Status of PGNs Environmental & Social Management
7.2.1 Environmental Assessment and Monitoring of Projects
PGN currently incorporates Indonesian EA procedures (AMDAL) into project planning and implementation
wherever required i.e. for on-shore pipelines of 50 km or more in length and having a diameter of 20
inches or greater, and all offshore pipelines. 1 The Project Manager has responsibility for assigning staff to
coordinate and oversee the preparation and submission of the EA (ANDAL) and the EMP ((RKL) and
monitoring plan (RPL). The actual AMDAL work is contracted out. For the West Java Gas Distribution
Expansion Pproject EA , PGN contracted with the Center for Coastal and Marine Resources Studies
(CCMRS) of Bogor Agricultural University.2 During construction, any issues of environmental and social
compliance, monitoring, and reporting would continue to be under the authority of the Projec Manager.
Once construction is completed, responsibility for any continuing monitoring and reporting work is under
the authority of the relevant Strategic Business Unit Director.
7.2.2 Community Participation and Support
PGN has a strong commitment to social responsibility and being a good corporate citizen, supporting the
communities through which its transmission and distribution networks pass. In 2002, a Master Plan for
Community Development was drafted to provide corporate guidelines on community development
(ComDev) programs. Research studies have highlighted that theses communities need assistance such as
social facilities, industrial skills training, general training, and scholar ships. These are areas where PGN can
make useful and significant contributions.
In conducting its ComDev Program, PGN has worked closely with a variety of formal and social institutions
such as the University of Jambi, Batang Hari, Bogor Agricultural University, the University of Indonesia,
HSNI, Big Family of Melayu, local NGOs and also local governments. These institutions help PGN to
assess local needs, play important roles in implementation, and also in monitoring of results.
In return, PGNs own Small Business and Cooperatives Development program has been supported by
government institutions, including the Department of Cooperatives and PKK, Department of Trading and
Industrial, as well as by private institutions such as the Academy of Company Leader Agro Lestari
Foundation. These institutions contribute Financial Distribution of PUKK and Small Business Development,
1
BAPEDAL Decree Number 17 of 2001 (Types of Business and/or Activity Plans that are Required to be Completed
with the Environmental Impact Assessment
2
7 -2
Promotion of Small Business Product, and Independency Course and Training for Small Business and
Cooperatives.
7.3 Strengthening PGNs Safeguards Capacity

7.3.1 Rationale for a PGN Corporate Environmental Strategy
Although it carries out a range of environmental and social activities in the course of its work, PGN does not
yet have a corporate environmental management system. Environmental assessment, social concerns and
community development, quality control on construction practices, and safety issues are all handled
individually by various departments or sections in accord with the stage of project development. At the
project planning and design stage, for preparation of the EIA/AMDAL studies, these topics are handled by
the Business Development Unit. During the construction stage of the project these matters are under the
direction of the construction project manager. After the project is operational, these issues are taken care of
by the relevant Strategic Business Unit (SBU).
At each stage, the individual PGN units involved may hire different consultants for conducting necessary
studies and preparing reports both for Government and corporate management. There is often no direct
relation between these units, and therefore only limited coordination. Information on the current status of a
project, let alone from previous stages, is often unavailable or difficult to find. This situation is worsened
because PGN staff frequently rotates positions or get promoted to new responsibilities, carrying the
institutional memory of project activities with them.
7 -3
Table 7D Environmental Management Inherent in PGNs Work
Community - consultation
- compensation and land acquisition
- corporate citizenship and involvement
- Community Development - ComDev
- communications and public reports, disclosure
- Internet presence
Health & Safety

- occupational health and safety
- community right-to-know
- construction standards
- inspections and maintenance
- emergency preparedness & response
Environment - environmental assessment

- compliance with air, water, waste laws
- carbon management & trade
- clean fuels for green vehicles
Systems - environmental management systems (EMS), leading to ISO 14000 certification

- computerization of environmental and social data, reports, and communications
Sustainability - corporate commitment and follow-through

- emphasis on quality
- adaptability and responsiveness to changing markets
- diversification of generation sources
- R&D, introduction of new technology
- worker empowerment & responsibility
Nevertheless, PGN is naturally an environmentally friendly company. Its primary business is to increase
the beneficial use of the cleanest-burning fossil fuel. Every unit of natural gas that PGN markets in
Indonesia means that less diesel, kerosene, or coal is burned making the local environment cleaner and
safer, and reducing Indonesias contribution to global greenhouse gas emissions.
This natural environmental advantage is both an opportunity and a challenge for PGN. It is an opportunity
because clean energy is increasingly preferred, even necessary, in order to meet environmental regulations
and public expectations. It is a challenge, because the environmental expectations for PGN are high.
Good environmental management therefore needs to be established firmly as standard operating procedure
throughout all aspects of the companys operations, similarly to the way in which safety consciousness has
been cultivated.
PGN appreciates that, worldwide, those companies that are leaders in environmental management are
consistently among the best managed overall. For example, Innovest recently analyzed 28 major US power
companies. They were compared across more than 60 aspects of environmental risk exposure, management
quality, and business development. Innovest concluded that, "As a strong proxy for management quality,
environmental performance consistently correlates well with stock price performance. Companies with
above average ratings taken as a group achieved an average total shareholder return (stock price appreciation
7 -4
plus dividends) 30 percentage points greater than the average return of lower rated companies over the past
three years."3
As PGN moves into an era of restructuring while coping with serious market challenges, it also wishes to
benefit from international experience and Best Practices in environmental management. The institutional
strengthening component proposed here would provide a significant boost to PGNs environmental and
overall quality management efforts.
7.3.2 An Environmental Coordinating Office (ECO)
The current period of expansion and unbundling in the face of a newly opened market is an opportune time
for PGN to consider establishing a central and permanent environmental management unit.4 Such a unit,
even if comprised of only 3-4 regular staff, could boost significantly PGNs ability to reduce the inc reasing
burdens of environmental assessment and reporting, and strengthen PGNs existing social support programs.
Ideally, the unit should report to PGNs president-director, so as to cut across and include all corporate
divisions and their activities.
An initial 3-5 year program for this Environmental Coordinating Office (ECO) would support the full range
of environmental management activities that PGN already engages in (Table 7D), and could focus on
several specific topics:
A) EA/SA both project EA and strategic assessment: The ECO would oversee, coordinate, and provide
technical as well as administrative support for contracting, implementation, internal review,
submission to government authorities, and then monitoring of implementation for all of PGNs EIAs
and EMPs, beginning with the implementation of the present project. This will enable PGN to
develop a stronger knowledge of environmental assessment contracting, and the ability to work
effectively with Indonesian AMDAL officials and with Indonesian and international environmental
consultants, as well as with environmental and social safeguards staff of donors and investors.
B) Emissions and Carbon Management PGN has tremendous opportunities to analyze the carbon
emissions reductions that it makes possible by enabling consumers to convert to natural gas. Carbon
accounting may mean substantial new income flows for projects, and is a useful service to provide
to individual customers.
C) EMS ISO 14000 PGN has renewed its ISO 9000 management system qualification, and is currently
upgrading to the latest standard. PGN staff are ready and willing to work through the qualification
steps needed to qualify for the environmental management system standards, ISO 14000. Doing so
would strengthen PGNs overall management systems, and should be very attractive to potential
new investors.
D) Training staff and industry PGN currently employs 1100 staff, of which around 300 are
professional managers, engineers, accountants, sales executives, human resource experts, etc.
3
FPL Group, News Release, FPL Group ranked top utility for environmental performance, June 10, 2002
4
About five years ago, Pertamina established a Corporate Center for Safety, Occupational and Environmental
Protection (K3LL). Pertaminas Center is tasked with carrying out corporate studies and development efforts in the
field of Safety, Occupational Health and Environmental Protection. But PGNs needs are rather different. PGN deals
almost exclusively with pipelines and delivery of gas to customers, and natural gas, as noted above, is a clean fuel.
PGN also has a strong community welfare or ComDev program, which is a natural outgrowth of its need to route
transmission and distribution lines through communities. These aspects, together with environmental assessment and
pipeline safety issues, give PGN a very broad set of environmental management needs, and opportunities.
7 -5
Recognizing that continuous development and education are crucial for maintaining
competitiveness, PGN has developed a comprehensive program of in-house and external training.
Currently, PGN already performed regular training for: basic gas businesses , technical construction,
managerial track, general competencies, and functional competencies.
Particularly for the construction training, it is addressed for any employee under technical
background and operation division who requires the training based on their business competencies.
The regular schedule for the training is available in 2 batch per years, with 25 30 person per batch.
The training commonly held as in-house training for 4 5 days. PGN allocates budget for regular
technical construction training approximately USD 250,000 per year.
Table 7E. Regular Program for Technical Construction Training

Level of Competencies
Basic Intermediate Expert
Basic Pipeline Engineering Advance Pipeline Engineering Management and Study for
Technical Risk
Survey Equipment and Mapping Network Analysis Strategic Planning
Computer Drawing Aplication SCADA Management Project
Pipe Welding Procedure Project Feasibility Study
Construction and Facilities Offtakes Station Management
Monitoring
MR/S Occupational Health and Safety
Cathodic Protection NDT Inspection
Pipeline Network Construction Standard Code Specification
Pipeline Operation and
Pigging Operation
Maintenance
Operator for PE Pipe Kalibration Method
Metering Design and Operation
Odoring Operator
In 2003, PGN provided more than 140 training programs, both internal as well as external, to about
1,052 employees for a total of over 3,000 training days. These programs included technical
construction training, instrumentation and calibration, Internal Quality Auditing, ISO 9001:2000;
socialization, and Management of Standard Operational Procedures of Occupational Health and
Safety appraisal performance. If required, PGN also provide external training for supporting its
employee business competencies.
To establish the ECOs capacity and to support environmental efforts company-wide, a 5-year
program of technical and capacity building support has been prepared by PGN as shown in
following tables (7F).
Greater attention should be given to environmental and social management issues within the current
curriculum. For the future, there is potential for adapting and sharing such training with SBUs. As
these units, or new independent competitors to PGN, enter the gas distribution and transmission
market, they will also need training support. PGN is the logical vehicle for providing environmental
management training to the evolving Indonesian gas industry. But it must develop its own training
competence in environmental management first.
7 -6
Table 7.F Training Program for ECO
Participation Budget
No. Title Notes
(Person) US$/person
1. Dasar-Dasar AMDAL (AMDAL A) 25 Head Office/SBU* 950
Basic and Introduction EIA (Level A Sertification)
2. Penyusun AMDAL (AMDAL B) 20 Head Office/SBU 1200
Compiler EIA (Level B Certification)
3. Penilai AMDAL (AMDAL C) 10 Head Office/SBU 950
Appraiser EIA (Level C Certification)
4. Audit Lingkungan 10 Head Office/SBU 1100
Environment Audit
5. Pengelolaan Limbah Domestik/Industri 25 Head Office 850
Domestic/Industrial Waste Management
6. Pemantauan Lingkungan Industri 20 Head Office 1500
Industrial Environmental Monitoring
7. Mediasi Lingkungan 15 Head Office 850
Environment Mediation
8. Manajemen Konflik 20 Head Office/SBU 1500
Conflict Management
9. Pengelolaan Lingkungan Dalam Era Otonomi Daerah 20 Head Office/SBU 750
Environmental Management in Local Authonomy Era
10. Pengendalian Pencemaran Udara dari Emisi Industri 15 Head Office 950
Air pollution Handling from Industrial Emission
11. Pengenalan Lingkungan Bagi Eksekutif & Legislatif 25 Head Office/SBU 1100
Environmental Introduction for Executive and Legislative
12. Strategi Terpadu Pengurangan Emisi Kendaraan 25 Head Office 850
Integrated Strategy of Vehicles Emission Reduction
13. ISO 14000: Sistem Manajemen Lingkungan 20 Head Office/SBU 950
ISO 14000: Environmental Management Systems (EMS)
14. Pengembangan Sistem Informasi EMS 20 Head Office/SBU 850
Building EMS Information System
15. Mekanisme Teknologi Bersih 20 Head Office 900
Clean Development Mechanism
16 Persiapan dan Tanggap Darurat 25 Head Office/SBU 850
Emergency Preparedness & Response
17. Kesehatan dan Keselamatan Lingkungan Kerja (OHSAS 18001) 20 Head Office/SBU 950
Occupational Health and Safety 18001
18. Manajemen Resiko terhadap Lingkungan 15 Head Office 1100
Environmental Risk Management
Total** 350 351,000
SBU* = Strategic Business Unit

Level B EIA certification is required for an EIA compiler and higher than level A. Level B certification is
prerequisite for higher level training.
The remain budget for Environmental Coordinating Office is expended for consultant (international and
domestic), document procurement, and equipment (computer, etc)
7 -7
Table 7.G Training Schedulle
Year
No. Title
1 2 3 4 5
1. Basic and Introduction EIA (Level A Sertification)
2. Compiler EIA (Level B Certification)
3. Appraiser EIA (Level C Certification)
4. Environment Audit
5. Domestic/Industrial Waste Management
6. Industrial Environmental Monitoring
7. Environment Mediation
8. Conflict Management
9. Environmental Management in Local Authonomy Era
10. Air pollution Handling from Industrial Emission
11. Environmental Introduction for Executive and Legislative
12. Integrated Strategy of Vehicles Emission Reduction
13. ISO 14000: Environmental Management Systems (EMS)
14. Building EMS Information System
15. Clean Development Mechanism
16 Emergency Preparedness & Response
17. Occupational Health and Safety 18001
18. Environmental Risk Management
E) Corporate Communications and Reports Again, natural gas is a tremendous asset for PGN, and
should be a centerpiece of the companys public reporting. The ECO would mark a real boost in
developing PGNs clean energy contributions through better reporting and public education
7.3.3 Technical Support to Establish the ECO
The ECO would be a focal point for environmental and social efforts for the entire company, but it should
not be perceived as being solely or even primarily responsible for PGNs corporate environmental
performance. The ECO should aim to instill environmental and social consciousness, and improved
performance, throughout PGN.
While the ECO unit can be set up quickly through a simple administrative decision, establishing it firmly as
an effective corporate program will first need strong commitment from PGNs Board of directors,
communicated company-wide. An expectation of progress in environmental performance must be made part
of the corporate mission and near-term business plans. Capable and committed staff needs to be identified
and assigned to the office. Then there will need to be some serious planning, followed by a concerted
program.
Technical assistance largely Indonesian, but also international is needed to strengthen the unit, to give it
solid advice, offer guidance for accessing the large and diverse international body of experience with best
practices and good corporate environmental management, especially from within the international gas
industry. Such a program is expected to be a very cost-effective investment; it would make PGN more
efficient, more competitive, and more successful both financially and in its broader goals.
7 -8
Figure 7B ISO 14000 Environmental Management Systems
The capacity building assistance would need to be heaviest during the first 1-2 years of the project, but
should be sustained at a modest level for at least 2-3 additional years. A preliminary technical support plan
is provided in Table 7E.
Table 7E is not intended to be a detailed or final proposal, but indicates the principal topics, and indicates
the priority and level of effort needed for such work. For effective capacity building, it will be important to
identify and procure technical assistance and training services of either individual cons ultants or a qualified
firm. This should be done early enough that the principal consultants would be able to work with PGN to
define the specific programs of training and technical assistance that would be supported by the program.
7 -9
Table 7H Preliminary Technical Support Plan

Activity Area A: EIA and SIA - AMDAL, International EIA, and Public Consultation
Strengthening and Support
A1 Establish a Central Database/Support Center for all of PGNs past and current EA work
Inputs: DC: 1 m/m in first year + 1 m/m per years 2 and -5 = 3 m/m DC
A2 Establish Corporate Guidelines for AMDAL and Public Consultation
Inputs: DC: 1 m/m in first year + 1 m/m per year in years 3 & 5 = 3 m/m DC
IC: 1 m/m in first year
A3 AMDAL & Public Consultation How-To Training for Operational Staff
Inputs: DC: 3 m/m in first year; 2 m/m in years 2-5 = 11 m/m DC
IC: 1 m/m in first year
A4 AMDAL and EIA Technical Support
Inputs: DC: 8 m/m as needed
IC: 2 m/m as needed
A5 Public Consultation Technical Support
Inputs: DC: 4 m/m as needed
IC: 1 m/m as needed
Total Inputs: 29 m/m DC
5 m/m IC
Activity Area B: Emissions and Carbon Management
B1 Establish PGN Strategy for Tapping International Carbon Credit Opportunities
Inputs: DC: 1 m/m in 1st year + 1 m/m as needed
IC: 1 m/m in 1st year + 1 m/m as needed
B2 Establish PGN Central Database on Carbon Credits by Customer
B3 Outreach/Public Relations Program to inform consumers, public, other Indonesian and
International agencies
Inputs: DC: 1 m/m in 1st year +1 m/m as needed
6 m/m IC
Activity Area C - Environmental Management Systems and ISO 14000 Certification
C1 Develop a Corporate Environmental Training Plan, which will include a corporate-wide
survey of staff capabilities, define training topic priorities, and establish an on-
going training strategy
Inputs: DC: 2 m/m
IC: 1 m/m
C2 Develop and Present Training Programs, based on C1 outputs
Inputs: DC: 1 m/m per year = 5 m/m
IC: .5 m/m per year = 2.5 m/m
C3 Develop Corporate Environmental Information System
Inputs: DC: 2 m/m
IC: 1 m/m
C4 Develop Strategy for Establishing a Certifiable Corporate Environmental Management
System (EMS)/ISO 14000
Inputs: DC: 2 m/m
IC: 1 m/m
5.5 m/m IC
7 -10
Activity Area D: Training

D1 Design of 5-Year Safeguards Training Program and Strategy including for non-PGN
participants
Inputs: DC: 2 m/m in 1st year
IC: 1 m/m in 1st year
D2 Preparation of Training Modules
D3 International Study Tour and Conference Opportunities
5 m/m IC
Activity Area E: Corporate Communications and Reports

E1 Design of Corporate Outreach Strategy Annual Reports, Web Site
Inputs: DC: 1 m/m in 1st year
IC: 1 m/m in 1st year
E2 On-going support
Inputs: DC: 1 m/m each year
IC: 1 m/m each year
2 m/m IC
The total level of effort anticipated amounts to 54 m/m of Domestic Consultants (DC) and 26.5 m/m of
International Consultant (IC) support. In addition, there would be some procurement of documents and
computers, etc. As a preliminary estimate, calculating DCs at $7500/month and ICs at $20,000/month, this
would total some $935,000. With equipment and material costs, and allowing for inflation, a planning figure
of $1.1 million for the five-year program would be a reasonable budget estimate. Establishment of the ECO,
as well as its detailed activity and budget are tentative and should be the subject of a specific design effort
upon project agreement and start-up.
Table 7J Schedule for Capacity Building Technical Assistance

Activity Time
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Selection of Consultants
Preparation of Detailed Work Plan & Strategy
A Assessment Strengthening & Support
B Carbon Management Opportunities
C EMS and ISO 14000
D Training
E Corporate Communications and Reports
7 -11
ANNEX A
PGN UNDERSTANDING OF
WORLD BANK SAFEGUARDS
1 Safeguards and Environmental Assessment
Since 1991, Environmental Assessment (EA) has been a required component in design of all projects
proposed for Bank financing. The Bank uses EA to ensure that projects will be environmentally and socially
sound and sustainable; to inform decision makers of the nature of environmental and social risks associated
with the project; to increase participation of stakeholders, including potentially affected persons and
communities; and to increase transparency of project decisions.
Over the years, a number of Operational Policies and Bank Procedures have been developed to assure that
potentially adverse environmental and social consequences in Bank-supported projects are identified,
minimized, and mitigated. Since 1999, these "Safeguards Policies" have been applied to all projects; they
must be addressed, wherever relevant, during the project preparation and approval process.
Table A-1 World Bank Safeguards Policies Operational Policies and Bank Procedures
Environmental Assessment (OP/BP 4.01)

Natural Habitats (OP/BP 4.04)
Pest Management (OP 4.09)
Cultural Property (OP 4.11)
Involuntary Resettlement (OP/BP 4.12)
Indigenous Peoples (OP 4.20)
Forestry (OP 4.36)
Safety of Dams (OP/BP 4.37)
Projects in International Waterways (OP/BP 7.50)
Projects in Disputed Areas (OP/BP 7.60)
Disclosure of Operational Information (BP 17.50)
OP = Operational Policy; BP = Bank Procedure
The breadth, depth, and type of analysis depend on the nature, scale, and potential environmental impact of
the project. Early on in the project design, Bank staff make a preliminary determination as to which of
several assessment categories should be applied. Normally, the initial determination of a projects need for
environmental and social assessment is made by project development staff in consultation with the Regional
Safeguards group, and this finding is made available publicly in an Integrated Safeguards Data Sheet for the
project.
Annex - 1
The principal category designations are A and B.
Category A Projects are likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts that are sensitive,
diverse, or unprecedented. These impacts may affect an area broader than the sites
or facilities subject to physical works. EA for a Category A project examines the
projects potential negative and positive environmental impacts, compares them
with those of feasible alternatives (including the without project situation), and
recommends any measures needed to prevent, minimize, mitigate, or compensate
for adverse impacts and improve environmental performance. The borrower is
responsible for preparing a report, normally an EIA (or a suitably comprehensive
regional or sectoral EA) that includes an Environmental Management Plan (EMP).
Category B Projects are likely to have fewer and less extensive adverse environmental impacts on human
populations or environmentally important areas, including wetlands, forests,
grasslands, and other natural habitats, than are projects under Category A. These
impacts are generally site specific; few if any of them are irreversible; and in most
cases mitigatory measures can be designed more readily than for Category A
projects. The scope for EA of Category B projects varie s from project to project,
but it is generally narrower than that of Category A projects. Like Category A, it
examines the projects potential negative and positive environmental impacts and
recommends any measures needed to prevent, minimize, mitigate, or compensate
for adverse impacts and improve environmental performance.
2 Disclosure and Responsibilities
The findings and results of the EA are described in the Project Appraisal Document and Project Information
Document, prepared by Bank staff. T he Disclosure of Operational Information Safeguard, BP 17.50,
provides for public access to project information, including the results and information contained in EAs.
For Category A projects, the borrower must make the EA available to the public at some public place
accessible to affected groups and local NGOs as well as to the Banks Public Information Center. This
must be done at least 120 days prior to approval of the project by the Banks Board of Directors. For
Category B projects, the environmental analysis is summarized in an annex to the Project Identification
Document and documented in the projects Staff Appraisal Report. 1 Environmental Management Plans are
also to be made available to the international public through the Public Information Center.
The borrower is responsible for carrying out the EA. For Category A projects, the borrower should retain
independent EA experts not affiliated with the project to carry out the EA. During the EA, consultations
should be held with project-affected groups and local NGOs. For Category A Projects, this consultation
should occur at least twice, first as a scoping session to provide assure that the full range of issues of concern
will be addressed, and then again to review the draft EA and Environmental Management Plan.
The World Bank is responsible for screening the project and determining the EA category, and advising the
borrower about the Banks EA requirements and procedures. After the EA is completed, the Bank must also
review it and assure that it provides adequate information and satisfactorily addresses any environmental and
social concerns, before proceeding to final appraisal of the project.
3 Environmental Management Plans
1
If the funding source for the Project is IDA (International Development Association) funds, any separate EA report
for a Category B project is also subject to full public disclosure in the borrowing country as well as to the Banks
Public Information Center.
Annex - 2
An important part of an EA for the Bank is the Environmental Management Plan (EMP). A project's EMP
consists of the set of mitigation, monitoring, and institutional measures to be taken during implementation
and operation to eliminate adverse environmental and social impacts, offset them, or reduce them to
acceptable levels. Management plans are essential elements of EA reports for Category A projects. For
many Category B projects, the EA may result in a management plan only. To prepare a management plan,
the borrower and its EA design team (a) identify the set of responses to potentially adverse impacts; (b)
determine requirements for ensuring that those responses are made effectively and in a timely manner; and
(c) describe the means for meeting those requirements. More specifically, the EMP includes the following
components.
M ITIGATION
The EMP identifies feasible and cost-effective measures that may reduce potentially significant adverse
environmental impacts to acceptable levels. The plan includes compensatory measures if mitigation
measures are not feasible, cost-effective, or sufficient.
MONITORING
Environmental monitoring during project implementation provides information about key environmental
aspects of the project, particularly the environmental impacts of the project and the effectiveness of
mitigation measures. Such information enables the borrower and the Bank to evaluate the success of
mitigation as part of project supervision, and allows corrective action to be taken when needed. Therefore,
the EMP identifies monitoring objectives and specifies the type of monitoring, with linkages to the impacts
assessed in the EA report and the mitigation measures described in the EMP.
CAPACITY DEVELOPMENT AND TRAINING
To support timely and effective implementation of environmental mitigation and management components
of the project, the EMP draws on the EA's assessment of the existence, role, and capability of environmental
units of the project developer, or for concerned agencies or ministries. If needed, the EMP recommends the
establishment or expansion of such units, and training of staff. The EMP should indicate institutional
arrangements identifying who is responsible for carrying out the mitigatory and monitoring measures. To
strengthen environmental management capability in the agencies respons ible for implementation, EMPs
usually include a combination of: (a) technical assistance programs, (b) procurement of equipment and
supplies, and (c) organizational changes.
IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE AND COST ESTIMATES
For all three aspects (mitigation, monitoring, and capacity development), the EMP should provide (a) an
implementation schedule for measures that must be carried out as part of the project, showing phasing and
coordination with overall project implementation plans; and (b) the capital and recurrent cost estimates and
sources of funds for implementing the EMP. These figures are also integrated into the total project cost
tables.
INTEGRATION OF EMP WITH THE PROJECT
The borrower's decision to proceed with a project, and the Banks decision to support it, is predicated in part
on the expectation that the EMP will be executed effectively. Consequently, the Bank expects the plan to be
specific in its description of the individual mitigation and monitoring measures and its assignment of
institutional responsibilities, and it must be integrated into the project's overall planning, design, budget, and
implementation. Such integration is achieved by establishing the EMP within the project so that the plan
will receive funding and supervision along with the other components.
Annex - 3
ANNEX B
PUBLIC CONSULTATION
AND DISCLOSURE
B.1 World Bank Guidelines

B.2 Main Elements of Government Stakeholder Consultation
B.3 Disclosure
B.4 Public Consultation
B.1 WORLD B ANK GUIDELINES
The World Bank outlines various consultation processes necessary for Environmental Assessment,
Involuntary Resettlement, and Indigenous Communities. In essence the Bank requires consultation and
participation in all stages of the Planning and Design process and recommends that consultation should start
at the earliest opportunity.
For Environmental Assessment the Bank requires that the borrower consults project affected groups and
NGOs about the sub projects environmental aspects and requires that the borrower takes their view s into
account. The borrower should initiate such consultation as soon as possible. For Category A projects the
borrower should consult these groups at least twice, firstly shortly after environmental screening and before
the TOR for the EA are finalized, and secondly once a draft EA is prepared. In addition the borrower
consults with such groups throughout project implementation as necessary to address EA related issues that
affect them.
For meaningful consultation the borrower should provide relevant material in a timely manner prior to
consultation and in a form and language that are understandable and accessible to the groups being
consulted.
For Category A project the borrower should provide a summary of the proposed projects objectives,
description, potential impacts: for consultation after the draft EA report is prepared the borrower provides a
summary of the draft EA conclusions. The draft EA must be made available to all affected groups and
NGOs.
For all matters connected with Land Acquisition and Compensation the Bank requires that all households
affected be given full information on the regulations concerning valuation levels of compensation for their
property and be given information on their specific compensation at the earliest opportunity.
Annex - 4
When dealing with Involuntary Resettlement the Bank requires that involuntary resettles be involved and
consulted at the earliest opportunity. The resettles must be informed and consulted during the preparation of
the resettlement plan about their options and rights. They should be able to choose from a number of
acceptable resettlement alternatives. Consultation can take place through formal or informal leaders and
representatives and or NGOs. Particular attention should be given to vulnerable groups such as indigenous
people, ethnic minorities, the landless and women. Host communities must also be consulted and informed
at all stages in the process.
For Indigenous Groups the requirement for consultation for any developments that may directly or indirectly
impact on any group is that consultation must be based on informed participation of the indigenous peoples
themselves.
B.2 MAIN ELEMENTS OF GOVERNMENT STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION

The Government of Indonesia has various consultation processes that are relevant to the type of the projects.
Basically, there are four elements of public consultation.
1. Consultation on the preparation of the project.
2. Consultation for land acquisition and compensation for land, buildings and immovable property.
3. Consultation for resettlement.
4. Consultation for environmental assessment preparation.
B.3 DISCLOSURE
Following current World Bank Disclosure Policies, copies of the finalized Environmental and Social
Reports, such as Environmental Assessment (EA), Environmental Management Plan (EMP), Land
acquisition and Resettlement People (LARAP) will be made available from PGN website (www.pgn.co.id )
and World Bank website (www.worldbank.org), and Public Information Centers (PICs) established by the
WB office in Jakarta and Makassar, as well as distributed to the various institutions and location throughout
the project sites.
B.4 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

In preparing the Expansion of West Java Gas Distribution Domestic Gas Sector Reconstruction Project, The
Gas State Company (PGN) as the project proponent has conducted 3 times Public Consultation during the
preparation of the project. It shall be noted that the scope of this project (including pipeline routing and
proposed location for offtake) has never been revised since April 2003.
These three public consultations were undertaken by PGN in July, September 2002 and April 2003.
Participants included the heads of both provincial and regency-level environment al planning boards
(Bapedal Tk. I and II) as well as a cross section of regional and local representatives of stakeholder groups:
government agencies, local people, local businesses NGOs, and academics. Major issues discussed include
the implementation of EIA, the coordination with relevant authorities, impacts of the project on local
communities, interests of local communities, gas market development, customer service, safety issues during
the project operation stage, etc.
Beside the public consultation above, PGN also conducted the socialization with the local affected people in
Zone 1 (Greater Jakarta), which was held on September 28, 2004 at the Head of Bekasi District office.
While for Zone 2, this was held at 13, 19, and 20 of August 2004 in Balaraja, Cikande, and Kramat Watu
respectively. Zone 3 public consultation/socialization was held in Karawang on September 29, 2004 at
Wisma PGRI, Karawang.
The project also was announced and publicated in the local and national newspapers, as at Rakyat Merdeka
on June 11, 2004, Metro Bandung on August 31, 2004, and Media Indonesia on September 15, 2004 (list of
participants and media announcement are attached).
Annex - 5
Local announcement of the project has been issued through mass media (newspaper ). Informal interviews of
local people on the roadside in various sites along the project route were also conducted in 2003. Some 21%
of the respondents were supportive of the project and thought it will be good for local development. About
12% felt that such a project would create too many negative impacts (mainly traffic problems) and about
two thirds (67%) were neu2tral. Respondents strongly suggested that construction work should be performed
as fast as possible, so as to minimize disturbance on traffic.
The next stage of consultation will occur during the final detailed design and planning that will follow
confirmation of financing for the project through the loan agreement with the World Bank. As indicated in
the informal public surveys carried out during the preparation of this EIA, the general impacts and
disturbances of public works projects are well known. In the next stage, once the project is confirmed and
specific customers and routes are confirmed, public consultations will be scheduled in the individual
kecamatan (sub-districts) where the route would pass.
B.4.1 Public Consultation Meeting, July 2002
A Public Consultation Meeting between PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara Pte. Ltd. and related Stakeholders was
held on 11 July 2002 from 9.15 a.m. to 12.30 p.m. at Hotel Millennium Jakarta.
Agenda
Opening Remarks by Dr. Budihardjo, PT.PGN
Introduction to the Gas Transmission in Indonesia Project by Mr. Iwan Heriawan, Coordinator, PT. PGN
Transmission Project
Environmental Assessment Study of Gas Distribution Lines by Mr. Dr. Budihardjo, Mr. Bukti Tamba
and Mr. Enan Mulyana, Center for Business Assessment, PT.PGN
World Bank Environmental and Social Impact Guidelines by Mr. Will Knowland, World Bank
Consultant
Coffee Break
Indonesian Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework on Environmental Impact by Mr. Karliansyah,
Assistant Deputy for Environmental Affairs, Ministry for the Environment
Implementation of AMDAL within the Regional Autonomy Framework, Mr. Supandi Suminta, Head of
Bapedalda Banten
Dr. Budihardjo explained that the objective of the Public Consultation Meeting was to socialize the plan for
the project. An AMDAL study was completed in 1999 included input from all relevant institutions,
including Bapedalda Banten, Ministry for the Environment, and World Bank consultants. The project aims
to fulfill the increasing energy needs by providing a clean alternative source of power.
Mr. Iwan Heryawan elaborated on the technical aspects of the project, including the plan to build a
distribution network to serve the needs of West Java, taking into account the increasing energy needs, the
decreasing supply of gas in Java, creating a market for supply from other regions (outside of South
Sumatra), and the government policy of diversification of energy in order to reduce and eventually minimize
the regions traditional dependency on oil. The project will be divided into 3 zones: Jakarta and surrounding
areas (Zone 1), Cilegon, Serang and Tangerang (Zone 2), consisting of a planned total piping of 127 km, and
Karawang, Purwakarta and Subang (Zone 3), consisting of a planned total piping of 75.9 km.
Natural gas from South Sumatra is expected to come on stream in 2005. This will coincide with an expected
sharp decline in the supply of gas in the West Java area.
The location of the distribution pipes is different to that of the transmission pipes, owing to the higher
pressures and the volumes involved. The pipes must be installed so as to have no adverse effect on the
existing road network, so the pipes may be installed on the soft shoulders of the road. Two construction
methods are to be considered: open cut and Horizontal Direct Drilling (HDD). Pipe lay depths will be in
accordance with the regulations. Impact on existing utilities and recreational infrastructures will be in
accordance with the existing regulations.
Annex - 6
Pipe installation will include site preparation, land and property acquisition where necessary, and the
obtaining of permits and cooperation with road owners, and plant mobilization. Construction will include
work force mobilization (a total of 1000 people in the two zones); measurement and installation of gas pipe
installation markers; pipe stringing; welding and testing; excavating; holiday testing; bridging, open cut and
HDD; pigging; and hydrostatic testing.
Installation of pipes from South Sumatra West Java shall commence in mid-2003. Physical fieldwork will
commence end-2004, and will be completed in early 2006.
Dr. Budihardjo, Mr. Bukti Tamba and Mr. Enan Mulyana elaborated on various aspects of AMDAL Study
and the field survey conducted in December 1998. The conclusion reached was that there was no major
environmental impact. However, since the data obtained is almost four years old, its accuracy has been
called into question.
Zone 2 includes a 16 pipeline link ing PT. Dulton Balaraja with Cikande and Cilegon, where it will run
either to Bojonegara and Anyer via a 39-km 10 line, or directly to Anyer via a 15-km 10 line.
Zone 3 includes a 10-km pipeline running from the Pertamina Pasir Jadi Gathering Station via the tri-section
at Sadang, and from PT. Indo Rama to Karawang, a distance of 75.9 km.
The pipeline will run along state roads, provincial roads and regency roads. However, a part of the line will
pass along Pertaminas existing Right of Way. Roads are generally classified as busy, according to the
December 1998 figures.
The Zone 2 and Zone 3 pipeline routes cross 151 and 102 large rivers, small rivers and trenches respectively.
The development will impact:

Jobs, through the need to recruit skilled and non-skilled labor during the construction phase;
Existing local livelihoods, due to disruption to traditional roadside market stalls;
Public Access to houses, walkways, shops, workshops and restaurants;
Traffic congestion;
PGN have addressed all of these issues.
Mr. Will Knowland explained that the AMDAL study was newly applied in 1969-1970 and at the time when
very little concern was given by companies and government institutions to the environment. He stressed that
those directly involved in the AMDAL study should possess a thorough knowledge of the local environment
and the key issues. He said that environmental compliance was a major concern of the World Bank, which
will provide funding for the project. If the environmental management is correctly applied, potential
problems will be avoided, and if they cannot be avoided, there will be a process in place to respond and
mitigate them. This will help to ensure the sustainable success of the project.
Opening the 2nd Session, Mr. Karliansyah discussed the reasons for the hitherto ineffectiveness of AMDAL
in Indonesia, citing lack of public participation, poor management, minimal regional involvement, lack of
regional understanding, unclear licensing laws, and quality of concepts. He suggested some ways in which
these weaknesses could be mitigated and/or overcome.
Mr. Supandi Suminta then discussed issues relating to regional AMDAL implementation, reiterating the
importance of public involvement through dissemination of information and collation and coordination of
public responses by the Ministry for the Environment, Bapedalda and the Initiator.
Discussions lead by Mr. Bambang Banyudoyo
Annex - 7
Mr. Bambang Banyudoyo presented the following conclusions, emphasizing PGNs commitment to
Transparency, Accountability, Responsibility, Fair Play and Independence, and providing the following
details:
PGN will add to the supply of gas originating from South Sumatra with the building of 400 km pipeline
from Pagardewa (South Sumatra) to West Java which will be completed on the first semester in
2005 transmitting 200 million cubic feet of gas per day. The gas producers are Pertamina and their
PSC.
Socialization has been conducted at village district level.
Every year, planning of the work plan and company funds are implemented for Community
Development.
From the World Bank presentation the following observations can be made:
Minimum environmental impact is a pre-requisite of any World Bank-funded pipeline construction
project.
The World Bank is very strict in its supervision.
PGN is obligated to prepare terms of reference to respond to the Action Plan drawn up by the
community being impacted.
World Bank aid is in the form of soft loans.
For every activity, a no objection letter must be attached.
Questions and Answers

Mr. Anang Mulyana, Serang Environment Office, to PGN:
Application documents for distribution pipes for the Serang area should be evaluated according to
Government Regulation No. 27 Year 1999.
Urban pipelines should not cross state roads because of the very high work activity. The alternative
given is to go through the south circling road and parallel to other existing pipe facilities.
Strong coordination with the relevant authorities is expected.
AMDAL should function as a guide for control and management of the environment.
Response by PGN:
Mr. Iwan Heriawan: Evaluation of studies of border areas shall be considered. Any changes of the
surrounding environment will be reevaluated. This shall be coordinated and intensified to avoid any
differences.
Mr. Hengky, Karawang Regency Environment Office, to PGN:

The AMDAL document shall not be just an on-the-shelf item.
In AMDAL it is requested that the type of pipe should be mentioned.
The surrounding environment should be adjusted to the existing landscape.
The contribution of gas being transmitted to the industries in Karawang should be accounted for, in
order to calculate the share of results.
Metaltetik pipe should not be used.
Response by PGN:
Coordination with the relevant institutions will be intensified with PAM, PLN, etc. This is also
important for aesthetic reasons.
PGNs QC division will consider the use of pipe material involved bearing in mind environmental safety
and the economics of the gas transmission system itself.
Mr. Wisandana, Bapedal of West Java, to Mr. Karliansyah:

Coordination between Regency and City should be intensified.
Annex - 8
Many AMDAL documents have been made earlier but the implementation date is yet unclear, what
would be the procedures for expiry of validity.
AMDAL should consider the inter ests of the local people.
Response by PGN:
PGN has sent a letter of clarification to the Central AMDAL Commission, which is currently under review.
Coordination is still ongoing. The document sets out the relationship between the Government of Banten,
Jakarta City and West Java. Construction and installation activities will cross provinces and it is requested
that PGN clarifies if this is true.
According to Article 24, PGN has the right to reapply the AMDAL, and the AMDAL shall be changed if the
location experiences any changes. The regulations mentioned in AMDAL pertain to the license, and
violations to the RKL regulations are a violation towards the license.
The capacity and type of piping shall be the duties of the technical team of the commission that are assessing
the AMDAL documents.
The expiry is not so clearly regulated in Government Regulation No. 27 Year 1999, but physical
activity/change of natural form or conditions of change of the surrounding environment, and information
from the community, NGOs, influential peoples institutions in the making of a new AMDAL. The status of
AMDAL has been weakened because of a lack of consideration to fulfill commitments as a member of the
commission, and the fact that it is unresponsive to monitoring and supervision because of inadequate funds
for example.
Response from Mr. Bambang Banyudoyo:

The existing AMDAL is not an engineering detail design: the detail design shall be done during the
construction phase. There is a need of coordination during engineering design.
Standard 5L shall be used for the design of the PGN pipelines. The design itself will follow ASME/ANSI
standards, which stipulate a 20-year design life.
Gas supply to Karawang will originate from various sources in West Java. It is difficult for PGN to separate
the origin of gas sources being distributed to the regency.
Trenching etc. will be the responsibility of regional government, who will make recommendations to local
contractors.
The pipelines will be examined by an experienced Quality Control team. Examination will include X-ray,
welding inspection and materials supervision.
Mr. Irham, NGO:

What will be the negative effects arising from the pipeline installation?
What steps will be taken to mitigate these?
Is this development a major project for the local community?
Mr. Yani, Serang Environmental Office:

The decision of the feasibility of the AMDAL should be stated clearly within the time limit of 75 days.
During the implementation, socialization is needed at site.
Comment from Mr. Himawan Anwar:

It is very comforting that PGN has made steps to have the Customer Service to be much better. There will be
a simultaneous or direct effort to cross the Sunda Strait to construct the gas transmission pipelines because it
Annex - 9
is in accordance with the implementation plan for 2003 and will be completed in the year 2005. How much
is the orientation of the fund source, is it 100% ?
Recommendations:
The AMDAL should not be off-the-shelf.
The owner should conduct monitoring in the field.
Response to questions by Mr. Karliansyah:

The impacts created have been considered, and solutions are being sought.
Local people will be involved in the decision-making process.
Regulations and processes will be unified, as this project crosses provinces.
Renewal of application for approval shall be justified if it is not stipulated within 75 days after receipt of
the letter.
This development is not a major prestigious project, but a national project.
Socialization at site location for field monitoring will be considered.
PGN shall be consistent in following the prevailing rules and regulations, because this natural gas
project is of key importance to the national economy.
List of Participants at the Meeting
1. Didin Sahidin N.J Purwakarta

2. Himawan Anwar PT. PINDO DELI
3. Idat Hidayat Purwakarta
4. Abu Bakar Siddik PKSPL IPB
5. Eman M. Ad PKSPL IPB
6. Firman F.A PKSPL IPB
7. Supandi Suminta Bapedalda Prop. Banten
8. Eman Suherman BPLHD Prop. DKI
9. Anang Mulyana KLH Serang
10. Yani S. KLH Serang
11. H. Engkos Suparman Ka. BPLH Kab. Subang
12. Isfandiari Sekretaris BPLH Kab. Subang
13. Budihardjo Waka Puskab PGN
14. Ahmad Fauzi Dinas LH Kab. Tangerang
15. M. Teddy SPW DPLH Kota Cilegon
16. A. Fuad Faryadi S. DPLH Kota Cilegon
17. Haerul Iman DPLH Kota Cilegon
18. Farida Zaituni WBOJ
19. Sutrisno Gajah Tunggal
20. Hadi Poklan / NGO
21. Irham Poklan/NGO
22. Karliansyah KLH
23. Sigit Reliantoro KLH
24. Ir. Ued Djunaedhy Ka Din LH Karawang
25. Ir. Henky Herwanto KSD TM LH Karawang
26. Ishak Haribisono PGN
27. Arman W. PGN
28. Tamia PGN
29. Luky PGN
30. Wisandana BPLHD Jabar
Annex - 10
B.4.2 Public Consultation Meeting, September 2002
I. The Central EIA Appraisal Commision Meeting held in Jakarta on September 22, 2002, about
Evaluation of ANDAL, RKL, and RPL of the project
II. Agenda
Opening by Isa Karmisa Ardiputra Deputy for Environmental Impact Management Affairs, Ministry
for the Environmental
Project Overview by Head of Business Development Division, Herman Usman, PT PGN
Question and Answer Forum
III. Conclusion of questionnaires from audiences
Agen cy of Environmental Management for City of Cilegon
1. As mentioned in EIA, the distribution pipeline route is concluded derived from location of industrial
activities as market in each zone. Impact shall be minimized if the pipelines route not passes through
downtown but along the freeway in suburb area, and then branched to Merak Bojonegara and entering
industrial park.
Response:
Gas distribution pipeline shall be compared with service pipe of drinking water. Its standard safety is
high and very secure even installed in public area.
2. Is there any impacts prediction if there is alteration pressure because of gas leakage or possibility of
plugging and activate explosion. How to control and manage it?
Response:
PGN use international standard safety and higher class to ensure that a risk of gas leakage and explosion
possibility shall be minimized. To maintain the pipelines, line checker and line patrol is performed
periodically.
3. How the mechanism of gas transmission starting from South Sumatera?
Response:
Gas supply for West Java Distribution is obtained from gas field in South Sumatera and transmits
through PGN South Sumatera West Java transmission pipeline across the Sunda Strait and coming
ashore in Terate, Cilegon. Gas supply is then distributed to provide gas shortage in West Java through
West Java Distribution Pipeline which is covering 3 market zones, zone 1, 2 and 3.
Local Secretary of Regency of Serang
1. Before performing the construction of gas distribution pipeline, PGN shall request permit from Regent of
Serang
Response:
Since the construction is held in government owned area, permit from related government authority is a
must and PGN shall obtain the permit before construction is commenced.
PGN to socialized PGNs activities plan and maintain coordination with related institution in Regency of
Serang
Annex - 11
Response:
The suggestion will taken into consideration and implementation
Environmental Office for the Regency of Serang
1. The Construction Phase period is shorter than the operation phase; while in RKL/RPL (Environment
Management/Monitoring Plan) is focused on anticipating the construction phase period?
Response:
Environment and social impact mostly occur during construction phase even the impact is temporary
and none of it likely to be major, sustain and irreversible but still have to be covered in RKL/RPL. In
operational phase, community anxiety of gas pipeline explosion and leakage is contended by periodic
pipeline checker. For emergency reference, PGNs also provide the SOP for Emergency Response.
2. PGN to clarify the pipe utilization during the Post-Operations Phase.
Response:
As mentioned in EIA document, for post operation pipeline will be decommissioned (in accord with
PGNs SOP Number 500-70 pages 3/11). The pipe will be filled by water after all trapped gases are
forced out of the pipe in order to ensure safety. The ends of the pipes will be sealed and abandoned
underground. Since there is no toxic or radiological materials are involved, pipelines are unlikely to
cause problems.
Environmental Impact Management Agency for Regency of Tangerang
1. PGN shall made adjustment on the altering of Balaraja District in to sub-district of Sentul and
Cangkudu, while the Jayanti District have been changed to be sub-district of Pasir Muncang, Jaya nti,
and Gembong.
Response:
The information above will be taken to complete the document.
2. PGN shall sharpen the impact analyze for socio-economic -cultural.
Response:
PGN always put massive consideration for social aspect. Mitigation impact is directed to minimize
project impact to environment and social aspect as mention in document EIA chapter 4 and 5.
3. Suggestion for the construction activities, better if executed in rainy season.
Response:
As mentioned in EMP document chapter 4, construction activities during dry weather may prompt dust
problems. But since excavation is done almost completely by hand shoveling, in PGNs pipe-laying
experience, the problem is very minor. If it is required, the contractor will spray water on any dry soil.
4. The propos ed distribution line shall proper with the province road development planning.
Response:
In determined the main routes of distribution pipeline, PGN always maintain coordination with related
institution including the government.
Local Environmental Impact Management Agency for Province of Banten
1. To be added government regulation as follow:
Annex - 12
- Decree of Minister of Environment No. 40 year 2000
- Government Regulation No. 17 year 2000
Response:
The information above will be taken to complete the document.
2. PGN to describe why the trenching work requires 1.5m depth below the soil surface?
Response:
As mentioned in Annex D Guidance for Construction Contractor and EMP Chapter 2, the minimum
depth of main line in the public road shall be 750 mm (0,75 m) measured from the upper side of pipeline
until the land surface. To improve the safety standard, the depth of digging is 1.5 meter plus the pipe
diameter, allowing the upper surface of the pipe to be situated at 1.5 meter below the soil surface.
3. Average pipe diameter in Cikande Kopo segmen is 16 inch, while in Cilegon Anyer segmen is 8 inch
and 10 inch. Why there is difference in the pipe diameter?
Response:
The differences of pipe diameter in some segment are due to amount of customer and gas demand in its
area.
4. Water for hydrostatic testing is non-corrosive fresh water without chemical addition. PGN to explain
where the water is taken and where to dispose it?
Response:
As mentioned in EIA document, water for hydrostatic testing is taken from and disposed to Cidurian,
Cibanten, Anyer, and Bojonegara River in Zone 2; and Citarum Canal, Ciherang, and Cikao River in
Zone 3.
5. Measurement for baseline data is performed on 1999, does it still represent the conditions on
2002/2003?
Response:
Measurement for water quality, air quality, noise level, demography, land use, and traffic has been
updated in 2002 and 2003. Other information such as the rivers to be crossed and its profile still obtained
from data 1999 with consideration that the crossing and the rivers profiles is not changing.
Environmental Impact Management Agency for Regency of Karawang
1. PGN shall provide temporary waste container (TPSS) to manage the solid waste.
Response:
Solid waste shall be generated from vegetation removal during site preparation, removal of concrete
surfaces in urban and industrial areas, or mill cutting, stones and rubble from hydrostatic testing water.
The generated solid waste will be collected in container before dispose to landfill or taken by third party
for further handling.
2. Wastewater from hydrostatic testing shall be analyzed further.
Response:
As mentioned in EMP chapter 4, wastewater from hydrostatic testing is safe to be disposed to recipient
body water since it doesnt contain chemical additive. Suspended solids and other debris from
hydrostatic testing will influence the TSS value of the recipient water bodies. But considering the
strength of body water stream, which would rapidly move TSS downstream to settle in areas of slower
current, this impact is estimated to be small, and temporary.
3. Beside the noise measurement, dust measurement has to be carried out also.
Annex - 13
Response:
Dust measurement is already available on EIA/EMP document.
Environmental Impact Management Agency for Regency of Subang
1. Distribution pipeline will go across the Cimalaya River, meanwhile there is no water analyze for such
river. PGN to measurement Cimalaya River.
Response:
In EIA document, water quality measurement for Cimalaya River has been available
2. Rainfall data for zone 3 was taken from Jatiwangi station, while the Kalijati station is nearest and should
represent zone 3 better.
Response:
Jatisari station is deemed may represent climate information for zone 3. This information is strengthened
by wind data from Jatiwangi station.
Management of Environmental, Mining and Energy Agency for Regency of Purwakarta
1. Regarding the region extension of Regency Purwakarta, it is required to list Bungursari, Campaka,
Cibatu, Purwakarta and Jatiluhur District as project impacted area.
Response:
The information above will be taken to complete the document
2. Wastewater disposal from hydrostatic testing only allow to dispose to particular river (has been
analyzed) and not allow to dispose into drainage / sewer system.
Response:
The direction to dispose the wastewater from hydrostatic testing is already available in EIA/EMP
document.
3. To anticipate the traffic, it is required a survey to measure amount vehicles per time unit.
Response:
The required data of traffic frequency is already available in EIA/EMP document.
NGO of POKLAN, Bandung
1. There should be some direct compensation for environment and socio-cultural, such as re-vegetation for
cropped trees or economic development assistance for affected villages, etc.
Response:
Since PGN doing the construc tion activities under government permit, PGN also obligate to restore the
land conditions the same or better than original condition. PGN also has community development
programs, through the Small Scale Business and Cooperation Development Unit (PUKK) which is
dedicated to responding proposals from the local public.
2. Proponent shall consistent for involving the local community particularly in recruitment of worker.
Response:
Annex - 14
PGN shall refer to EMP document due to mitigate the project impact, including the social impact such
recruitment of worker.
3. Independent monitoring team shall be made to control the project implementation.
Response:
Suggestion will be taken as consideration
PT. Kereta Api (Persero)
1. PGN shall provide permit for the construction of gas distribution pipeline within PT. KAIs corridor.
Response:
Concerning the crossing with facility owned by other parties, PGN shall propose permit and maintain
coordination before the construction is commenced.
2. PGN shall coordinate with PT. KAI on the matters of the pipeline construction boring method. PT. KAI
requires technical drawing for each crossing location.
Response:
Refer to the answer no. 1. PGN shall provide technical drawing in further consultation with related
institution. The technical dr awing will not attach in EIA document.
3. How far the construction activities do affected the railway traffic?
Response:
Horizontal boring will not disturb traffic during construction because the activities will be held
underground the facilities (road or railway). With this system, pipes will be laid at a minimum depth of
1.75 m below the road surface to the top of the pipe. All methods applied during road and railway
crossing will comply with the regulations
on crossing railway and other facilities, as established in Act No. 13, 1992; Government Regulation
Number 69, 1998; Government Regulation Number 18, 1998; and Act Number 14, 1992 about Road
Traffic.
Department of Transportation
1. PGN to provide lost income information due to construction activities. Is there any land acquisition and
replacement land?
Response:
As mentioned in EIA/EMP documents, The West Java Gas Distribution is not required land acquisition
since it will be held on public area and under government permit. There also will be no involu ntary
resettlement under the project. Possibility of losing income due to construction activities will
compensated directly to the affected person.
2. Do the construction activities anticipate the possibility of road development plan?
Response:
Yes. Before concluded the distribution route, PGN have coordination with the Agency of Land Use
Planning.
3. Installation of pipeline shall be between 9 pm 6 am
Response:
Annex - 15
PGN will implement the construction activities refer to PGN SOP of Construction
PT. TELKOM
1. Intensive supervision and coordination shall be maintained during construction.
Response:
PGN shall always maintain the coordination with related institution during construction.
2. PGN to provide pipeline route map for the purpose of coordination and evaluation with other related
institutions.
Response:
The suggestion will taken as consideration
Department of Residential and Regional Infrastructure
1. PGN to clarify the land to be used is the property of local community, government owned or public
roads?
Response:
The land to be used is government owned, therefore no land acquisiton will be required
2. PGN to clarify the diameter of the pipe to be installed.
Response:
Further information about diameter of pipe which being installed already available in document.
Attendance List
1. Minister of Environmental
2. Expert Staff in Territories and Environmental, Energy and Mineral Resources Department
3. General Secretary of Residential and Regional Infrastructure Department
4. General Secretary of Transportation Department
5. General Secretary of Internal Affairs Department
6. Director of PT KAI (State Train Company)
7. Director of PT PLN (State Electric Company)
8. Director of PT TELKOM (State Telecommunication Company)
9. Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency of West Java Province
10. Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency of Banten Province
11. Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency of Serang District
12. Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency of Cilegon District
13. Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency of Tangerang District
14. Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency of Karawang District
15. Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency of Purwakarta District
16. Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency of Subang District
17. Management of Environmental, Mining and Energy Agency for Regency of Purwakarta
18. NGO of POKLAN
Annex - 16
B.4.3 Public Consultation Meeting, April 2003
I. The Central EIA Appraisal Commision Meeting held in Jakarta on September 22, 2002, about
Evaluation of ANDAL, RKL, and RPL of the project
II. Agenda
Opening by Isa Karmisa Ardiputra Deputy for Environmental Impact Management Affairs, Ministry for
the Environmental
Project Overview by Head of Business Development Division, Herman Usman, PT PGN
Environmental Assessment Study explained by Team Leader of EIA Consultant, Dr. Enan, Agricultural
Institute, Bogor
Question and Answer Forum
III. Conclusion of questionnaires from audiences
1. Environmental Impact Management Agency of Purwakarta District

Does PGN have a general emergency response plan? Does it only specific for the existing
distribution system in West Java?
Response
PGN has already had Emergency Response Standard Procedure Operation and it applicable for
all of PGN Project. The SOP of emergency plan for gas distribution inclydes action against
uncontrolled gas leakage, gas pressure changes, regular inspection under normal operation, and
periodic pipe thickness check.
2. Environmental Impact Management Agency of Karawang District

Please explain the difference of gas from Pertamina and PGN
Response
The source of PGNs gas is Pertamina, thus Gas from Pertamina or from PGN is similar
3. Environmental Impact Management Agency of Subang District

On the EIA document, measurement result of air quality and noise has not been completed yet by the
standard measure. Please check and complete it.
Response
Already completed on EIA document
4. Environmental Impact Management Agency of Karawang District

In the pre-construction phase, socialization project must be arranged with community affected along
pipeline route.
Response
Before the project commence, the socialization will be held to the Community
5. NGO of Poklan
Will community be charged for gas pipeline installation?
Response
Payment of installation for people is just from meter (on yard of house) to inside home.
Annex - 17
6. NGO of KMPL-Subang
- Check and complete the administrative data for district and sub district
- Will PGN install sign or marker along the pipeline route
Response
- Already checked and revised on the document
- PGN will install sign and marker along the pipeline route, indicating the appearance of underground
gas pipeline
7. Environmental Impact Management Agency of West Java Province

On EIA document must be explained the emergency response such as for gas leakage.
Response
PGN has already had Emergency Response SOP, including for gas leakage.
8. Environmental Impact Management Agency of Banten Province

EIA must be arranged follow related central or local government regulations
Response
PGN will use related regulations in this EIA
9. Residential and Regional Infrastructure Department

Hopefully all households along pipeline route can be gotten opportunity as PGNs customer
Response
Will be taken as consideration, however depend on gas supply
10. Transportation Department

How mechanism will be used for railway crossing
Response
Boring method system will be applied at railway crossing. In this method, pipes will be laid underneath
the railway, an advantage of this method is the existing traffic will not be disturbed during constructions
11. Energy and Mineral Resources Department

On EIA document must be explained of water source for hydrostatic test, and where the water waste will
be discharged
Response
The water management for hydrostatic test has already put on the EIA document.
Attendance List
1. Minister of Enviro nmental
2. Expert Staff in Territories and Environmental, Energy and Mineral Resources Department
3. General Secretary of Settlement And Territory Infrastructure Department
4. General Secretary of Communication Department
5. General Secretary of Internal Affairs Department
6. Director Oil and Gas Technique, Energy and Mineral Resources Department
7. Director of PT KAI (State Train Company)
8. Director of PT PLN (State Electric Company)
9. Director of PT Telekomunikasi (State Telecommunication Company)
Annex - 18
10. Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency of West Java Province
11. Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency of Banten Province
12. Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency of Serang District
13. Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency of Cilegon District
14. Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency of Tangerang District
15. Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency of Karawang District
16. Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency of Purwakarta District
17. Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency of Subang Distric t
18. NGO of POKLAN
19. Community Representative of Serang District
20. Community Representative of Cilegon District
21. Community Representative of TangerangDistrict
22. Community Representative of Karawang District
23. Community Representative of Purwakarta District
24. Community Representative of Subang District
Annex - 19
B.4.4 Socialization of West Java Distribution Project in Bekasi (Zone 1)
Date : 28 September 2004

Place : Head of Bekasi District Office
1. Opening, by: Head of Bekasi Environmental Impact Monitoring and Mining Agency
a. Regarding to the regulation, socialization of project planning shall be conducted prior to project
implementation
b. The objective is to offer and invite public participation, as means of: suggestions, inputs in related to
the project
c. The objective of activity for PGN is also to give opportunity to explain project planning
2. PGN explanation, by: Advisor I of Business Development Division
a. Project background: increasing natural gas demand in Western of Java while the supply of gas is
decreasing. The source of natural gas is Pagardewa Pertamina
b. Objective of project is to fulfill Western of Java natural gas demands by developing the South
Sumatra West Java transmission pipeline project.
c. The project activities consist of preparation phase, construc tion phase, and operation phase. One part
of preparation phase is arrangement of EIA document
d. Project schedule
e. Construction method
3. Direction of Head of Bekasi Environmental Impact Monitoring and Mining Agency

Due to boundary of district, PGN should clarify the pipeline route. For the pipe lies in settlement road,
PGN should prepare permission for each of region and related institution.
PGN comments:
PGN have already managed the permission from related institution
4. Questions from Public Informal Leader Representative

a. Have PGN gotten permission from gas and oil general directorate?
b. Regarding to Mining and Energy regulation, PGN shall get approval for vendor from local
government
PGN comments:
a. PGN have already get permission from Energy and Mineral Resources Ministry
b. Prior to construction phase, PGN will conduct socialization together with Citys Development
Planning Board, related institutes, utilities and contractor
5. Questions from NGO of Sukawangi

a How long PGN pipeline will be operated?
b Is there any charged for costumer if they want to be installed gas pipeline?
c Is there any Engineering Consultant from PGN to modified premium equipment to gas equipment
PGN Comments:
a. The gas pipeline will be operated min. 20 years. In order to achieve 20 years lifetime operation, the
gas pipeline will be regularly maintained.
b. Costumer will be charged only pipeline from yard to kitchen or inside home, meanwhile metering
station and connection pipe will be PGN responsibility.
c. PGN will support technical services such as the calculation of modified equipment.
6. Questions from NGO of Hurip Jaya
Annex - 20
a. What are the risks that have to be dealt with during the pipeline development?
b. Hurip Jaya village community is welcome with this project, because due to possibility for local labor
recruitment
PGN comments:
a. For safety purpose, Sectional Valve (SV) will be installed in every 20 km of the pipeline. This SV
will automatically shut the gas flow if leak occur in the pipeline. Pressure Safety Valve (PSV) also
will be installed in pip e system to release high-pressure gas to air, and Emergency Shut Down Valve
(ESDV) for automatically shut down gas flow. PGN always applies international standard for
installing pipeline such as ASME, API.
b. Necessities of labor are especially for the labor, which does not need special/specific skills (as like
digging labors which are not special skill of pipe installing). The labor recruitment is also having
positive impact to the business opportunity of the society all along the project such as rent house,
food and drink. Their income are increasing, because of fulfill the labor necessities.
7. Closing by Head of Bekasi Environmental Impact Monitoring and Mining Agency
a. The government of Bekasi district supports the implementation of Western Java Distribution
pipeline project and the preparation of EIA.
b. Hopefully, this activity could provide information exchange, input, suggestion, that needed as
project preparation.
Annex - 21
List of Attedant for Socialization Meeting in Zone 1
Annex - 22
Annex - 23
B.4.5 Socialization of West Java Distribution Project in Tangerang and Serang (Zone 2)
Date : 13, 19, 20 August 2004

Place : Sub District Office Hall in District of Tangerang and Serang
1. Opening and Explanation
Opening :
Giving a brief view about pipeline project plan in District of Tangerang.
Giving a time for PGN to explain pipeline project plan and invite the audience to give some response
and input for PGN.
Explanation by Vice Executing Project Coordinator Engineering PT. PGN

General and Technical Information about this West Java distribution pipeline project and also its
benefits for development of District of Tangerang.
2. Response and Inputs
Question :
Are there any digging activities along with the road in Tangerang.
What will be the next step after digging activit ies.
Responds :
a. Digging activities will follow the proposed distribution route. Principally, this PGNs distribution
pipeline will build in shoulder of the road and will not across the land owned by local people.
b. Next activities is backfilling. Information about construction methode is available in EA document.
Question :
What is the form of gas that will be transferred by PGN.
How is the gas distribution system to customers
Does the gas supply gas source in South Sumatera can fulfill the gas demand in West Java.
Responds :
a. The natural gas to be transferred in gas form.
b. PGNs natural gas consists of Methane (CH4). It is different from LPG that dominated by Prophane
(C 3H8). Distribution process will be transported by pipeline, not by tube.
c. The contract between PGN and PSC is for 20 years, but there is still a probability to find other gas
fields near the pipeline path. The volume amount of natural gas is enough to meet the demand in West
Java, to provide the demand of industries, commercial and household sectors.
Question :
How to construct pipeline across the river like Cikande River that have about 10 m width.
How about the PGNs contribution for the Community in the area of pipeline route.
Responds :
a. To construct pipeline across the river, PGN will use Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD) system.
HDD is the technology to put the pipe below the rivers bottom without disturbing the river flow.
b. Principally, PGN have a special budget for Community Development each year. It takes from PGNs
profit percentage. This aid consists of general facilities development, and also PUKK (Development
for Small Business and Cooperation). The PUKK program is already implemented in the entire project
(Sumatera and also Java Island). District of Tangerang will get the aid to build general facilities, sports
and also PUKK.
Annex - 24
Question :
How PGN know the gas market.
Who in charge to connect the pipeline from transmission pipeline to the each industry.
Responds :
a. Before the construction, PGN conduct a market survey to get information about gas demand potential.
b. It shall become PGNs responsible to connect the distribution pipeline to each industry.
Question :
How to construct this pipeline in the public road area.
How the coordination between PGN with other institution that had other utilities in proposed route.
Responds:
a. The pipeline will be constructed along the shoulder of the road, based on PGN SOP for construction.
b. Good coordination is always maintained between PGN and other institution that owned the utilities in
the pipeline path. Usually, in the first step PGN make coordination with Dinas PU (Public Facilities
Agency) before coordinate with the owner of utilities. During the construction PGN will also make a
good coordination in monitoring and controlling the project.
Question :
Who will take responsibility for service and operation in distribution area?
Responds :
The department that responsible to give a support and service to the customer is Strategic Business Unit
region I West Part of Java (SBU I Jaw a Bagian Barat). PGN also have a representative office Tangerang.
Question :
Are there any plan of PGN to distribute the gas to household.
How to construct the pipeline across the people settlement.
Responds :
a. Recently, the South Sumatera West Java transmission pipeline build for fulfill the West Jawa demand
because the recent gas supply is declining. The gas supply is used to provide commercial, industries
and household sector.
b. Pipeline will be constructed with particular safety standard. If the pipeline will across the settlement
area, pipe will be constructed with higher safety standard. Pipe class and specification for house
settlement will be different with pipe class for empty area or road area.
Question :
PGN is suggested to socialize this project until sub-district level.
Responds :
The suggestion will be taken into consideration, thank you
Question :
Is the pipeline route will across the Cisadane River, because Cisadane river is across 2 province so PGN
have to make a coordination with Water Resources Development Project Agency in Banten Province.
Responds :
The suggestion will be taken into consideration; PGN will make coordination with other institution.
3. Closing:
Closing remarks was conducted by local government officer. The local government of Tangerang and
Serang supports the implementation of Western Java Distribution
Annex - 25
List of Attedant for Socialization Meeting in Zone 2
Annex - 26
Annex - 27
Annex - 28
Annex - 29
Annex - 30
Annex - 31
B.4.6 Socialization of West Java Distribution Project in Karawang (Zone 3 )
Date : 29 September 2004

Place : PGRI Building District of Karawang
1. Opening and Description
Opening by Head of Environmental Agency District of Karawang

Reviewing the project description.
Giving time for PGN to convey the brief information of West Java Distribution project and invite
participants to respond it.
PGNs Description by Construction Manager of SSWJ III PT. PGN

General remarks and technical information for the West Java Distribution project and the project
advantages for local gover nment.
Project Objection
Project Advantages
2. Response and Inputs
Health Agency
a. How far the construction phase shall affect public health?
b. Special attention for managing the dust fugitive during construction in dry season shall be provided.
Responds:
a. Further analysis for public health is available in EA Document
b. If necessary, to reduce occurrence dust, contractor will spray water before trenching activities. However,
since the trenching use manual equipment, there will not be much dust generated. Further information
about dust and construction method is available in EA Document
NGO GIKERTA
a. PGN to describe the gas composition shall be transmitted thru pipelines
b. Is there any study to guarantee the gas supply?
c. Community development program is expected to become regular program for local people.
d. What will be the likely negative impact from this pipeline project?
Responds:
a. The transmitted natural gas is consist of 85 % methane with lesser specific gravity than air, therefore the
transmitted gas will evaporate more easily when compare with LPG which has higher specific gravity
than air.
b. Continuity of gas supply will be assured due to the contract signing between PGN and PSC (Production
Sharing Contractor) in South Sumatera which has been contracted for 20 years. KPS shall perform
research to find another gas reserves.
c. Community development indeed becomes PGN regular program.
d. Assessment, management and monitoring for likely negative impact already available in EIA document.
Head of Village of Sarimulya

a. In accord with local spatial planning, PGN shall maintain coordination with related (local) institution.
b. When the pipelines construction shall be commenced?
Responds:
a. PGN shall maintain coordination with related (local) institution
b. Construction activities shall be commenced at 2006.
Annex - 32
National Land Agency
a. PGN to inspect and monitor construction at crossing point with other facilities carefully.
b. What will be the required conditions for pipe safety?
c. How long the pipeline shall be operated?
Responds:
a. The suggestion will be taken in implementation

b. In construction phase, PGN shall pursue the international standard. The following standard in PGN
construction activities is available in document.
c. The pipeline is designed for 20 operations.
Environmental Agency
Does PGN provide Risk Analysis document which contains risk analysis for local people dwell near the
proposed pipeline route?
Responds:
The analysis of local people near the pipeline has been accommodated in EIA document. This document
describes the impact of project to social-economic aspect and alternative solution to mitigate and manage the
impact.
3. Closing
Closing remarks is conveyed by Head of Environmental Agency of Karawang

The government of District of Karawang supports the implementation of Western Java Distribution pipeline
project and the preparation of EIA
Construction Manager of SSWJ III PT. PGN

PGN gratify the related institution which has attend the socialization meeting and support the project
implementation
Annex - 33
List of Attedant fo r Socialization Meeting in Zone 3
Annex - 34
Annex - 35
Documentation of Project Announcement in Newspaper
Annex - 36
Annex - 37
Annex - 38
ANNEX C
GENERAL POLICY ON
LAND ACQUISITION AND COMPENSATION

( PERSERO )
GENERAL POLICY ON LAND AQUISATION AND COMPENSATION,
1. Background
The West Java Natural Gas Distribution Pipeline is one of the PGN project to provide gas demand in
West Java. Current 168 mmscfd natural gas supply for industrial and commercial customer in Jakarta
Bogor area of West Java is being fully utilized. To overcome the shortage of gas, PGN is now starting to
construct gas transmission pipelines from gas fields in South Sumatera to Java, coming ashore near
Cilegon. The West Java Gas Distribution Pipeline system would able to deliver this new supply to areas
of major industrial growth in the provinces of Jakarta, Banten and West Java. Total demand for gas in
these three provinces is expected to grow from 168 mmscfd currently to at least 825 mmscfd within the
next decade. The distribution component comprises with construction 186 km of class 300 steel
pipelines of 4 16 inch diameter and 71.4 km of class 150 steel pipelines of 4 16 inch diameter and
completed by supporting facilities.
Contrary to transmission pipelines, distribution pipeline do not have right of way (ROW). The
distribution pipeline routes are situated along the shoulder of existing road, which belong to the
government and not require land acquisition or resettlement. The use of land for pipeline routes is
authorized by construction permits from Public Work Service (PU) and Local Planning Development
Agency (BAPPEDA) offices in each town or district. The permits include provisions for restoration of
the land to as good as or better than original condition and retribution for maintenance and rehabilitation
of the affected area, which shall be conferred to Local Government. To minimize the operational risk
due to lack of ROW, the distribution pipeline has a higher standard of safety.
PGNs basic guidance for pipeline construction indicated that section of trenching will be open no more
than 100m at one time. This section must be backfilled within 24 hours and backfilling must conclude
before the next section is opened. This guidance shall assured to limit the disruption of road traffic,
Annex - 39
pedestrians, and access to roadside dwellings, business, public gathering, etc., less than 1 day.
Disruptions rarely extend over night.
Development of distr ibution pipelines in zone 2 and 3 is constructed along some road, which has
traditional market and store/shop owners or semi-permanent kiosks located alongside the road. Even
though the construction work shall not directly affect the structure of market or shops and not caused
permanent business resettlement, business may be temporarily interrupted for short periods during
construction phase.
2. General Overview
PGNs general policy for land acquisition, compensation and resettlement regarding gas transmiss ion
and distribution project follows the government regulation concerning land acquisition for the execution
of public interest development, called as President Decree no. 55 year 1993. Application of local
government policy and process of land acquisition comprises various procedures. Each procedure
consists of several stages, which will be applied based on project implementation schedule.
The principles and objectives applied in PGN policy framework concerning with land acquisition,
compensation and resettlement are as follow:
Resettlement of people will be minimized as much as possible
All Displaced Persons (DPs) residing in, working, doing business, or cultivating, land, or having
rights over resources within the project area are entitled to be compensated for their lost assets at
replacement cost
Displaced Families (DFs) by the project and losing partially or all of their productive assets will be
entitled for full compensation for the entire affected assets at replacement cost.
All Displaced Persons (DPs) should be assisted in their efforts to improve their livelihoods and
standards of living or at least to restore them, in real terms, to levels prevailing prior to the
beginning or project implementation or pre-displacement of relocated, whichever is higher.
In order to maintain a mutually beneficial relationship with the local communities on the issue of land,
business and livelihood, PGN intends to perform public socialization through community information
campaigns, public awareness programs, local government guidance to municipal and village people, and
the establishment of grievance procedures and local field monitoring to help address any problems
experienced by communities whose assets are adversely affected by this project.
3. Measurement for Identification DPs

Before the construction of West Java Distribution Project commences, PGN have performed preliminary
surveys along the pipeline route to identify any Displaced Persons in the project area. From the
preliminary survey, we identified 941 non-permanent footpath sellers that likely to suffer interruption
for about 1 day. They are vegetables and fruits sellers, cigarette sellers, household equipment sellers, and
daily needs sellers with daily income ranging between Rp. 40,000 350,000.
Only bus inesses those in place when the preliminary survey is conducted are eligible for compensation.
The eligible businesses are recorded on a list and approved by local sub-district authorities. Preliminary
surveys are also the occasion to socialize the project activities to the sellers and to reach agreement with
them on compensation to be paid after construction is completed. Any business established after cutoff
date would not be eligible.
Amount of compensation given by PGNs, is agreed and monitored by local sub district authority.
Annex - 40
4. Institutional and Legal Framework
Institutional Framework
The responsibilities for implementing the management policy are as the followings:
a. PGN shall ensure that in case people are affected by project they will receive compensation. This
policy is carried out by an officer (PIMPRO) who prepares periodic reports to the PGN Project
Manager, ensures that required activities are performed promptly, maintains good relationship with
the community and resolves problems that might arise within the local communities.
b. Funds for implementing the management policy will be provided by PGN based on budgetary
requirements.
Legal Framework
Currently, all land acquisition for public interest development in Indonesia is regulated by:
a. President Decree No. 55 year 1993 on the subject of Land Acquisition for Public Interest
Development.
b. Law No. 5 year 1960 on the subject of Basic Principles on Agrarian.
c. Minister of the National Land Use Agency Decree No. 1 year 1994 on the subject of Implementation
Guidelines of President Decree No. 55 year 1993.
Additional relevant regulations include:

a. The Regional Government Regulation on Utility Networks
b. The Regional Government Regulation on Regional Retribution/Contribution
c. The Governors Instruction on compensation for backfilling and repair including supervision for
utility activities
d. The Governors Instruction regarding location of utility network under ground and above ground
5. Definitions
For the purpose of the aforesaid policy, the terms used in this document shall be defined as follows:
a. DP means Displaced Person(s), defined as any person or persons who, on account of the execution
of the project, or any of its component sub-project or part there of, would have their:
i. Right, title, possession or int erest in any house, land (including residential, agricultural, and
under adat laws) or any other fixed or moveable asset acquired or possessed, in full or in part,
permanently or temporarily or
ii. Business, occupation, work, place of residence or habitat adversely affected; or
iii. Standard of living adversely affected
b. DF means Displaced Families, defined as all members of a household residing under one roof and
operating as a single economic unit, who are adversely Displaced by the project, or any of its
components. For resettlement purposes, project Displaced Persons will be dealt with as members of
Project Displaced Families (PDFs)
c. Right of Way means the clearance area along the pipeline system for safety purposes
d. Easement Area are the areas where PGN requires temporary passage but no permanent acquisition
of land or structure is required.
e. NJOP (Nilai Jual Objek Pajak) is the assessed value of an asset for tax purposes that to be used in
considering the land price
f. Replacement Cost, are the compensation amounts sufficient to replace affected assets (land,
building, other fixed assets) based on the local market prices at the time of the land acquisition, and
including any transaction costs.
Annex - 41
6. Avoiding or Minimizing Impacts
PGN and its Strategic Business Units in charge of project will try to minimize all physical impacts by
exploring alternative route alignments. Special consideration will be given to avoiding as much as
possible areas with dense populations, school and other public facilities, shopping areas, and housing
developments. Where there are no other options, projects should use alternative construction strategies
(e.g., working during non-business hours, minimizing length of construction period at any one site) to
minimize impact.
7. Consultation and Participation of Displaced Person

a. DP will be informed of the main provisions of this policy framework through an effective public
information campaign and public meetings. PGN will print a short Public Information Booklet or
similar to include projec t objectives, likely impacts of the project on the community, compensation
entitlement criteria, and grievance redress mechanism. The booklet will be distributed to all the
affected households as part of public participation and information campaign.
b. The DP will be invited to participate throughout the various stages of the planning and
implementation of land acquisition and compensation.
8. Compensation and Rehabilitation

The compensation and rehabilitation measures to be provided are:
i. Compensation for easement and for assets acquired for clearance space at replacement cost
ii. Compensation at replacement cost for houses, other structures and fixed assets
iii. Compensation for nonpermanent footpath sellers will be given in accordance to their own
average daily incom e that will be paid after construction is completed. Measurement of
compensation is based on average daily income sellers multiply by duration of the
construction activities.
iv. A replacement land of equal residential quality, agricultural productivity and business
potential, as the case may be, at location acceptable to the DP, or in case suitable replacement
land is not available, cash compensation at full replacement cost
v. Cash compensation to affected business, means of livelihood and incomes
vi. Rehabilitation measures and income restoration programs such as vocational training, credit
facilities, job opportunities and other assistance for self-employment as determined suitable
for DP
vii. Where only temporary acquisition of assets (for a maximum period of three months) is
necessary, DP will be paid compensation at replacement cost for any damaged caused to the
properties/assets and full compensation for the loss of income during the period of temporary
acquisition
viii. Provision of transport allowance and dislocation assistance during transition to all physically
relocated persons
ix. Provision of rent allowance and assistance in finding alternate rental accommodation to tenant
DP
9. COMPLAINTS and GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES
Complaints and grievance related to any aspect of the implementation of land acquisition and
compensation including inventory of assets, price of the lost assets, will be handled based on President
Decree No. 55/93, as follows:
Annex - 42
a. As a first stage, DP will present their grievance and complaints to the Project Officer. If the DP is
not satisfied with the decision of the project Officer, the DP may present the case to the Project
Manager and then further to the Head Office of PGN
b. If the DP is not satisfied with the decision of the Project Manager and PGN, the case may be
submitted for consideration by the local government and higher authorities (The Governor of the
Province) as stipulated under President Decree 55/93. All the aspect of land acquisition and
resettlement is already covered by the above regulation, including complaints or dispute from DPs.
DP will be exempted from all administrative and legal fees incurred in pursuant to the grievance redress
procedures
10.REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION

Land Acquisition and Compensation Report
i. PGN will prepare a Land Acquisition and Compensation Report for any project/ sub-projects
involving land acquisition.
ii. Land Acquisition and compensation report will include:
The baseline information
Procedures used to assess compensation
Detailed compensation and other rehabilitation and entitlements for each category of DP
Location and area as the replacement of agricultural, residential and/or business land
Public participation and consultation mechanism
A time bound action plan for implementation
Detailed budget and source of funding for the various compensation and rehabilitation
measures
Internal monitoring and evaluation
iii. Compensation, resettlement and rehabilitation activities will only be commenced after Bank
accepts the Land Acquisition and Compensation Report.
iv. Officers which responsibility in safeguard shall monitor the occurrence impact and report the
mitigation achievement to PGN.
Annex - 43
ANNEX D
GUIDANCE TO CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACTORS

( PERSERO )
Attachment of Director Decree Number 077.3.K/91/UT/2003

Date Mei 1, 2003
WORK PLAN & TERMS

Number : .
Package Number

PROCUREMENT FOR STEEL PIPE CONSTRUCTION
TARGET
BENCHMARKING
DEVELOPMENT OF GAS DISTRIBUTION PIPELINE
FINANCE SOURCE
APBN DIP YEAR 20..
KPKN .
Annex - 44
1. Pre -Implementation
1.1 Specification and Standard
All work, equipments and material to be executed and provided by the vendor according to contract shall
fulfill the specification and standard as follows:
SPM Migas
British Gas Standard (BGC)
American National Standard Institute (ANSI), B.31.8 Latest Edition
American Petroleum Institute (API), 1104 Latest Edition
American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM)
Standard Industri Indonesia (SII)
Indonesian Regulation for Steel Reinforced Concrete (PBI 71)
Other Regional Government Regulations
Vendor can propose other specification & standard that equivalent with the certain one and it shall be
approved by Executing Director before get used. If failure happen during the execution, although has been
approved, it still will be vendors responsibilities and the vendor can not sue the Executing Director or the
project owner in any kind of form.
1.1 Execution Work Plan
1.1.1 Work Plan
The Work Period will provide to the vendor by the procurement document. Vendor shall make the work plan
and also the detail comprehensive schedule for the main project, temporary project and also the devices/tools
and human resources procurement. Vendor shall give The Schedule and Work Plan to the Executing
Director as soon as the Work Order Letter (SPK) being received.
The vendor shall make the evaluation, change or fix the work schedule once a month. If there are any
change/modification on the Work Schedule, it shall be approved by the Executing Director. All of the
modifications are Vendors responsibilities except the modification because of Force Majeur.
1.1.2 Organization Chart
The vendor shall give the filed project organization chart including the name of the personnel. The
Organization Chart shall include :
a. Field Manager
b. Pipeline Installation Supervisor
c. Civil Supervisor
d. Before execute the excavation work, the vendor shall inform it to Project, Agency of Public
Work/ Dinas Pekerjaan Umum (DPU), traffic and agencies needed first.
e. On the excavation work, vendor shall maintain the public safety and smooth traffic flow around
the work site, i.e. by preparing and installing required signs, i.e. excavation sign boards, purple
plastic cone, blink light, etc.
f. On the public street excavation, excavation soils are kept or inserted into soil patch box in order
that soils not being spread to body of the road, so that they will not disturb and endanger the
traffic users.
Annex - 45
2. Excavation
2.1 General
When the excavation work executed, vendor was permitted only execute work periodically
on every 100 meters excavation for pipe excavation and then has to be installed/ buried at
the latest 1 x 24 hours which then followed by reparation according to the established
specification.
All ex-excavation materials has to be carried out immediately from work site and not
permitted to be piled on the body of the road or on the side walk.
On the next 100 meters excavation, those ex-excavation soils are piled into previous
excavation hole which its installation has been installed
If anything happen or because of something else be force to be a test/ connection hole
where no work activity (i.e. waiting for materials, tools, shut off schedule, test equipment),
that hole have to be equipped with a dense and adequate safety tools and clear signs.
Maximum deadline/ time limit for the opened hole is limited only 1 X 24 hours. If the
vendor cannot finished this job during that time, the hole has to be closed.
If we found any ineligibility in quality inspection onsite with the stipulated technical
specifications, then the contractor shall restore and accomplish the job. The excavation work
on the crowded street is not allowed in peak hours.
The minimum depth of main line in the public road shall be 750 mm (0,75 m) and the
minimum depth of main line in pedestrian shall be 600 m (0,60 m) measured from the upper
side of pipeline until the land surface. Depth can be reduced by the Authority Inspector.
From 0,75 M+D depth until 1,00 M+D, The digging shall be lowered so we can used the
natural bend from the pipeline installation.
2.2 Excavation Requirements
1. Standard in this Excavation are Local Government Regulation and Excavation Standard from PT
Perusahaan Gas Negara (Persero)
2. Excavation work could be executed if the permit has been given by Government and private
institution
3. The installation for safety, storage, etc should be available on site
4. Mapping for underground situation (electricity installation, phone, water, gas) shall be
acknowledged to prevent installation damage
5. The excavation hole shall always run dry
2.3 Test Excavation
The Vendor could make excavation test with size (width x length x depth) 1x 2 x 2 m3 or depend on the
requirement from the location to prove underground condition according to executing agency direction.
2.4 The Excavation Type
Some of the excavation type are :

Depth of excavation is ( 1.5 m + diameter of pipe) or depth of pipe buried is 1.5 meters.
If there some difficulties to reach this area, the depth of excavation could be less then 1.5 m +
Diameter of pipe (permit from executing agency should be available). According to Minister Decree
P.E. No. 300K/38/M.PE/1997, the pipe buried should be at least 1 meter from ground level.
Otherwise, vendor should input data for this depth less then 1.5 meter for price unit analysis (see
Chapter I, point 7, detail 7.2)
Width of excavation
Annex - 46
Lower width : diameter of pipe + 30 cm
Upper width : diameter of pipe + 60 cm or adjusted with site condition
Depth of excavation for Tie-In :
Width of excavation should be more than original size in order to make easy in Tie in activity.
Based of excavation
Based of excavation should be flat and free from other materials like stone, root, wood, rubbish and
etc. In rocky part or many places which have been determined by Director of Implementer,
excavation must be buried by sand (+ 15 cm) as pipe base, with notes that depth of pipeline
installation as stipulation above.
Field inspector will check opening excavation and if not able to fulfill the terms such as depth,
width, or sanitation, so the vendor must repair excavation.
2.5 Excavation Line Direction
The opening excavation must be made as straight as possible in order to easier pipe installation, whereas
change of excavation line direction has been accordance with elbow that have been determined. If the
vendor suggests that change of direction can be used natural bend and not require elbow or its opposite, so
the installation must be approved by Director of Implementer.
2.6 Intersection with Other Utility
2.6.1 Under Ground
If the gas pipe intersect or parallel with other utility, so pipe must be installed with distance radius minimum
300 mm from this utility, therefore possible if depth of excavation more than term in point 4.2 the vendor
must observe this condition
In excavation time, public utility under ground must be secured. All of damages that emerge in utility cause
excavation are vendors responsible. If required to move temporary, vendor have to permit from authorities
agency with notes will be repaired as soon as possible if pipe have finished installed
The vendor have not permit to break water drain in excavation line. If the condition not possible and have
been approved from director implementer, vendor can do that in order to easier excavation process and must
be prepared temporary facility to move water drain. If the pipe installation has finished, water drain must be
moved to formerly condition. All of cost to handle above condition as vendors responsible.
2.6.2 Above Ground
If above excavation line has electrical pile, telephone or other facility, so vendor must secure with installing
console or moving temporary by approval of authorities agency with notes will be removed as soon as
possible like formerly condition if pipe installation have finished.
2.7 Excavation for Valve Placing
Excavation shall be adjusted with the size of valve cubicle. If excavation volume is large enough and soil
condition is not quite fine, therefore to avoid excavated soil from cave, vendor shall provide soil support
facilities.
Since excavation opening for valve placing is large enough, the vendor shall give adequate safety by
providing safety fence and warning signs to avoid undesirable accident.
2.8 The Length of Opened Excavation
Annex - 47
Opened excavation shall not longer than stipulated amount by local government. The vendor shall not
allowed to start new excavation, if existing excavation under local government permission has not finished
yet.
2.9 Special Conditions
On excavation locations where there is pond of water or quite high ground water surface, hence the vendor
shall provide better excavation method to avoid caving possibility, by construct supporting barricade or else,
and also to pump out water from excavation (dewatering) therefore the excavated opening would dry and
shall not disturb continuity of welding work. The vendor could propound a plan to resolve this condition.
3. WELDING WORK
3.1 Welding Conditions

1. The benchmark of welding work is the last edition of API 1104 or SPM.5D.54.0-1992/W.
2. Welder shall have valid MIGAS certification and pass the test.
3. Tools, material and another facilities for welding work shall be provided and suit with defined
specification.
4. Power, tool and material are provided by the vendor.
3.2 Welding Procedure
The vendor obligate to obey Welding Procedure Specification (WPS), that would made by Inspection
Company, which is inducted by Executing Director. The vendor shall recognize and understand WPS as
mentioned before welding work is accomplish.
4. BACK FILLING
4.1 Provisions
a. Excavation hole must be free of water. In case the hole contains water, then The Supplier or Service
Provider shall dry it by pumping out.
b. When the pipe has been lowered to the hole, the hole shall be back filled immediately to avoid
damage and other risks.
c. The vendor or Service Provider shall give attention to Local Government Provisions regarding
excavations, back Filling, and reinstatement.
4.2 Back Filling Execution

Back Filling shall be done from the bottom to the surface of the excavations. The solidity of
the back filling soil is approximately the same as that of excavation-surrounding soil.
At about 50 cm depth from the pipe surface, The Supplier or Service Provider shall set
marker tapes, i.e. a pie ce of yellow plastic as a warning signs. The marker tapes shall be
provided by The Supplier or Service Provider.
4.3 Location Clearance

As the back filling activities completed, soil waste or dirt and activities disposal shall be cleared up or
thrown aw ay from the location to the chosen location by Executing Director. Road, parks, and so on shall be
left in good and clean condition as the provisions of Local Government (DPU, Agency of Gardening / Dinas
Pertamanan) or PGN.
Annex - 48
5. REINSTATEMENT
The Supplier or Service Provider implements reinstatement activity of disrupted infrastructure during pipe
construction implementation such as reinstatement of road, berm, parks, entrance road and so on, unless the
reinstatement made by DPU as the current Provisions. The reinstatement activity implementation shall
follow current regulations or provisions of local government therefore the Supplier or Service Provider shall
be aware of current regulations and provisions through such as purchasing required regulations or
provisions.
The Supplier or Service Provider is recommended to sub-contract to other Supplier or Service Provider that
has specialization in civil field.
For recondition activity done by DPU, the contractor reimburse the recondition cost to DPU and for payment
to contractor / progress as payment receipt / SPS (pay order letter) from DPU added by 10.
Annex - 49
Annex E
Review of Safety Aspects in PGNs Banten
and West Java Gas Distribution Expansion
Note: This paper was prepared for PGN in mid 2004 by World Bank expert staff as part of the
overall project preparation for the the West Java Gas Distribution Expansion component..
1.0 Introduction
As part of the Banten and West Java Distribution Infrastructure expansion planning, PGN has undertaken a
review of the safety aspects of design and operation of its existing infrastructure to ensure that any actions or
additional requirements to improve system safety can be fully taken into account in the implementation of
the project. The review of safety aspects included:
the design of the proposed expanded distribution network
compliance with national safety standards and regulations; and
ongoing operations, with specific consideration for:
o special operation procedure (SOP) documentation, and
o integrity management system
The safety review was part of a broader study looking at the optimisation of the South Sumatra West Java
transmission/distribution project which gave consideration to the basic design concepts and parameters
behind PGNs design of the Banten and West Java Distribution Extension. The entire West Java
development strategy was considered including:
the transmission pipeline from South Sumatra UEPII block (Pagar Dewa) to Bojonegara in Banten,
the transmission pipeline from South Sumatra at Grissik to Muara Karang, Muara Tawar and
Tanjung Priok in West Java,
the transmission pipeline from Bojonegara to Cimanggis near Jakarta, and
distribution network expansion in Banten and West Java.
The safety review largely concentrated on the existing and proposed Banten and West Java gas distribution
assets with particular emphasis on the impact of the expansion project on the existing network and PGNs
operations.
2. Findings
Standards for Infrastructure Design, Construction and Operation
The basic standard for the design, construction and operation of gas transmission and distribution in
Indonesia is the American Society of Mechanical Engineers internationally accepted standard ASME
B.31.8. The 1986 edition of this document was adopted by MIGAS in 1992 as the national standard and was
translated into Indonesian and released as SPM 50.54.2. 1992/W.
Annex - 50
Subsequent to the adoption of ASME B31.8, MIGAS formulated an additional Pipeline Safety Standard
which was implemented by Ministerial Decree in 1997. This standard not only repeats and emphasises many
of the requirements of ASME B31.8, but also addresses some of its shortcomings, bringing Indonesian
standards more in line with those in Europe, largely by the inclusion of pipeline proximity distances. It sets
out the requirement for pipeline proximities, the distance between an operational pipeline and the nearest
formally occupied building, based on a number of design and operating factors, as follows.
Design factor (the basic design and operating safety factor)
Pipe material and wall thickness
Maximum allowable operating pressure
Diameter of pipeline
Density of occupied buildings in the vicinity of the pipeline (location class)
Thus the standard followed by PGN for the design, construction and operation of gas transmission and
distribution systems is largely based upon the internationally accepted American Society of Mechanical
Engineers standard B31.8 and made more stringent by the adoption of additional requirements taken from
European standards.
Compliance with National Standard
PGN has been and remains compliant with national standard which, as mentioned above, has adapted the
internationally recognised American Society of Mechanical Engineers standard B 31.8. This standard covers
all aspects of design, material and construction of gas pipeline systems. Additionally, the Government of
Indonesia has promulgated the Pipeline Safety Standard which stipulates additional safety criteria
Although the SPM 50.54.2. 1992/W standard came into being in 1992, PGN has fully adopting the
requirements of ASME B31.8 since 1986. PGN has also adopted and implemented more stringent
requirements taken from European standards, namely the Dutch NEN 1091 1973 and British IGE TD/1
standards.
The basic design parameters adopted by PGN since the early days (1986) of its development dictating
material selection, pressure regimes and safety factors remain robust and will be used for the design of
infrastructure development as part of the planned expansion of gas distribution in Wes t Java. PGNs
pipeline design categories are as follows:
transmission pipelines operating at pressures over 25 bar laid in protected right of way strips
Class 300 distribution pipelines laid in roads or verges in medium density population areas and
operated at a maximum pressure of 25 bar
Class 150 distribution pipelines laid in roads or verges in higher population density areas and
operated at a maximum pressure of 16 bar
The subsequent Pipeline Safety Standard was implemented after the majorit y of PGNs existing
infrastructure was designed, constructed and commissioned. Its requirements are retrospective, hence
requiring PGN to undertake a detailed survey of its pipeline sections to demonstrate compliance with the
standard.
PGN has undertaken a review of compliance issues associated with the introduction of the Pipeline Safety
Standard and has found that the systems designed and constructed prior to the introduction of the standard
are compliant, largely due to the stringent standards adopted by PGN from the early stages of its system
development. However, it has not yet completed a detailed proximity survey on section by section basis.
PGN does not envisage any significant issues resulting from such a survey due to its conservative approach
to pipeline design. It was agreed that PGN should undertake under the proposed project the survey and take
Annex - 51
any actions required to address any compliance issues with the 1997 Decree An action plan will be
formulated and implemented under the proposed project.
As part of Banten and West Java Gas Distribution expansion, PGN will be developing new infrastructure
which will require operational integration with existing systems developed under previous projects. This will
require PGN to survey proximities and undertake reassessments of pipeline operating parameters to ensure
and demonstrate continued compliance under the revised operating conditions. PGN intends to fully address
this requirement and procedures to undertake this will be formulated and implemented under the proposed
project.
3. Operations
PGN operates to well-defined processes and procedures which ensure the safety of its operations and the
integrity of its assets. However, it is recognized that these need to be restructured, modified and further
developed to take into account the expansion of distribution operation and recent developments in
international expectations and standards.
Standard Operating Procedures
As part of the review of the safety aspects of gas distribution expansion in West Java, PGN also reviewed its
standard operating procedures (SOPs) covering gas transmission and distribution operations. The SOPs
detail the companys approach to design, construction, maintenance, inspection and operation of assets, its
internal processes as well as the interfaces with customers, other utilities and the general public.
The documents reviewed include:
Pengoperasian Dan Pemeliharaan Sistim Jaringan Pipa Distribusi Gas (Operation and maintenance
of the pipeline Network for Gas Distribution), 2 Volumes dated February 1997 and February 1998
(Referred to as SOP 1) (Operations Directorate)
Prosedur Operasi Standar (POS) Keselamatan dan Kesehaatan Kerja pada Jaringal Pipa Transmisi &
Distribusi Gas Bumi (Standard operation Procedure (SOP) on Occupational Safety and Health of
natural Gas transmission and Distribution Pipeline Network), 1 Volume not formally dated but
appears to have been approved in 2000 (Referred to as SOP 2) (Operations Directorate)
Prosedur Pengoperasian dan Pemeliharaan Sisten Jaringan Pipa Transmisi Gas (Procedures for the
Operation and Maintenance of Gas Transmission System) 1 Volume date April 2000 (Referred to as
SOP 3) (Operations Directorate)
Prosedur Standar Perencanaan Jaringan Pipa Distribusi Gas (Standard Procedure for the Planning of
Gas Distribution Networks) 1 Volume, dated December 2001, (Referred to as SOP 4) (Development
Directorate)
Technical Specification and Schedule of Requirements, 1 Volume dated December 2001, (Referred
to as SOP 5) (Development Directorate)
Specific Comments
SOP 1 was completed and adopted in 1997 and 1998, it requires updating in line with recent changes in
PGNs organization. Particularly, the procedure for surveying pipelines to check for initial compliance with
the standard and re-survey on a regular basis to ensure continued compliance, and risk assessment where
compliance with prescriptive measures can not be achieved.
Annex - 52
SOP 1 provides an outline of both risk assessment and pressure up-rating methodologies which are required
to undertake pressure elevation of pipelines, however, procedures need to be elaborated. The methods
outlined are based on a point scoring system which does not provide a quantitative element to assessment of
pipeline integrity risk. PGN intends to develop a more detailed integrity assessment methodology.
SOP 2 is being followed. However, in view of the expansion of distribution and transmission operations, the
following provisions need to be strengthened.
Occupational Health issues with respect to PGN employees or the general public
Hazards and Consequences associated with controlled or uncontrolled venting of gas
Hazards associated with purging of pipelines and plant and procedures for purging with nitrogen
Risk and Hazard Assessment
Contracts/Supplier management
Audit and Inspection
Document Control
Workplace Welfare
Control of Substances Hazardous to Health
Manual Handling
First Aid
Environmental Risk Assessment
Storage of Hazardous Substances
Road Safety / Travel
Confined Spaces
Working at Heights
Lifting Operations and Equipment
Electrical Safety
Working Underneath Overhead Lines
SOP 3 needs to be updated covering the operation of the proposed South Sumatra-West Java gas
transmission operations. Also, PGNs high pressure distribution system has much in common with the
transmission system in terms of operation, safety and integrity management. PGN intends to rationalize this
document with in its proposed Standard Operating Procedures and integrity management framework.
SOP 4 and 5 pertain to planning and design and detail PGNs processes in planning of networks as well as
the standards, specifications and codes of practice to which the systems are designed and built. These two
documents are very pertinent to PGNs system and organization. PGN intends to incorporate these
documents into its overall integrity management system.
General Comments
The documents have been developed at different times and the contents of these documents do not currently
dove-tail with each other resulting in significant overlapp ing. All of PGNs procedures, though well defined,
are not fully reflected in the SOPs.
PGNs Emergency Response Procedures are currently contained within a number of separate SOP
documents rather that one integrated framework covering all PGNs requirements. These need to be
consolidated and elaborated to cover PGNs planned expansion of its operations.
PGNs Health, Safety and Environmental procedures are contained within a number of documents and are
not sufficiently broad to cover the requirements of the expanded distribution and transmission system and
associated operations.
PGNs current SOPs do not include a comprehensive integrity management system covering operations,
inspection and maintenance details.
Annex - 53
The documents provide an outline of both risk assessment and pressure up-rating methodologies which
are required by PGN to undertake pressure elevation for infill into the Jakarta and Bogor regions. However,
procedures are not outlined in sufficient depth and detail to allow PGN to undertake this work without
further technical input.
The documents address the requirement and methodology for ascertaining remedial strength of corroded
pipes in accordance with the ASME B31.8 and supplement B31G codes but do not include repair methods
and procedures.
Integrity Management System
With the construction of PGNs steel pipelines under the first World Bank loan in the late 1980s, PGN
established an integrity management system which was fully compliant with the standards and regulations
applicable to Indonesia and consistent with underlying international trends of the day.
PGN has managed the integrity of its system by the combination of a robust and conservative design regime
coupled with well-defined operating procedures and the maintenance of corrosion protection systems applied
to its pipelines and associated plant. Asset register and maintenance and inspection records have been kept in
paper format with very little use of electronic and computer based data record systems. Records collected
and maintained since the start of PGNs development in the 1980s are now very bulky and PGN is now
finding it difficult to track them.
In response to increased expectations concerning the safety and reliability of its gas transmission and
distribution pipelines, PGN is in the process of applying improved methods of managing pipeline records
through the implementation of a digital records system using industry standards GIS (Graphical Information
System) software. A key to successful and effective integrity management lies in the ability to associate
design, construction and operational pipeline data with specific locations along a pipeline in addition to a
system for easy and rapid access, process and analyse of large quantities of information.
PGNs integrity management can greatly benefit from increased use of electronic systems such as databases,
geographic information systems and data visualization software. When linked to other parts of an
organisations information management infrastructure and to an appropriate suite of decision support tools, a
comprehensive integrity management system will enhance PGNs ability to manage the asset base more
effectively.
PGN currently uses standard cathodic protection voltage monitoring surveys to prove system integrity. It is
becoming more customary to use a combination of more advanced methodologies such as Close Interval
Potential Survey (CIPS) and Direct Current Voltage Gradient (DCVG) as a means of confirming the
integrity of the coating and corrosion protection systems. In-line inspection vehicles to detect damage such
as internal and external corrosion are used extensively and remain one of the most effect data gathering
methods available for the determination of pipeline integrity.
Recommendations
PGNs standards for design, construction, and system operation are formulated on appropriate industry best
practice at the time of system development in the 1980s and 90s. International best practice trends have
moved towards a more proactive and performance bas ed form of integrity management and PGN needs to
move forward and adopt the new approach to maintaining the integrity of its existing and proposed systems
in line with the recent trends.
PGN has maintenance and inspection records essential for pipeline integrity assessment spanning over 20
years, all in paper form. The ability to manipulate and overlay data is essential for effective integrity risk
Annex - 54
assessment. PGN needs to specify and implement an electronic data and records system to ensure the
efficient maintenance of all asset construction and inspection data.
PGN to adopt additional direct assessment survey methods such as Close Interval Potential Surveys and
Direct Current Voltage Gradient for Integrity risk assessment purposes and as part of a regular inspection
regime.
PGN to adopt a more proactive approach to safety and integrity management. One step towards this being
considered by PGN is to establish an integrity management team headed by an Integrity Manager at head
office, reporting directly to the Operations Director with Integrity Engineers and Technicians based at the
regions and districts.
PGN to address its record-keeping processes and make further investments in electronic systems.
Information and data to support the Integrity Management process arise from many sources during the
construction and operation of a pipeline, including:
Design and construction records, engineering drawings etc;

Hydraulic test and installation records;
Land use and ownership information, topography, strip maps, proximity to centres of population and
environmentally sensitive sites, roads and rivers;
Incident and fault data; and
Results of excavations; defect sizes and repairs to pipes and coatings.
PGN to ensure that contractors employed in the constructio n of pipelines and facilities associated with the
West Java distribution expansion project are tasked with the acquisition and presentation of all construction,
procurement and asset data which are fully compatible with PGNs proscribed Integrity Management
System.
PGN to ensure that its Class 300 pipelines associated with the West Java Distribution Expansion project are
designed to take the in-line inspection tool and that fingerprinting should form a part of the commissioning
procedure.
PGN to improve its capabilities with respect to defect assessment and application of appropriate methods of
defect repair.
PGN to develop a System Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system to enable it to fully control
system flows and pressures in accordance with system control philosophies and acquire and store system
data to support its proposed Operations and Integrity Management System (OIMS).
PGN to modify, supplement and restructure its existing Standard Operating Procedures to develop a fully
integrated Operations and Integrity Management System (OIMS) to fully address the requirements outlined
in this review.
PGN intends to acquire and adopt:
I. Enhancement and adoption of new techniques as follows:

o Pipeline condition monitoring inspection surveys such as Close Interval Potential Survey and
Direct Current Voltage Gradient required for establishing pipeline integrity
o Integrity risk assessments for improved safety, integrity, design and compliance purposes
o Defect assessment and repair methodologies
II. New computer based applications i.e.:
Annex - 55
o Improved network analysis software to interface directly with the graphical information system
PGN is currently implementing
o Asset data-base and management system, including maintenance scheduling software to
improve safety and operational efficiency
o Pipeline records visualization system to improve PGNs the integrity management
III. Improved operating procedures and associated documentation leading to;

o Further development of its Standard Operating Procedures into a cohesive and comprehensive
operations and integrity management system
o Broadening current process management systems to include operating procedures and their
maintenance
IV System Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system to provide the followin g features:
o Data acquisition form key points on the distribution network
o Control facilities at major offtake stations
o Telecommunications facility
Annex - 56
ANNEX F
REFERENCES
PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara (Persero). 1997. Det Norske Veritas. Technical Report, Environmental
Assessment Study for the West Java Gas Distribution Project.
PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara (Persero). 2000. Gas Negara Annual Report. Jakarta, Indonesia.
PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara (Persero). 2003 update. Environmental Impact Assessment Study (ANDAL):
West Java Gas Distribution Pipeline.
PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara (Persero). 2003 update. Environmental Monitoring Plan (RPL): West Java
Gas Distribution Pipeline.
PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara (Persero). 2003 update. Environmental Management Plan (RKL): West Java
Gas Distribution Pipeline..
PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara (Persero). 2002. Gas Negara Annual Report, 2002.
PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara (Persero). 1999. Environmental Impact Assessment Study (ANDAL): West Java
Gas Distribution Pipeline.
PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara (Persero). 1999. Environmental Monitoring Plan (RPL): West Java Gas
Distribution Pipeline.
PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara (Persero). 1999. Environmental Management Plan (RKL): West Java Gas
Distribution Pipeline.
PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara (Persero). 1999. Environmental Impact Assessment Study (ANDAL): South
Sumatra-West Java Gas Transmission Piping.
PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara (Persero). 1999. Environmental Monitoring Plan (RPL): South Sumatra-West
Java Gas Transmission Piping.
PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara (Persero). 1999. Environmental Management Plan (RKL): South Sumatra-West
Java Gas Transmission Piping.
PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara (Persero). 1998. Final Report: Resettlement Action Plan under the Gas
Development Project, Trans South Sumatra- W Java.
Indonesian AMDALs
BAPEDAL. 2000. Guidelines for Preparation of Environmental Management Plan (RKL) Attachment III.
Decree of Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency. Indonesia.
BAPEDAL. 2000. Guidelines for Preparation of Environmental Impacts Assessment Study. Decree of Head
of Environmental Impact Management Agency, Number 09 of 2000. Indonesia.
BAPEDAL. 2000. Guidelines for Preparation of Environmental Impact Analysis (ANDAL) Attachment II.
BAPEDAL. 2000. Community Involvement and Information Openness in the Process of Environmental
Impacts Assessment. Decree of Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency, Number 08 of
2000. Indonesia.
BAPEDAL. 2000. Guidelines for Preparation of Environmental Monitoring Plan (RPL) Attachment IV .
BAPEDAL. 2000. Guidelines for Preparation of Executive Summary Document Attachment V. Decree of
Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency. Indonesia.
BAPEDAL. 2000. Types of Business and/or Activity Plans that are required to be completed with the
Environmental Impact Assessment. Decree of State Minister for the Environment: No. 17 of 2001.
Jakarta, Indonesia.
BAPEDAL. 2000. Guidelines for AMDAL Document Evaluation. Decree of State Minister for the
Environment: No. 2 of 2000. Jakarta, Indonesia.
Annex - 57
BAPEDAL. 2000. Guidelines for Work System of Evaluator Committee for Environmental Impact
Assessment. Decree of State Minister for the Environment: No. 40 of 2000. Jakarta, Indonesia.
BAPEDAL. 2000. Guidelines for Establishment of Regional/Municipal Evaluator Committee for
Jakarta, Indonesia.
BAPEDAL. 2000. Membership Composition of Central Evaluator Committee and Technical Team for
Jakarta, Indonesia.
WB EA/SA
WB. 1999. The World Bank Operational Manual. Washington, DC.
General EA/SA
U.S. DOE. 2000. Indonesia Summary Report . Energy Information Administration, U.S. Department of
Energy, Washington, DC.
Ministry of Supply and Services. 1994. Final Report: International Summit on Environmental Assessment,
June 12-14, 1994. Quebec City, Canada.
Horrison, MR. 1998. Pollution, Causes, Effects and Control. An Arbour Sciences Publishers Inc. Michigan.
USA
Krebs, C.J. 1972. Ecology the Experimental Analysis of Distribution and Abundance. Harper and Row
Publisher. New York
MIGAS, 1997. Environmental Assessment Study for the West Java Gas Distribution Project, Technical
Report. Jakarta
Odum, E.P. 1971. Fundamentals of Ecology. Third Edition. WB. Saunders Co., Philadelphia.
Poole, R.W. 1974. An Introduction to Quantitative Ecology. Mc. Graw Hill Book Co. Inc. New York.
Wischmeier, W.H. and D.D.Smith 1978. Predicting Rainfall Erosion Losses. A guide to conservation
planning. USDAS Agric. Handbook No.53 7
Annex - 58
ANNEX G
PREPARERS
Since this EIA-EMP is a synthesis of the work of at least four study teams conducted over a seven year
period, the identification of authors and their contributions is somewhat complicated, and especially risks
missing some who may have contributed in earlier stages. In particular, staff of PGN who have contributed
significantly, some of them to more than one of the formal studies, may not be acknowledge here. But the
known contributors, in accord with their particular study document, are:
I. 1997. Det Norske Veritas. Technical Report, Environmental Assessment Study for the West
Java Gas Distribution Project.
Prepared by Det Norske Veritas, Oslo, Norway.
Dr Ivar Nestaas, Project Manager, DNV
Dr Mark Vine. EA Specialist, DNV
Edwardus Ng, Safety and Pipeline Specialist, DNV
Geir Skeie, EA Specialist, DNV
Capt. Drs. Max Maloringan, Elnusa
Heidir Husni, Project Support, Elnusa
fr. Rilus A. Kinseng M.A., Socio-Economist, IPB
Ir. Sutjahyo, Agronomist, IPB
II. Indonesian EA/SA Reports, PT. Perusahaan Gas Negara (Persero).

2003 update. Environmental Impact Assessment Study (ANDAL): West Java Gas Distribution
Pipeline.
2003 update. Environmental Monitoring Plan (RPL): West Java Gas Distribution Pipeline.
2003 update. Environmental Management Plan (RKL): West Java Gas Distribution Pipeline.
2002. Gas Negara Annual Report, 2002.
1999. Environmental Impact Assessment Study (ANDAL): West Java Gas Distribution Pipeline.
1999. Environmental Monitoring Plan (RPL): West Java Gas Distribution Pipeline.
1999. Environmental Management Plan (RKL): West Java Gas Distribution Pipeline.
1999. Environmental Impact Assessment Study (ANDAL): South Sumatra-West Java Gas
Transmission Piping.
1999. Environmental Monitoring Plan (RPL): South Sumatra-West Java Gas Transmission
Piping.
1999. Environmental Management Plan (RKL): South Sumatra-West Java Gas Transmission
Piping.
Prepared by the Center for Coastal and Marine Resources Studies (CCMRS) of Bogor
Agricultural University2
Dr. Ir. Enan M. Adiwilaga, Team Leader
Iman Santoso, MS, Ir., Climate and air quality
Dr. Ir. Enan M. Adiwilaga, Water Quality
MS, Ir. Nurcahyo, Pipe Technology
Dr. Ir. Enan M. Adiwilaga, Water Biology
2
Annex - 59
Dr. Ir. Abu Bakar Siddik harahap, Land Biota
MS, Ir., Wawan Oktariza, Social Economy - Cultural
PGN Staff:
Uji Subroto, Development Director, Planning and Engineering Division
III. 2003. Preliminary Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan
Prepared by Nexant, Inc., Washington, DC, USA

Will Knowland, Nexant
Ali Mumtaz, Nexant
Yani Witjaksono, Consultant
IV. 2004. Expansion of West Java Gas Distribution, Domestic Gas Sector Restructuring Project,
Prepared for PGN by Pole Star Consulting, LLC, Alexandria, VA, USA
Will Knowland, Consultant
Yani Witjaksono, Consultant
Annex - 60

E10150REV

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

E10150REV

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Public Disclosure Authorized

PT PERUSAHAAN GAS NEGARA

Expansion of West Java Gas Distribution

Environmental and Social Impact Assessment

Revised, February 11, 2005

Acronyms and Abbreviations Used ......................................................................................... i

Executive Summary ................................................................................................................ iii

PART I Environmental and Social Assessment

Chapter 1 Policy, Legal and Administrative Framwork: Indonesias AMDAL System.......... 1 - 1

Chapter 3 Baseline Data ......................................................................................................... 3 - 1

PART II Environmental Management Plan

Chapter 6 Monitoring and Mitigation of Project Impacts ....................................................... 6 - 1

Chapter 7 Strengthening Environmental and Social Management Capacity ........................... 7 - 1

Annex A PGN Understanding of World Bank Safeguards ..................................... Annex - 1

AMDAL Analisis Mengenai Dampak Lingkungan Hidup -- Analysis of Impacts on the

1 Referred to as PGN thereafter.

3. Indonesias Environmental Legal and Institutional System - the AMDAL System

The AMDAL Process

A full AMDAL assessment involves a three-step process of studies and reports:

ANDAL (Analisis Dampak Lingkungan Analysis of Environmental Impacts);

UKL (Upaya Pengelolaan Lingkungan -- Environmental Management Procedures), and

Decentralization of AMDAL Review and Approval

3 As set out in KEP-12/MENLH/3/1994 .

6. Likely Impacts and mitigation measures

Likely Negative Impacts Mitigation Measures

(continued) Likely Negative Impacts Mitigation Measures

7. Environmental Management Plan

EMP Purpose and Objectives

Institutional Roles and Responsibilities

Traffic Congestion and Disruption:

Disturbance to Other Underground Infrastructure:

Water Pollution and Run-off:

summary of any significant mitigation measures

Technical support to establish Environmental Coordinating Office (ECO)

Table 7.2 Training Programme for ECO

SBU* = Strategic Business Unit

Table 7.3 Training Schedulle

8. Public Consultation and Disclosure

1.1 The AMDAL Process

1.1 The AMDAL Process

A full AMDAL assessment involves a three-part series of studies and reports:

ANDAL (Analisis Dampak Lingkungan Analysis of Environmental Impacts);

Figure 1.A Initial Steps in the AMDAL Process

1) Project Identification -- by the project developer

Figure 1B Scoping, TOR, and ANDAL Studies

UKL (Upaya Pengelolaan Lingkungan -- Environmental Management Procedures), and

Figure 1C Review, Implementation and Monitoring of AMDAL Studies

1.2 Regional Autonomy

1.3 Decentralization of AMDAL Review and Approval

For full-fledged AMDAL studies ANDAL-RPL-RKL evaluation and approval is by an Evaluator

DECREES FROM INSTITUTIONS BELOW THE MINISTERIAL LEVEL .

2.1 Existing System

2.1 EXISTING SYSTEM

Table 2A Corrosion Control

Supply Mains 100 % 1/month

Distribution Mains *99.64 % 1/mon th

Reticulation Main **N/A -

Table 2B Instrument Calibration

Table 2C Gas Leak Surveys

2.2 Project Overview

BANTEN GREATER JAKARTA KARAWANG

2.3 Project Routing

2.3.1 Zone 1 Details of Routing

2.3.2 Zone 2 Details of Routing